hide results

    TV Program Transcript by Vanhal

    Version: 1.00 | Updated: 12/05/03 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    HARVEST MOON
    
    FRIENDS OF MINERAL TOWN
    
    TV STORIES
    
    ##################
    Table Of Contents:
    ##################
    
    1) Introduction
    2) TV programs
      i) Farm House
        a) News (qwaginews)
        b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg)
        c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd)
        d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri)
        e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr)
        f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin)
        g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron)
        h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil)
        i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult)
        j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy)
      ii) Town House
        a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r)
        b) Mine Research Group (miregr)
        c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss)
        d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers)
        e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri)
        f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch)
        g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze)
        h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch)
    3) File Info
    4) Contact
    
    
    ###############
    1) Introduction
    ###############
    
    So anyway I was playing harvest moon there and each day I would look at the
    tv at read the EXCITING stories, and I thought Wouldn't it be cool if I could
    just read these all in full, So I set about Gathering them up, and heres the
    outcome, some of these are strange, kinky (arron changes, i mean wtf), and full
    of usefull information!
    
    So enjoy your reading. :)
    		Vanhal
    		
    		
    
    
    ##############
    2) TV programs
    ##############
    
    There is two different TV sets, One in the farm house and one in the town house,
    each shows different programs which are as follows:
    
    ############
    i)Farm House
    ############
    
    You have this house from the very start, so you can start watching this from
    the begining.
    It has 4 channels
    Up: Weather
    Right: News
    Down: Life on the Farm
    Left: Variety programs
    The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows:
     *Sunday: My Dear Princess
     *Monday: Fishing Hour
     *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs
     *Wednesday: Aaron Changes
     *Thursday: Star Lilly, Bandit Girl
     *Friday: Mechabot Ultror
     *Saturday: TV Shopping Network or St. Emerald Academy
    
    Here are the programs in full:
    
    ##################
    a)News (qwaginews)
    ##################
    
    1st day of Spring
    Today from evening at Rose
    Square:
    New Year Festival
    
    2nd day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    3rd day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    4th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    5th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    6th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    7th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    8th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    9th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    10th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    11th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    12th day of Spring
    Events This Season
    18th: Spring Horse Races
    22nd: Cooking Festival
    
    Today is Friday the 13th
    Tomorrow is the Spring
    Thanksgiving Festival.
    Do you have Cookies to
    give to someone special?
    
    13th day of Spring
    Tomorrow is the Spring
    Thanksgiving Festival.
    Do you have Cookies to
    give to someone special?
    
    14th day of Spring
    Today is the Spring
    Thanksgiving Festival.
    Now is your chance to
    favor a special girl with
    Cookies.
    
    15th day of Spring
    The Spring Horse Races
    are coming up. If you have
    a Horse, try entering it.
    If not, just betting on the
    races is fun, too!
    
    16th day of Spring
    The Spring Horse Races
    are coming up. If you have
    a Horse, try entering it.
    If not, just betting on the
    races is fun, too!
    
    17th day of Spring
    Tomorrow is the Spring
    Horse Race Festival.
    If you are entering a
    Horse, let the Mayor know
    when he drops by.
    
    18th day of Spring
    The Horse Races start in
    the morning in Rose Square.
    Gather for the fun!
    
    19th day of Spring
    The Cooking Festival is on
    the 22nd. If you think you
    can win, give it a try.
    If not, gather to watch!
    
    20th day of Spring
    The Cooking Festival is on
    the 22nd. If you think you
    can win, give it a try.
    If not, gather to watch!
    
    21st day of Spring
    The Cooking Festival is
    tomorrow. If you think you
    can win, give it a try.
    If not, gather to watch!
    
    22nd of day of Spring
    Today the Cooking Festival
    is held in Rose Square.
    The food to make is
    announced in the morning,
    and the judging is held in
    the afternoon.
    
    23rd day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    24th day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    25th day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    26th day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    27th day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    28th day of Spring
    Spring is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Summer comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    29th day of Spring
    Summer is almost upon us!
    Get ready for Beach Day and
    the Frisbee Tournament on
    the 1st day of Summer.
    
    30th day of Spring
    Beach Day is tomorrow
    morning at the Beach. Good
    luck if you're competing in
    the Frisbee Tournament!
    
    1st day of Summer
    Beach Day is this
    morning at the Beach. Good
    luck if you're competing in
    the Frisbee Tournament!
    
    2nd day of Summer
    Events This Season
    7th: Chicken Festival
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    3rd day of Summer
    Events This Season
    7th: Chicken Festival
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    4th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    7th: Chicken Festival
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    5th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    7th: Chicken Festival
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    6th day of Summer
    Tomorrow is the Chicken
    Festival at Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    register your Chicken.
    
    7th day of Summer
    The Chicken Festival is
    this morning at Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    don't be late.
    
    8th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    9th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    10th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    11th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    12th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    Today is Friday the 13th
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    13th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    14th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    15th day of Summer
    Events This Season
    20th: Cow Festival
    24th: Fireworks Festival
    
    16th day of Summer
    The Cow Festival is on the
    20th. If you've got a Cow,
    consider entering it in the
    competition. It has to be
    an unpregnant adult, though.
    
    17th day of Summer
    The Cow Festival is on the
    20th. If you've got a Cow,
    consider entering it in the
    competition. It has to be
    an unpregnant adult, though.
    
    18th day of Summer
    The Cow Festival is on the
    20th. If you've got a Cow,
    consider entering it in the
    competition. It has to be
    an unpregnant adult, though.
    
    19th day of Summer
    The Cow Festival is tomorrow
    morning in Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    register your Cow.
    
    20th day of Summer
    The Cow Festival is
    this morning at Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    don't be late.
    
    21st day of Summer
    The best part of Summer, the
    Fireworks Festival, is
    on the 24th.
    
    22nd day of Summer
    The best part of Summer, the
    Fireworks Festival, is
    on the 24th.
    
    23rd day of Summer
    The Fireworks Festival is
    tomorrow at the Beach.
    It starts in the evening.
    
    24th day of Summer
    The Fireworks Festival is
    this evening at the Beach.
    
    25th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    26th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    27th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    28th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    29th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    30th day of Summer
    Summer is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Fall comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    1st day of Fall
    Events This Season
    3rd: Music Festival
    9th: Harvest Festival
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    2nd day of Fall
    The Music Festival is
    tomorrow evening at the
    Church. Come to hear some
    beautiful music!
    
    3rd day of Fall
    The Music Festival is
    this evening at the
    Church. Come to hear some
    beautiful music!
    
    4th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    9th: Harvest Festival
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    5th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    9th: Harvest Festival
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    6th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    9th: Harvest Festival
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    7th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    9th: Harvest Festival
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    8th day of Fall
    The Harvest Festival starts
    tomorrow morning at Rose
    Square. Everybody bring
    something for the big pot!
    
    9th day of Fall
    The Harvest Festival starts
    this morning at Rose
    Square. Everybody bring
    something for the big pot!
    
    10th day of Fall
    The Moon Festival is on
    the 13th. Invite your
    favorite girl to this
    romantic event!
    
    11th day of Fall
    The Moon Festival is on
    the 13th. Invite your
    favorite girl to this
    romantic event!
    
    12th day of Fall
    The Moon Festival is
    tomorrow night. Invite your
    favorite girl to this
    romantic event!
    
    Today is Friday the 13th
    It's clear today, so if you
    go up to the peak of
    Mother's Hill, you can see
    a truly beautiful moon.
    
    13th of day of Fall
    It's clear today, so if you
    go up to the peak of
    Mother's Hill, you can see
    a truly beautiful moon.
    
    14th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    15th day of Fall
    Events This Season
    18th: Fall Horse Races
    21st: Cow Festival
    
    16th day of Fall
    The Fall Horse Races
    are coming up. If you have
    a Horse, try entering it.
    If not, just betting on the
    races is fun, too!
    
    17th day of Fall
    Tomorrow is the Fall
    Horse Race Festival.
    If you are entering a
    Horse, let the Mayor know
    when he drops by.
    
    18th day of Fall
    The Horse Races start in
    the morning in Rose Square.
    Gather for the fun!
    
    19th day of Fall
    The Sheep Festival is on the
    21st. If you've got a Sheep,
    consider entering it in the
    competition. It has to be an
    unpregnant adult with
    a full coat, though.
    
    20th day of Fall
    The Sheep Festival is tomorrow
    morning in Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    register your Sheep.
    
    21st day of Fall
    The Sheep Festival is
    this morning at Rose Square.
    If you're going to compete,
    don't be late.
    
    22nd day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    23rd day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    24th day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    25th day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    26th day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    27th day of Fall
    Fall is almost over.
    Can you harvest your crops
    before Winter comes?
    Don't let your crops wither
    on the vine!
    
    28th day of Fall
    Winter is almost upon us!
    Nothing grows in Winter, so
    harvest everything now.
    
    29th day of Fall
    Winter is almost upon us!
    Nothing grows in Winter, so
    harvest everything now.
    
    30th day of Fall
    Today is the Pumpkin
    Festival.
    Give treats to the kids
    who come.  1st day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    2nd day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    3rd day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    4th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    5th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    6th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    7th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    8th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    9th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    10th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    11th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    12th day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    Today is Friday the 13th
    Tomorrow is the Winter
    Thanksgiving Festival, where
    girls give boys they like
    Chocolate.
    
    13th day of Winter
    Tomorrow is the Winter
    Thanksgiving Festival, where
    girls give boys they like
    Chocolate.
    
    14th day of Winter
    Today is the Winter
    Thanksgiving Festival.
    Will you be lucky enough to
    get a gift of Chocolate?
    
    15th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    16th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    17th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    18th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    19th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    20th day of Winter
    Events This Season
    24th: Starry Night Festival
    30th: Year End Festival
    
    21st day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    22nd day of Winter
    When Winter freezes the Lake
    ice, you may be able to get
    to new places.
    
    23rd day of Winter
    Tomorrow is the Starry Night
    Festival. Hopefully you can
    spend it with a nice girl.
    
    24th day of Winter
    Today is the Starry Night
    Festival. Hopefully you can
    spend it with a nice girl.
    
    25th day of Winter
    If you hang up your socks
    tonight, you may receive a
    Starry Night gift.
    
    26th day of Winter
    Spring is coming.
    When it comes, you'll be
    able to grow crops again.
    Now's your chance to
    make up for lost time!
    
    27th day of Winter
    Spring is coming.
    When it comes, you'll be
    able to grow crops again.
    Now's your chance to
    make up for lost time!
    
    28th day of Winter
    Spring is coming.
    When it comes, you'll be
    able to grow crops again.
    Now's your chance to
    make up for lost time!
    
    29th day of Winter
    Spring is coming.
    When it comes, you'll be
    able to grow crops again.
    Now's your chance to
    make up for lost time!
    
    30th day of Winter,
    the last day of the year
    Gather at Rose Square at
    night or at the peak of
    Mother's Hill to watch the
    first sunrise of the year
    
    ######################################
    b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg)
    ######################################
    
                      BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "You mean about the
     Blue Feather?"
    "What happens if a man
     gives it to another man?"
    "Well, there are many
     kinds of love..."
    ".........."
    "Who do you want to get
     one from, little sis?"
    "From you, of course!"
    "Aww..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I planted Tomato Seeds,
     but nothing is happening!
     Why not?"
    "Did you till the soil
     before you planted?"
    "Umm...No."
    "Well, that's why! You have
     to till the soil with your
     Hoe before planting. You
     also have to clear the
     field before planting if
     there is something on it.
     You can cut grass with the
     Sickle or pull it out.
     You can use a Hammer to
     break Stones or move them
     by hand.
     Finally, you can chop up
     Branches with your Axe or
    move them with your hands."
    "Now I see!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I tilled the earth like
     you said, then planted, but
     the next day the Seeds
     were gone! Why?"
    "Did you plant the right
     Seeds? If you plant Fall or
     Summer Seeds in Spring,
    they won't grow, you know."
    "Really...Now that you
     remind me, Tomatoes only
     grow in Summer."
    "That's why, silly!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I tilled my field, then
     planted the right Seeds
     for the season, but they
     still won't grow!"
    "Have you watered them with
     the Watering Can?"
    "You mean I have to
     water them, too?!"
    "Of course! Nothing will
     grow without water.
     Except farm grass, of
     course."
    "So that's what the
     Watering Can was for..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I try using the Watering
     Can, but no water comes
     out! Why?"
    "Well, first you have to
     fill it up, you know."
    "How do you do that?"
    "First you equip it, then
     go to water - like a pond,
     river, or lake - and use
     it. That's all."
    "No one ever told me I had
     to fill it up..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I used to be able to walk
     over my Seeds, but not
     when they start growing."
    "Yes, you can't walk over
     crops when they grow.
     You can if you run,
     though."
    "Really?"
    "Yes, you can jump over one
     square of anything if you
     run, like Stones, Fences,
     or Branches."
    "That's good to know."
    "Just remember that you
     can't jump over things if
     there's something on
     the other side."
    "Got it, brother."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You were telling me I
     can't walk on things when
     they grow, but I can walk
     on farm grass."
    "Oh yeah, I forgot. You can
     walk on grass however much
     it grows, of course."
    "Grass is for walking on,
     I guess."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I think my Turnips are
     ready to harvest, so what
     do I do now?"
    "If you face your crop and
     press the A Button, you
     can lift it up to harvest
     it.
     After you harvest the
     Turnip, the field will go
     back to its tilled state.
     If your crop can be
     harvested more than once,
     though, it will go back to
     a seedling."
    "So you can harvest some
     crops lots of times?
     I can't wait to try."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Can I turn a field back
     to its untilled state?"
    "Sure. Just use a Hammer on
     a tilled field, then it
     won't be tilled any more."
    "That's great!"
    "You can also return a
     field to its untilled state
     by putting Stones,
    Branches, or Lumber on it."
    "That seems like another
     good way. Does it work
     if the field is watered?"
    "Yes, it doesn't matter if
     the field is watered
     or not."
    "Got it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I tried to return my field
     to its untilled state like
     you said yesterday, but
     it didn't work."
    "I don't know why...
     Oh! Maybe you had already
     seeded it...?"
    "That's right."
    "Well, if you seeded it,
     then you have to use your
     Hoe to remove the
     Seeds first. After that you
     can use your Hammer."
    "Seems like an awful
     lot of work..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Last time you told me
     about returning a field
     to its original state.
     But, what about farm grass?
     Even when I cut it, some
     stubble remains, and then
     it grows back."
    "I forgot to say. If you
     use the Hoe on a field
     after you've cut it with a
     Sickle, then it will
     become a tilled field with
     nothing on it."
    "So I should use the Hoe
     right after cutting the
     grass, right?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I put a Cucumber in the
     Basket to ship, then
     changed my mind. I can't
     take it out, though!"
    "That's right. Once you put
     something in the Basket to
     ship, it's in there for
     good. You can't change
     your mind."
    "And I wanted that Cucumber
     for lunch, too...!"
    "Now you've learned your
     lesson. By the way, to
     ship what's in the Basket,
     hold it up, then press the
     A Button while facing the
     Shipment Box."
    "I never wanted to ship it
     to begin with..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It seems that I can only
     put shippable things in my
     Basket..."
    "Of course!"
    "Why is that?"
    "Because you can't fill up
     the Basket with things you
     can't ship anyway, silly!"
    "And I wanted to use it as
     a garbage can, too..."
    "That's what you have a
     garbage can for!"
    "I guess you're right."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Cough...cough..."
    "What's wrong? And why are
     you putting your hand out
     like that?"
    "Today is the Spring
     Thanksgiving Festival.
     You're supposed to give
     me a Cookie!..."
    "That's right! I
     did bring you a Cookie,
     I just forgot to give it
     to you. Here you are."
    "I knew you wouldn't forget!
     I can't wait to give you
     something for the Winter
     Thanksgiving Festival."
    "I look forward to it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard that if you throw
     away trash in town, people
     won't like you."
    "Of course! Not just trash,
     though. If you throw any-
     thing away in town,
     people will get upset.
     I don't blame 'em!"
    "What should I do when I
     want to throw something
     away, then?"
    "No one will care if you
     throw something away on
     your own farm. There's also
     a garbage can in Rose
     Square. Finally, you can
     throw things away in the
     mine and no one will
     mind."
    "Let me get this straight:
     My own farm, the garbage
     can in the Square, or the
     mine, right? "
    
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I can't chop up a Stump,
     no matter how many times I
     hit it with my Axe."
    "What kind of Axe are you
     using?"
    "You meant there's more
     than one kind?"
    "So you're using an Iron
     Axe, I guess. You can
     upgrade your Axe, as well
     as your Hoe, Sickle,
     Hammer, Watering Can, or
     Fishing Rod."
    "How do I do that?"
    "First you find either
     Copper, Silver, Gold, or
     Mystrile in a mine, then
     you bring the Ore along
     with the Tool to Saibara
     the blacksmith.
     Of course, the tool also
     has to be of a certain
     experience level before
     you can upgrade it. Some
     Ores will make for better
     upgrades than others."
    "What do you mean by
    "experience level"...?"
    "I'll explain tomorrow."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Tool experience level,
     right? You see, any time
     you use a Tool, it
     accumulates experience.
     This works even if you
     just pretend to use it,
     although it will build up
     experience quicker if you
     use if for a real job."
    "I think I get it..."
    "So, the level of your Axe
     was too low to use on a
     Stump. You need a Level 2
     Axe or better to chop up
     a Stump, you see. You
     can't smash a large Stone
     with an Iron Axe, either."
    "So I need better Tools!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I still can't chop up that
     Stump..."
    "Did you upgrade your
    Axe?"
    "Yes! I made it a Copper
     Axe and everything..."
    "Are you charging the Axe
     before you use it?"
    "I'm pressing the B Button
     lots of times..."
    "That won't work. To break
     a large Stone or a Stump,
     what you need to do is hold
     down the B Button to
     charge your Tool first."
    "I didn't know that..."
    "If you want to cut up a
     Stump with a Copper Axe,
     you have to use it about 6
     times, even with
    charging."
    "That's a lot of work!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I bought a Chicken, but it
     won't lay Eggs for me!"
    "Are you feeding it, sis?"
    "..........."
    "You're not, I see.
     Chickens need to eat, just
     like you.
    Actually, they lay Eggs
     even if you don't feed
     them, as long as they don't
     become unhappy."
    "How do I feed them,
    then?"
    "I'll explain tomorrow."
    "My Chicken will be
    hungry!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Feeding Chickens, right?
     They sell Chicken Feed at
     the same place as you
     bought the Chicken."
    "......"
    "What's wrong?"
    "They're closed today."
    "Don't worry. There's
     another way. Do you have
     Corn?"
    "Umm...No."
    "In that case, just let
     your Chickens out for a
     few hours, and they'll
     find worms and things to
     eat on their own."
    "Great! I'll go do it
    now!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You mentioned Corn
     yesterday. What if I
     did have some...?"
    "There's a way to turn
     Corn into Chicken Feed.
     You know the Water Mill
     Next to the Chicken Coop?"
    "What about it?"
    "It will grind up Corn into
     30 bushels of Chicken
     Feed for you!"
    "Where do I throw the
    Corn?"
    "You can throw it from
     anywhere, as long as it
     lands in the Water Wheel."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I let my Chickens out to
     eat, but they still don't
     lay any Eggs!"
    "You didn't let them out
     whet it was raining, did
     you?"
    "Yeah...Why?"
    "They become very unhappy
     when they get rained on!"
    "Really?"
    "Of course! It has to be
     sunny when you let them
     out, little sis!"
    "I get it now."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How do I feed my Chickens
     the regular way?"
    "Do you have Chicken Feed
     in the Feed Bin?"
    "Yeah, I went out and
     bought 825 bushels from
     the Poultry Farm!"
    "825 bushels! That's a
    lot!"
    "Well, I had 8,250G with
     me, so...."
    "Just was long as you don't
     waste it."
    "I won't."
    "Until tomorrow, then."
    "OK."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
     It was about how to feed
     your Chickens, right?"
    "All you do is throw
     Chicken Feed into the Feed
     Box in the Chicken Coop."
    "I can put it in any Feed
     Box I want to?"
    "Yeah, as long as you put
     Feed in one Feed Box for
     each Chicken in the Coop."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How do I get the Chicken
     Feed to put in the Feed
     Box?"
    "Just press the A Button
     in front of the Feed Bin
     Door in the Chicken Coop.
     The same thing is true for
     the Feed Bin Door in
     the Barn."
    "Now I think I finally know
     everything about feeding
     my Chickens!"
    "Don't forget to do it,
     now!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I ran out of Chicken Feed.
     What do I do now?"
    "...What do you mean,
     exactly?"
    "I put Chicken Feed in all
     of the Feed Boxes in the
     Chicken Coop. Then, it was
     gone the next day, even
     though I only have 1
     Chicken..."
    "Chicken Feed always only
     lasts for 1 day. So, be
     sure not to put more in
     than the number of Chickens
     in your Coop. If you do,
     it'll go to waste."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How can I get more
    Fodder?"
    "You buy it at Yodel Farm
     for 20G a bushel."
    "Is that it?"
    "If you plant farm grass
     Seeds, then harvest it
     with a Sickle when it's
     full grown, it'll wind up
     in the Feed Bin as Fodder.
     It will even grow back
     after a while!
     After that, all you have
     to do is pick it up at
     the Feed Bin Door,
     just like Chicken Feed."
    "I get it now."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I bought a Ball, but I'm
     not sure what to do
     with it."
    "If you throw it, your
     Dog will go fetch it. This
     trains your dog, you see."
    "Trains him for what?"
    "For instance, he'll be
     able to chase away wild
     dogs if they try to sneak
     in at night."
    "How will I know if the
     wild dogs come?"
    "You won't. That's why it's
     important to train your
     Dog. You can also do one
     more thing."
    "What?"
    "I'll tell you tomorrow."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "How to protect your
     animals from wild dogs at
     night, right?
     But first, I forgot one
     thing. You can only train
     your dog when he becomes
     fully grown."
    "You can't train puppies?
     They don't like fetch?"
    "No. Dogs grow quickly,
     though, so don't worry."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Oh yeah, protecting your
     animals from wild dogs."
    "First of all, don't let
     them outside. Wild dogs
    can't cat inside the Barn."
    "What else?"
    "You can also build a Fence
     with Lumber. Wild dogs
     can't get through the
     Fence unless part of it
     is broken."
    "Maybe I'll try it!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Is there any way to keep
     wild dogs away from my
     animals other than building
     a Fence or keeping them
     inside?"
    "There is one more way..."
    "Like what?"
    "You can use your Sickle,
     Hoe, Axe, or Hammer to
     attack the dogs."
    "That sounds so violent
    ...!"
    "In that case, do what I
     said yesterday."
    "I will, bro."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "The Turnips and Cucumbers
     I was growing turned a
     funny color suddenly."
    "That's because the season
     has begun to change. If the
     season changes, then some
     things will wilt if it
     becomes the wrong season
     for them."
    "But they were so close to
     being harvested!"
    "Too bad, but they're
     wasted now. To avoid this,
     make sure to harvest your
     crops in the correct
     season."
    "And they looked so
     good, too..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Can wilted crops be used
     for anything?"
    "Nothing at all. Just cut
     them up with your
     Sickle as soon as
     you can."
    "That's it...?"
    "Yes. Cut them up with your
     Sickle and plant Summer
     vegetables as soon as
     you can. "
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How do I use my Fishing
     Rod?"
    "Just equip it and press
     the B Button, right?"
    "I try that, but it doesn't
     work!"
    "Are you trying in a place
     where you can fish?"
    "Like where?"
    "Like a river, or the sea,
     or the lake behind the
     mountain. Where were you
     trying it?"
    "In my house, or out in
     the field..."
    "No, you definitely can't
     fish there, ha ha!"
    "OK. I'll go try again."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I still can't manage to
     catch any fish."
    "Are you sure to push the
     Button again when the
     lure bobs?"
    "No...I was just sort of
     waiting."
    "When a fish bites the
     hook, the lure will bob up
     and down. Push the button
     quickly to reel in the
     fish."
    "I didn't know about that
     part..."
    "Sometimes it turns out
     even then that the fish
     got away, or it was only
     garbage to begin with.
     Fishing requires lots of
     patience."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Typhoons are really scary,
     aren't they?"
    "You bet. You can't go
     outside at all! That means
     you can't take care of your
     animals or crops. The wind
     can also destroy your crops
     or Fences."
    "I can't do anything about
     it?"
    "Nope. Not even the Harvest
     Sprites will go outside
     during a typhoon. All you
     can do is keep the animals
     safe in their barn."
    "I'll just pray one never
     comes, then!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It looks like my Fence
     broke. How do I fix it?"
    "Sorry, but you can't fix
     a broken Fence. You have
     to throw it away."
    "What a waste! How do I
     do that? I tried to pick
     it up, but I can't."
    "You can't pick up broken
     Fences. You have to smash
     them with your Hammer.
     Once you do, you can build
     a new Fence."
    "I have to smash the Fence
     with my Hammer, huh?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard that the Hot
     Spring can recuperate
     Stamina and Fatigue. Is the
     effect greater the longer
     you stay in?"
    "Up to a point. One hour is
     usually plenty. Staying in
     much longer won't make
     a difference."
    "I see."
    "Do you know what else you
     can do in the Hot Spring?"
    "No, what?"
    "I'll tell you tomorrow."
    "I knew you'd say that!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "I was telling you about
     other things you can do
     in the Hot Spring, right?
     You can throw an Egg in
     to make a Spa-Boiled Egg."
    "That sounds delicious!"
    "Just throw the Egg in
     from the hole in the Fence
     near the Hot-Spring."
    "That's all?"
    "That's it. By the way,Spa-
     Boiled Eggs are the same
     no matter what kind of Egg
     you throw in."
    "It would be shame to use a
     Golden Egg, then!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I want my Eggs to hatch
     into baby Chicks. How do
     I do that?"
    "There's a place you can do
     it in the Chicken Coop,
     you know."
    "You mean the thing on the
     left side of the Chicken
     Coop?"
    "That's it! It's the
     Incubator. If you put Eggs
     in it, they'll hatch in
     about 3 days.
     You can't use the Incubator
     if the Coop is already
     full, though."
    "The Chicken Coop can hold
     4 Chickens before
     expanding and 8 after,
     right? Got it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How do I become friends
     with the townspeople?"
    "That will happen naturally
     if you talk to them every
     day."
    "I try, but they don't seem
     to like me much..."
    "Don't worry.  They'll warm
     up to you eventually.
     If you want them to like
     you even sooner, though,
     you should give them
     presents.
     Everybody has different
     likes and dislikes,
     though, so you should
     be careful."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I increased the size of my
     house, but it doesn't seem
    to make much difference..."
    "You can buy more things
     on TV Shopping, for one
     thing."
    "Like what?"
    "Like a Refrigerator,
     Shelf, Kitchen, and other
     Kitchen goods."
    "I know I can cook with a
     Kitchen, but I don't have
     much experience cooking!"
    "It's easy, sis. To start
     out, just follow recipes."
    "Will you teach me?"
    "Tomorrow."
    "I'll be waiting, bro."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Sure, I'll teach you how
     to cook. What Utensils
     do you have? Wait, if you
     don't even have a Kitchen,
     then you won't have any
     Utensils either."
    "Why do I need Utensils?"
    "You can cook many more
     things if you have
     Utensils."
    "But they don't sell them
     at the Supermarket..."
    "They sell them on the
     TV Shopping Network."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Oh yeah...Cooking,
    right?"
    "But first, I don't even
     have a phone in my house.
     How do I order from the
     TV shopping Network?"
    "Isn't there a phone some-
     where close to you?"
    "There is one at the Inn,
     now that you mention it."
    "Just use that one, then."
    "OK. Thanks for your
    help."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I bought a Kitchen and I
     tried cooking, but every-
     thing I make turns out
     a "Failure". Why?"
    "Do you actually follow a
     recipe, or just throw some
     things together?"
    "Umm...The second,
    I guess."
    "You have to follow a
     recipe, silly! Otherwise
     you're likely to get a
    "Failure"."
    "But I don't know any
     recipes! Where do I
     learn them?"
    "I'll teach you that
     tomorrow."
    "OK. I'll be waiting."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About learning recipes,
     right? It's easy. You can
     learn from the people in
     town, or from the TV,
     or other places, too.
     A cooking progrm is on
     on Tuesdays on the
     left channel."
    "Thanks, brother! I can't
     wait to make something
     good for a change!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I finally succeeded!"
    "What did you make?"
    "Fried Rice."
    "Did you see the recipe on
     TV?"
    "Yes."
    "With Fried Rice, you can
     improvise and add lots of
     other ingredients, you
     know. Try it yourself."
    "Once you gain some
     experience, you can begin
     to improvise and even
     invent your own dishes."
    "I can't wait to try!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You told me before about
     watering my vegetables,
     but do I have to even when
     it rains?"
    "No. That's why you welcome
     the rain when you grow
     lots of crops."
    "But, the animals will get
     unhappy out in the rain,
     right?"
    "Right. You can't have
     everything your way!"
    "By the way, snow is
     basically like rain in
     these ways."
    "I can't grow crops in
     Winter, though."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I finally bought a Cow!"
    "Great!"
    "But...I don't know how to
     take care of it!"
    "First I'll tell you how
     to feed it.
     Just take Fodder made from
     cut farm grass to the
     Feed Box in the Barn and
     put it in."
    "What if I don't have any
     farm grass?"
    "Then you'll have to buy it
     from Yodel Farm. It costs
     20G a bushel, which is
     pretty expensive. So, it's
     better to make it
     yourself."
    "Got it. What next?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Taking care of Cows,
     right?
     Today I'll tell you about
     grazing your Cows outside.
     First of all, you can't
     pick Cows up, so you have
     to push them from behind
     to get them to leave the
     Barn."
    "But, sometimes I can't
     get behind them!"
    "That's when you use a
     Bell to get them to move
     toward you. Once they move
     a few steps, you can move
     behind them and push.
     If the Cow's affection for
     you isn't very high, it
     might now come when it
     hears the Bell, though."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Today I'll tell you more
     about grazing your Cows.
     If you have a field of
     farm grass ready to be
     harvested, your Cows will
     graze on that. This saves
     you the effort of cutting
     it and bringing to to their
     Feed Boxes. It takes a
     few hours for them to
     eat, though. "
    "OK."
    "Also, grass grows back
     sooner after Cows graze
     on it than when you cut it
     with your Sickle."
    "That's good to know!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    
    "My brother is taking the
    day off today, so no
    . Sorry."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it? But first,
     let me apologize for
     yesterday. I feel fine
     now."
    "In that case, can you
     tell me some more?"
    "Sure. More about taking
     care of cows, then. Today
     I'll tell you about
     brushing them. First you
     equip the Brush --"
    "I don't have one!"
    "The blacksmith will sell
     you one. Just face the Cow
     and use the Brush. The
     Cow will love it if you
     brush her once each day.
     That's enough, though."
    "Got it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Taking care of Cows,
     right? Today I'll tell you
     about milking them.
     First you use the
     Milker --"
    "I don't have one!"
    "The blacksmith will sell
     you one. Just equip it,
     then face the Cow and use
     it to Milk her.
     Cows only give Milk once
     each day, remember."
    "OK. Got it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Taking care of Cows,
     right? There's something
     about milking them I forgot
     to tell you."
    "What?"
    "You can only milk
     adult, non-pregnant Cows."
    "Makes sense. I can't wait
     to drink some nice fresh
     Milk!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Taking care of Cows,
    right?
    I tried milking my Cow, but
     I couldn't get any Milk."
    "It was an adult?"
    "Of course."
    "And she was healthy?"
    "She was, but she was
     unhappy."
    "I should have mentioned
     that only happy Cows
     give Milk, not sick or
     unhappy Cows."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Taking care of Cows,
     right? Today I'll tell you
     about the size of Milk that
     Cows give.
     There are 3 sizes:
     S, M, and L."
    "How are they different?"
    "They look different, and
     their size is different
     as well."
    "What does that mean?"
    "I'll explain tomorrow."
    "I knew it!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Different sizes of Milk,
     right?
     Size determines the price
     of Milk when you sell it.
     The bigger the size, the
     more gold you get."
    "How do I get bigger
    sizes?"
    "I'll tell you all about
     that tomorrow."
    "Not again!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
    "telling me yesterday..."
     About how to get bigger
     sizes of Milk, right?
     If you take good care of
     your Cows everyday, their
     Milk will get better
     naturally.
     That means talking to them,
     brushing them, and feeding
     them everyday."
    "Sounds like a lot of
    work!"
    "By the way, when the Milk
     reaches G size --"
    "What's that?"
    "That's Golden Milk, which
     only comes from Cows who
     come in first place in
     the Cow Festival.
    There are other sizes too."
    "I've only gotten S, M, and
     L through regular daily
     care."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I think my Cow got sick!"
    "But I thought I told you
     all about how to take care
     of your Cows!"
    "Well, I spent so much time
     listening to you, this one
     got sick!"
    "In that case, I'll tell
     you how to cure sick
     Cows.
     First, buy Animal Medicine
     from Yodel Farm, then use
     it on the sick Cow."
    "Sounds easy to me."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I want more Cows. How do
     I do that?"
    "You can buy another Cow
     from Yodel Farm, or use
     Cow Miracle Potion."
    "That's sold at Yodel Farm
     too, right?"
    "Right. If you use it on an
     adult Cow, it'll become
     pregnant. In about 20 days
     a baby Calf will be born."
    "Only adult Cows can get
     pregnant? Makes sense
     to me."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "How to make new Cows,
     right?"
    "Right. I used Cow Miracle
     Potion, but it didn't
     work."
    "It's an adult Cow,
    right?"
    "Right."
    "Is it healthy, then?"
    "No, it's the Cow that was
     sick."
    "I should have said before,
     but Cows must be healthy
     to get pregnant."
    "OK."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "You know..."
    "What's wrong? You don't
     seem very well."
    "I think I got sick..."
    "Are you sure you aren't
     exhausted? Are you doing
     things like using Tools
     in the rain or late at
     night, or staying up too
     late, or using Tools even
     though you have no
     Stamina left...?"
    "Maybe...All of those."
    "Some things you can do to
     keep from getting sick are
     bathing in the Hot Spring,
     or sleeping well, or
     lighting a fire in winter
     with Lumber or Branches,
     or even putting flowers in
     your Vase."
    "OK. I got all that."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I finally bought a
    Sheep!"
    "Congratulations!"
    "But I'm not sure about how
     to take care of it."
    "It's not so different from
     taking care of a Cow.
     Only shipping is what you
     can ship from it."
    "How so?"
    "You can use Clippers to
     shear Wool from a Sheep.
     Unlike Cows, though, you
     can't shear Wool from
     Sheep everyday."
    "If you say so."
    "I'll tell you more about
     it tomorrow."
    "I hate waiting..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Caring for Sheep, right?"
    "After you shear a Sheep
     once, its coat won't grow
     back for a full 7 days.
     You can't get more Wool
     from it until then."
    "I see."
    "By the way, you can
     buy Clippers from the
     blacksmith."
    "OK. I'll remember."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Is there anything
     different about Sheep and
     Cows, other than Wool?"
    "Well...The Fodder is the
     same, grazing them is the
     same, brushing is the
     same, giving them Animal
     Medicine is the same --"
    "What about making them
     pregnant?"
    "For that you need Sheep
     Magic Potion. Cow Magic
     Potion won't work, of
     course!"
    "Makes sense to me!"
    "That's the only difference
     I can think of."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I'm asking the Harvest
     Sprites to do some work
     for me --"
    "That's great!"
    "But, they don't do as
     much as I want them to!"
    "They just aren't used to
     it yet. They have to learn
    their jobs, too, you know."
    "Once they get used to it,
     they'll work better,
     you mean?"
    "Of course! Also, don't
     forget to give them small
     gifts as a thank-you when
     they're done."
    "I'll remember!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard that you can train
     the Harvest Sprites.
     Is it true?"
    "Yes."
    "How do you do it?"
    "You do it through Mini-
     Games. When you talk to a
     Harvest Sprite, you get to
     choose between asking them
     to work or playing Mini-
     Games. Choose the
     Mini-Game."
    "So I can just play Mini-
     Games with them all day
     to train them really
     quickly!"
    "No, you can only play once
     a day. Sorry."
    "That's too bad."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
     About training the Harvest
     Sprites, right? You see,
     different Mini-Games train
     different skills."
    "Like what?"
    "The "Harvest" Mini-Game"
    makes them better at
    harvesting, and the "Animal
    Husbandry" and "Watering"
    Mini-Games help them
    improve at those things,
    too."
    "Makes sense to me."
    "But, if you make them
     fail at the game, they'll
     actually get worse, so
     be careful."
    "I will!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I guess the Mailbox isn't
     just for decoration, huh?"
    "No, you'll get notices of
     new items at the store,
     or letters and cards.
     So, it's a good idea to
     check it every so often."
    "You're right about that."
    "Once you read letters,
     they're stored in your
     Bookshelf in case you want
     to read them again."
    "Thanks. I'll keep that
     in mind."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "The town is so big, I
     still get lost sometimes!"
    "If you get lost, look at
     the World Map on the Menu
     Window after pressing
     START.
     That will show you the
     layout of the town, as
     well as where you are.
     Soon enough you'll have
     it all memorized."
    "That's sure handy!"
    "It will also show you
     where your Dog is, which is
     useful if you can't find
     him."
    "Great!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Can I buy back a Cow that
     I've sold?"
    "Sorry, but you can't.
     I guess this means you
     sold your Cow, right...?
    "Yes, because I couldn't
     afford Seeds for Fall
     planting!"
    "You still can't buy her
     back, whatever the
     reason. Sorry.
    "And I had finally gotten
     her to give me G size
     Milk, too! What a waste!"
    "Now you'll have to start
     all over with a new Cow.
     Good luck!"
    "Oh, man..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What does the World Map
     show, aside from me and
     my Dog?"
    "It also shows the location
     of your Ball and Basket."
    "Why those two?"
    "Well, your animals always
     stay on the farm, and the
     Harvest Sprites only work
     on the farm. What else
     would you want on there?"
    "How about the location of
     all the townspeople?"
    "Sorry, that's just
     not possible."
    "Too bad!..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard you can have
     presents giftwrapped at
     the Supermarket. What will
     they wrap, exactly?"
    "Just about anything you
     could give to somebody."
    "Even Stones or Weeds?"
    "If you wanted to!
     But, noboody wants to
     receive Stones or Weeds.
     And, if you wrap them up,
     they'll be even less
     happy with you.
     They'll expect something
     nice, you see."
    "OK."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "My Dog is growing up nice
     and strong!"
    "That's great! So, he'll
     chase away wild dogs when
     they come?"
    "You bet! He also comes
     when I use my Bell to call
     the Sheep and Cows that
     I have grazing."
    "You've been training him,
     I see."
    "I have. Right now we're
     training everyday for the
     Frisbee Tournament in
     Summer."
    "He must love all the
     attention."
    "He does. It's fun for me,
     too."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "My Dog has grown up
     big and strong, but my
     Horse hasn't gotten very
     much bigger."
    "What? You have a Horse
     now?"
    "I forgot to tell you, I
     guess. Sorry."
    "That's OK. Anyway, Horses
     take longer to grow than
     Dogs. It takes them about
     a year to get become full-
     grown."
    "What can I do with it
     then?"
    "I'll tell you tomorrow."
    "If you say so."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About what fully grown
     Horses could do, right?"
     First, you can use Saddle-
     bags to ship things.
     Face the Horse and throw
     what you want to ship,
     and it will be done!"
    "That's great! That means
     I don't have to put every-
     thing in my Rucksack,
     go out to the Shipment box,
     then take it all out again.
     How convenient!"
    "That's right."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About what fully grown
     Horses could do, right?"
    "You can also ride the
     Horse, of course."
    "That sounds fun!"
    "It makes moving around
     much faster. You can also
     enter in Horse Races."
    "That means I can bet on
     myself to win, and then
     win tons of prizes, too,
     right!"
    "That's right, sis."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Is there anything else a
     fully grown Horse is good
     for?"
    "Not apart from shipping
     Items or entering the
     Horse Races, no."
    "That's too bad..."
    "I should tell you how to
     take care of it, though.
     Your Horse will like it if
     you talk to it and ride it
     everyday.
     You should brush it every
     day, too.
     Also, put it in the Barn
     on rainy days, just like
     your other animals."
    "All that seems easy
     enough."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What's a "Cottage?"
    "It's an extra house for
     yourself that you can ask
     Gotz the Woodcutter to
     build for you. I hear
     there's another way to
     get one, but I'm not sure
     what it is."
    "How is a Cottage different
     from my regular house?"
    "Well, you can sleep there,
     but there is no Kitchen,
     so no Refrigerator or
     Shelves. It's basically
     just for fun."
    "It's so expensive,
    though!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about this really big
     fish that I caught in
     the sea last Summer.
     It looked almost like a
     squid, but huge..."
    "That sounds like one of
     the legendary "King
     Fish." I bet you had to
     have a really high level
     Fishing Rod to catch it.
     I hear they only come out
     in Spring or Winter.
     There are some other
     conditions for catching
     them, but I'm not sure
     what they are."
    "How many King Fish are
     there?"
    "6 in all, but that's all I
     know about them. What
     did you do with the fish
     once you caught it?"
    "I'll tell you that
     tomorrow."
    "That's my line!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what I was
     telling you yesterday..."
    "What you did with the
     King Fish, right?"
    "Right. It was way too
     heavy for me to carry home,
     so I just took an ink
     rubbing of it and then
     released it back into
     the ocean."
    "I can't wait to see that
     rubbing! I'm proud of you,
     sis."
    "Gee, thanks!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard that no crops will
     grow during Winter.
     Is that true?"
    "It is. Not even farm grass
     will grow under all that
     snow."
    "So all I can do on the
     farm during winter is take
     care of my animals?"
    "Yes. You can also do
     other things you don't
     normally have time for."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You said that since I
     can't grow crops in Winter,
     I ought to use the time for
     something I usually don't
     have time for.
     Do you have any
     suggestions?"
    "How about digging in one
     of the mines?"
    "Now that you mention it,
     I haven't done that
     at all!"
    "Or, you could spend all
    day fishing, for instance."
    "That sounds like fun,
    too!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About what to do in
     Winter, right?"
    "Is there anything else to
     do, besides fishing and
     mining?"
    "Let's see...You can't farm
     anyway, so you could
     upgrade your Tools. Or,
     you could spend the time
     talking with the towns-
     people."
    "I guess there are lots of
     things to do in Winter!"
    "What do you want to
     do most, sis?"
    "Let's see..."
    "Think about it, and tell
     me tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I know what I want to do
     most in Winter, now."
    "What is it?"
    "I think I want to dig lots
     in the mines."
    "That's a good idea.
     Should I tell you more
     about them?"
    "Yes please!"
    "OK. That'll be
     tomorrow's subject."
    "I can't wait!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About mining, right?
     First, there are two mines
     you can go to. One is past
     the Hot Spring behind the
     mountain."
    "Next to the waterfall,
     right?"
    "That's it. The other one
     is on the island on the
     far side of the lake."
    "Wait a second!
     How do I get to it,
     then?"
    "You have to wait until
     Winter for the lake to
     freeze, then walk over
     it then."
    "I hope I don't slip..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About mining, right?
     Today I'll tell you about
     stairs going down that you
     find when digging in the
     mine.
     Go down the stairs to get
     to deeper levels of the
     mine.
     The deeper you go, the
     more valuable things you'll
     find, so take these stairs
     whenever you find them."
    "How do I get back to
     the surface, though?"
    "Don't worry. You'll see
     stairs going up, too."
    "Thanks. I feel much
     better now!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About mining, right?
    "Today I'll tell you how to
     do actual digging.
     Use your Hoe to dig up the
     ground of the mine.
     You'll be able to tell
     where you've dug because
     it will look the same as
     a tilled field.
     You only need to dig the
     same piece of earth once.
     Digging more than that
     won't have an effect.
    "So, if nothing comes out,
     go on to the next patch
     and try. I get it!"
    "Also, use your Hammer to
     smash Stones in the mine.
     Sometimes Ore will come
     out."
    "OK."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Can I wear the jewelry
     Saibara makes myself?"
    "Why? Do you think that
     doing so would increase
     your HP or something?"
    "I thought it might...
     Or, maybe just make me
     look prettier...
    "Sorry, but you can't wear
     the jewelry yourself.
     You can ship it, though.
     I wouldn't want to sell it!
     Not after using all that
     Orichalc and gold to have
     it made in the first
     place!"
    "You can sell it for a lot
     of money, though!"
    "Hmm...Naww, I couldn't.
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I found something else in
     the mine, but I'm not sure
     whether it's rare and
     valuable or not."
    "What is it?"
    "An ore called
    Adamantite."
    "That's great, sis! You can
     give it to Saibara and
     ask him to make you a
     Maker with it."
    "What's a Maker?"
    "There are three kinds of
     Makers: Cheese, Yarn, and
     Mayonnaise."
    "You'll tell me more about
     them tomorrow, right?"
    "How'd you know, sis?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "The Makers, right?"
    "Right. Will you tell me
     what they do?"
    "The Mayonnaise Maker makes
     Mayonnaise, the Cheese
     Maker Cheese, and the Yarn
     Maker Yarn! That's all
     there is to it, sis!"
    "Now I feel a little
     foolish for asking...How do
     you use them, though?"
    "I'll tell you that
     tomorrow."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "About using the 3 kinds of
     Makers, right?
     Well, to use the Mayonnaise
     Maker, just toss in Eggs.
     To use the Cheese Maker,
     just throw in Milk.
     Finally, to use the Yarn
     Maker, just throw in some
     Wool. That's it.
     By the way, the size of the
     Mayo, Cheese, or Yarn that
     comes out is equivalent to
     the size of what you put
     in the Maker to begin
    with."
    "I get it now."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Where do the Makers go?"
    "The Mayonnaise Maker goes
     in the Chicken Coop, and
     the Cheese and Yarn Makers
     in the Barn."
    "That makes it easy to put
     the Eggs, Milk, or Wool in
     them, doesn't it?"
    "Right. That way you don't
     have to carry them far.
     Except maybe if you're
     grazing your animals."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "How much does it cost
     to have one of those
     Makers made?"
    "It requires 20,000G and
     a piece of Adamantite."
    "That's very expensive!"
    "It is indeed. But, once
     you buy one, it never
     breaks, and you can use it
     forever to increase the
     sale price of your farm
     goods. You'll also be able
     to cook more things."
    "I see. That's still a lot,
     though...!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Snowstorms are really
     scary, aren't they?"
    "You bet. You can't go
     outside at all! That means
     you cant take care of your
     animals or crops. The wind
     can also destroy your crops
     or Fences."
    "I can't do anything about
     it?"
    "Nope. Not even the Harvest
     Sprites will go outside
     during a snowstorm. All you
     can do is keep the animals
     safe in their barn."
    I'll just pray one never
     comes, then, just like a
     typhoon!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Can I only find Orichalc
     and Adamantite Ores in
     the mine by the Spring?"
    "That's right.
     In that mine, all you'll
     find is Mystrile,
     Adamantite, and Orichalc."
    "What about in the mine
     on the lake?"
    "There you can find other
     Ores that you can ship."
    "So, if I want to make
     money, I should go to the
     lake, and if I want to
     upgrade or make things,
     I should go to the spring,
     right?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I bought a Sheep and a Cow
     at Yodel Farm. The Sheep
     is full grown, but
     not the Cow. Why?"
    "Cows grow more slowly than
     Sheep. That's why the Cows
     that Yodel Farm sells
     aren't full grown yet."
    "But Cows won't give Milk
     unless they're full grown,
     right?
     I guess I'll just have to
     wait until it gets older!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You can't watch TV when
     there's a typhoon or a
     snowstorm, right?"
    "Right. Why?"
    "Will TV programs I miss
     because of the weather be
     shown the next day, or
     maybe the next week?"
    "No, they just skip those
     shows and go on with the
     next one."
    "So, there's no way I can
     see shows I missed?"
    "Not until they
     re-broadcast the whole
     series, no."
    "That's disappointing!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I've been wondering...
     what is it I eat every
     morning?"
    "Don't you know yourself?
     Basically, Bread or Rice
     Or, anything else that
     you've ever made before."
    "So, I should just make
     something that recuperates
     a lot of Stamina and
     Fatigue every morning
     then, right?"
    "That sounds about right."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I was up late at night
     and wanted to watch TV,
     but nothing was on.
     Why not?"
    "All programs stop at
     midnight. That's why."
    "Aww...And I used to like
     to stay up late watching
     TV, too."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What determines how
     affection level changes
     when you give gifts?"
    "Well, whether they like
     the gift or not, for one
     thing. Also, if you give
     them gifts too often,
     they'll have less effect.
     And, people will be more
     appreciative if the gift is
     on their birthday (assuming
     they like it, of course)."
    "How do I figure out
     people's birthdays?"
    "You could give them
     gifts everyday and watch
     their reaction...?"
    "There's got to be a
     better way!"
    "Maybe there's someone
     you can ask, then...?"
    "I can't believe even you
     don't know, bro!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday...
     Do you know what people
     in town like and don't
     like?"
    "Sorry, but I don't.
     But, it's also impossible
     to give everyone every-
     thing and watch their
     reactions..."
    "You bet it is!"
    "Still, it's a good idea to
     try giving people some
     things, and you may get
     the hang of it."
    "I see."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Do you know what day it is
     today?"
    "Sure. It's the Winter
     Thanksgiving Festival."
    "Yes. That mean...
     Here you go, Chocolate!"
    "Gee sis, thanks! I'll try
     it right now...Mmm....
     It's delicious! "
    "I'm glad you like it!"
    "I do. Now I'll have to
     top it for the next Spring
     Thanksgiving Festival!"
    "Great!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "The Harvest Goddess came
     and told me when my
     Pedometer reached 10,000
     steps."
    "Oh yeah, I thought I heard
     something like that.
     She might also come when
     you ship a certain number
     of things, or catch a
     certain number of fish."
    "Well, she herself told me
     that I didn't receive
     anything special for it.
    It's no big deal, I guess."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You don't save when you
     sleep this time, right?"
    "Right. Instead, select
     Diary in the Menu Window
     or investigate the
     Diary in your house.
    "So I can save anywhere
     and anytime, right?"
    "Well, you can't open up
     the Menu Window when
     you're on your Horse,
     remember."
    "OK, so that's the only
     time I can't save, right?
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What's the difference
     between my Refrigerator
     and Shelves?"
    "You use them for different
     things. Basically, things
     you eat go in the
     Refrigerator and every-
     thing else goes in the
     Shelf."
    "I see."
    "Also, you can't put Dogs,
     Chickens, or Baskets in
     either one."
    "That makes sense."
    "Also, you can put 99 of
     each Item in each space,
     which is more than the
     Rucksack."
    "That's a lot!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "You told me yesterday that
     I could fit 99 Items in
     each space in my Shelves
     or Refrigerator. I tried,
     but it doesn't work."
    "That doesn't make any
     sense...What was it?"
    "Eggs..."
    "If they were different
     kinds of Eggs, then you
     can't put them in the
     same space."
    "I should have thought
     of that myself!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Can you use something
     other than food Items to
     cook with?"
    "Sure. Just put it in your
     Rucksack and then select
     it. But I've never heard
     of anything like that
     in a recipe!"
    "But if you can use some-
     thing other than food in a
     recipe, then maybe there's
     something good you can
     make..."
    "It's a possibility, I
     guess..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "My Chicken died..."
    "Of sickness?"
    "Yes..."
    "I forgot to put it in the
     Barn when it started
     raining...I feel awful!"
    "You know, these things
     cause your reputation in
     town to go down."
    "Really?"
    "When it's your fault.
     Not when animals die of
     old age, of course."
    "I'll be more careful
     in the future!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I ate a "Power Berry",
     but I'm not sure exactly
     what it is."
    "It increases your maximum
     Stamina."
    "So I can eat as many as
     I can?"
    "There are only 10 in all,
     and each one increases your
     Stamina by 10. That makes
     100 in all."
    "How much do I start
     out with?"
    "100."
    "So I can increase my"
     Stamina by 100%.
     That's great!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "Is there any way to find
     out how many Power
     Berries I've eaten?"
    "If you look at the Farm
     Property page in your
     Earnings, then there's a
     picture of you and your
     name, right?"
    "Right."
    "Under that are some red
     circles."
    "Uh-huh."
    "Each one of those means
     one Power Berry that
     you've eaten."
    "That's easy enough,
     I suppose.
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "If the red circles in my
     Earnings mean Power
     Berries, what do the blue
     circles next to them mean?"
    "Those are the number of
     Mysterious Berries you've
     eaten. You get them from
     the Kappa. Which, I see
     you've already done..."
    "What do the Mystic Berries
     do then?"
    "They make you slower to
     Fatigue, so you'll collapse
     from overwork less."
    "I didn't know that! I just
     thought it tasted good!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What are the heart-shaped
     symbols on different pages
     of my Earnings book?"
    "Those show you levels of
     affection people have for
     you. There can be as many
     as 10."
    "So, if someone has 10
     hearts for me, then they
     like me incredibly much?"
    "That's about it."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I saw something strange on
     sale at Gotz's place."
    "What was it?"
    "It was called "Golden"
     Lumber." Do you know
     what that is?"
    "I've heard that putting
     that in your field can get
     the townspeople really
     mad at you for showing
     off."
    "But why is it so
     expensive?"
    "Think about it this way:
     only someone who wanted
     to boast about how rich
     they were would buy a piece
     of Golden Lumber, much less
     put it in their yard for
     everybody to see!"
    "I'm tempted..."
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I bought the Golden Lumber
     and put it in my yard --"
    "Why would you do that!"
    "Don't get so mad at me!
     It wouldn't fit in the
     Woodbin, you see."
    "That's because it's not
     like regular Lumber. You
     can put it in your Shelves
     instead, show-off..."
    "I don't like everybody
     calling me names like you,
     so I think I'm going to
     move it as soon as I can!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "I heard that I can
     communicate with the Game-
     Cube version of the game."
    "That's true."
    "How do I do it?"
    "First, do you know how to
     find the Harvest Goddess?
    "No."
    "I'll tell you that first,
     then.
     You know where the mine by
     the spring on Mother's Hill
     is, right?"
    "Behind the Hot Spring,
     right?"
    "Right. Well, the Harvest
     Goddess appears in the
     spring to the right of
     that."
    "Got it. Be sure to tell me
     how to communicate
     tomorrow, OK?"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
     About how to communicate
     with the GameCube, right?
     First, you have to throw an
     offering into the Goddess's
     spring to make her appear.
     Then,select"Communicate".
     That's about all there is
     to it, sis.
     I've never done it, but
     that's what I hear,
     anyway."
    "I can't wait to give it
     a try and see if She
     really does appear!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "What's the Blue Feather?"
    "What?! You mean they're
     already selling it at the
     Supermarket?"
    "Yeah, I've seen boys give
     it to girls a few times,
     now."
    "Oh, I see. The Blue
     Feather is what people use
     when they want to propose
     marriage."
    "So, when those girls
     accepted the Feather, they
     were saying "Yes" ?
     How romantic!"
                       BEGINNER
    
    "Hey big bro!"
    "What is it?"
    "It's about what you were
     telling me yesterday..."
    "Is there something about
     the Blue Feather you don't
     understand yet?"
    "I told you they were
     selling it at the Super-
     market, but they didn't
     have any when I went to
     look!"
    "They wouldn't sell one to
     a girl, sis!"
    "So the only way I can get
     one is to have someone
     propose to me?"
    "That's right."
    "That's no fair!"
    
    ######################################
    c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd)
    ######################################
    
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the wandering salesman,
     Won. Lately he's staying
     at Zack's house in Mineral
     Beach, where he's selling
     his wares.
     You can buy Seeds, Dog
     Training Tools, or Jewels
     of Truth from him.
     Some of the Seeds he has
     they don't carry at the
     Supermarket.
     He also has Balls and
     Frisbees for Dogs. You
     can find books on those at
     the Library, I think.
     I'm not sure what Jewels
     of Truth are for, but I
     think you can get some-
     thing when you collect
     9..."
    "I wonder what it is?..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me about controls!"
    "OK, first I'll teach you
     to move around on the Map
     Screen.
     Control Pad:
     *Run or Walk"
    "Why 'or', Sis?"
    "You can decide which the
     Control Pad does with the
     Movement Settings in the
     Diary in the Menu Window.
     Option 1 is Walk, and
     Option 2 is Run."
    "Then how do you perform
     the opposite action?"
    "With the R Button to:
     Run in Option 1, or
     Walk in Option 2."
    "I see! You can use the
     Control Pad to Walk and
     the R Button to Run,
     or the other way around!"
    "That's it!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     moving around on the Map
     Screen."
    
     A Button:
     *Talk to people
     *Investigate
     *Pick up something
     *Throw something
    
     By the way, if you talk to
     someone when you're
     holding something, you'll
     give it to the person."
    "You mean give a gift?"
    "Yes, but you can't give
     away animals, or really
     important things, like
     Baskets."
    "I see..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     the A Button."
     You can investigate things
     like Signs, or Walls, or
     Bookshelves to see what
     they have in or on them.
     Of course, sometimes you
     won't find anything.
     Also, you shouldn't
     investigate when you're
     holding something."
    "Why not?"
    "Because if it turns out
     that there's nothing there,
     you'll end up throwing
     what you're holding!"
    "Ah, of course!"
    "Also, you can't pick up
     some things that are too
     heavy, like huge Stones."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     moving around on the Map
     Screen.
    
     Actually, what I told you
     yesterday about using the
     A Button wasn't entirely
     true. The A Button
     does things not when you
     press it, but when you
     release it, you see."
    "What do you mean?"
    "For instance, if you face
     a Sign and investigate it
     to read it, you won't
     actually see what it says
     until you release the A
     Button."
    "So you didn't tell the
     truth yesterday?"
    "I was just trying to
     make it easier to
     understand!"
    "Hmm..."
    "And, if you hold the A
     Button down and press
     another button, it will
     have a different effect.
     We're out of time for
     today, though."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about other
     controls while holding down
     the A Button, right?
    
     Hold down the A Button,
     then press the B Button to
     switch to the Tools and
     Items Screen, or press the
     L Button to switch Items
     you're holding."
    "What do you mean?"
    "After holding down the A
     Button and pressing the L
     Button, use the Control
     Pad or the L Button to
     switch what you're holding
     with something in your
     Rucksack.
     Of course, you can't put
     things like animals in
     your Rucksack!"
    "So you can switch Items
     you're holding on the Map
     Screen. That's useful.
     Do you have to hold down
     the A Button the whole
     time?"As long as you hold down
     either the A Button or the
     L Button, you'll be able
     to keep switching Items."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about other
     controls while holding down
     the A Button, right? "
    
     If you press the R Button
     while holding down the A
     Button, it will cancel the
     A Button, and you will
     return to walking or
     running."
    "You mean Option 1 or 2,
     which you choose in the
     Movement Settings in the
     Diary in the Menu Window,
     right?"
    "Yeah, where you can set
     which controls to use for
     walking and which for
     running.
     I'll teach you about some-
     thing else tomorrow."
    "OK. Bye now."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     moving around on the Map
     Screen.
    
     B Button:
     *Use equipped Item
     *Put away what you're
        holding
     Use equipped Items is easy
     enough. You can't use
     anything if you're not
     holding it!"
    "Other than things like
     Seeds, Animal Medicine,
     and Cow and Sheep Miracle
     Potion, you can use a Tool
     as many times as you like,
     right?"
    "That's true, but you do
     use up your Stamina."
    "What does that mean?"
    "I'll explain that
     tomorrow!"
    "OK..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was explaining that
     using Tools uses up
     Stamina, wasn't I? I think
     you should learn about the
     basic controls first."
    "That's no fair..."
    "Now back to putting things
     away with the B Button on
     the Map Screen.
     It doesn't matter what you
     have equipped, just what
     you're holding.
     Of course, you can't put
     some things in your
     Rucksack because they're
     too large. Also, your
     Rucksack can become full."
    "I see..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     moving around on the Map
     Screen.
    
     Just as with the A Button,
     it's not pushing the B
     Button that activates it,
     but releasing it.
     You can do different things
     by pushing other buttons
     while holding down the B
     Button. For example, push
     the A Button while holding
     down the B Button to move
     to the Tools and Items
     Screen..."
    "Didn't you mention that
     for the A Button, too?"
    "Yes, good memory. You can
     view the inside of your
     Rucksack by pushing both
     the A and B Buttons in
     whichever order you like."
    "I see!"
    "That's it for today."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about other
     controls while holding down
     the B Button, right?
    
     Press the L Button while
     holding down the B Button
     to switch Tools equipped."
    "Is that like switching
     Items with the A Button?"
    "Exactly! Use the Control
     Pad or the L Button to
     decide which Tool in your
     Rucksack you want to switch
     the current one with.
     As long as you hold down
     either the B Button or the
     L Button, you'll be able
     to keep switching Tools."
    "That's the same as with
     Items, too!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about other
     controls while holding down
     the B Button, right? "
    
     You can switch Tools by
     holding down the B Button
     and pressing the L Button,
     but not if you're holding
     something."
    "Why not?"
    "Because if it's food,
     you have to eat it!"
    "I see!"
    "If you press the R Button
     while holding down the B
     Button, it will cancel the
     B Button, and you will
     return to walking or
     running."
    "That's the same as for
     the A Button, right?"
    "Right. Option 1 or 2,
     which you choose in the
     Movement Settings in the
     Diary in the Menu Window.
     That's it for the B Button,
     so I'll teach you about
     something else tomorrow."
    "OK. Bye bye."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "OK, here's more about
     moving around on the Map
     Screen.
    
     L Button:
     EWhistle
    
     First, you only Whistle
     when you release the L
     Button, not when you press
     it. Also, if you just use
     the L  Button, you'll call
     both your Dog and Horse
     to you. If you press the
     Control Pad Up or Left at
     the same time, though, you
     will only call your Dog.
     If you press the Control
     Pad Down or Right at the
     same time, you will
     only call your Horse."
    "I see..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the L Button."
    "It seemed difficult
     just to whistle..."
    "Remember, you can just use
     the L Button, but that will
     call both your Dog and
     Horse."
    "I guess you're right."
    "If you hold down the L
     Button and press the B
     Button, you can change
     Tools equipped. If you
     press the A Button instead,
     you can change Items..."
    "You taught me that before,
     right?"
    "Right. Finally, hold down
     the L Button and press
     START to view the Town
     Map, or SELECT to view the
     Farm Map."
    "What are those?"
    "I'll leave that for
     tomorrow!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
    about Map Screen controls."
    
     START
     EOpen the Menu Window
    
     Press START to open the
     Menu Window at the bottom
     of the screen. The icons
     displayed are (from the
     left):
     EDiary
     ETools and Items
     ETown Map
     EFarm Map
     EEarnings
     EMemo
     ETutorial
     I'll start from the first
     one, Diary. We're out of
     time now, though..."
    "OK."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more about
     controls!"
    "Today's lesson will be
     on the Menu Window.
     First, I'll explain about
     the Diary.
     ...But first, I ought to
     explain  the Menu
     Window Controls.
     All you do is move the
     cursor Left and Right with
     the Control Pad, switch
     to the selected screen with
     the A Button, or close the
     Menu Window with the B
     Button or START."
    "You don't use the other
    buttons?"
    "Nope! I'll explain about
     your diary tomorrow."
    "If you say so."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was telling you about
     the Diary in the Menu
     Window, right?
    
     The main purpose of the
     Diary is to save and load
     games."
    "What else?"
    "You can also change these:
     EMovement Settings
     EClock Display
     EName Display
     I explained Movement
     Setttings before. It's
     where you determine which
     buttons to use to walk
     and run.
     Clock Display determines
     whether or not the time and
     date is shown in the lower
     right hand corner when you
     are moving.
     Face and Name Display
     determines whether the name
     and face of the person you
     are talking to is shown in
     the Message Window.
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. Today I'll tell you
     about controls in the
     Diary from the
     Menu Window.
    
     First, move the Control Pad
     Up and Down to move the
     cursor up and down to
     select a setting to change.
     Next, move the Control Pad
     Left and Right to change
     the settings.
     Press the B Button to close
     the Diary Window.
     Also, press the A Button to
     save or load when those are
     selected.
    That's about it for today."
    "OK."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Tools and Items
     Screen.
    
     The Tools and Item Screen
     shows what you have in
     your Rucksack. You can also
     change what you're holding
     or equipped with here.
     You can do this on the Map
     Screen, too, don't forget.
     This Screen is most useful
     for checking your
     possessions."
    "I see."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Tools and Items
     Screen controls.
    
     Basically...
     EControl Pad: Move cursor
     EA Button: Enter
     EB Button: Cancel
     EL/R Buttons: Move cursor
       between Tools and Items.
    "That's easy enough!"
    "That's because you're my
     brother!"
    "Thanks, sis."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Town Map.
    
     On the Town Map Screen,
     you can see a map of every-
     thing! Point your cursor at
     something to see an
     explanation below."
    "That sounds pretty
    simple."
    "Here's this, then:
     The Control Pad moves the
     cursor, and the B Button
     closes the Map Screen and
     returns you to the Menu
     Window.
     Press the L Button to move
     the cursor more slowly,
     and the R Button to
     move it more quickly.
     Got all that?"
    "I think so..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Town Map.
    
     The Town Map also shows
     where you and your Dog are.
     Also, it will show the
     position of your Ball and
     Basket if you have them.
     You can use this to help
     you look for things you've
     lost.
     Of course, the map will
     only show you the
     approximate location, not
     exactly where it is. So,
     you'll still have to do
     some looking on your own.
     Also, if it's someone
     else's house, the map can't
     show you what floor your
     lost item is on."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Farm Map.
    
     The Farm Map Screen shows
     an overview of your farm.
     It's useful to look at when
     you forgot what you planted
     where, for instance."
    "That sounds pretty
    simple."
    "Here's this, then:
     The Control Pad moves the
     cursor, and the B Button
     closes the Map Screen and
     returns you to the Menu
     Window.
     Press the L Button to move
     the cursor more slowly,
     and the R Button to
     move it more quickly.
     Got all that?"
    "I think so..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     the Farm Map.
    
     On the Farm Map, you can
     see the location of all
     your animals in all the
     buildings on your farm:
     EYou, your Dog, your Ball,
       and Basket (if they're on
       the farm, that is)
     EChickens, Baby Chicks,
       Sheep, and Cows (if you
       have them)
     EHarvest Sprites
       (if they're working
       for you)
    
     That's about it."
    "Got it."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be on
     your Earnings.
    
     The Earnings Screen is
     divided up into many pages.
     The first one shows your
     name, how much gold you
     have, the number of
     your animals, bushels of
     Feed, and Lumber, and
     the affection of your pet.
    
     The next pages are animal
     list pages, one for
     Chickens, Cows, and Sheep,
     If you have them. "
    "So if have don't have
     Sheep, then there will be
     no Sheep page?"
    "Exactly."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     more on the Earnings
     Screen.
    
     Next page is the Harvest
     Sprites page. This page
     shows the affection of each
     Sprite for you, how much
     their enthusiasm is for the
     job, and whether each is
     doing a job for you or not.
     Job enthusiasm is shown
     with a gauge, in the order
     of Watering, Harvest, and
     Animal Husbandry.
    
     The next page is your
     Income and Expenses.
     Income and Expenses for
     this month is at the very
     top. Below that is your
     daily Income and Expenses
     for the current season.
     At the very bottom is your
     Income and Expenses for the
     last 3 seasons.
     The last page shows the
     levels of all your Tools."
    "More tomorrow, right?"
    "Of course!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     more on the Earnings
     Screen.
    
     Like I said yesterday, the
     final page on the Earnings
     screen shows the levels of
     all your Tools in numbers
     and a gauge.
     When the gauge becomes
     full, a small picture of an
     Ore will be shown below
     that Tool. That ore tells
     you what level the Tool
     can be upgraded to.
     Remember that you don't
     need to upgrade right away.
     You could wait to upgrade
     a Tool until it became
     ready for a Mystrile
     upgrade,
     if you wanted to!"
    "Yeah, but that would take
     forever!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     more on the Earnings
     Screen.
    
     On the Tool Level List,
     there is a number to the
     right of each gauge.
     This percentage shows
     the experience level of the
     Tool. When it reaches 100%,
     the tool may be upgraded.
     To upgrade a Tool, bring
     it to the blacksmith.
     I'll tell you more about
     the controls of this Screen
     tomorrow."
    "OK. Bye now."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     about controls in the
     Earnings Screen.
    
     Flip pages with the Left
     and Right Control Pad, and
     scroll with the Up and Down
     Control Pad.
     Press the L Button with the
     Up and Down Control Pad to
     scroll more slowly, or
     the R Button to scroll more
     quickly."
    "I think I've seen
     instructions like these
     before..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     about the Memo Screen.
    
     The Memo helps you remember
     what you've done:
     *Number of shipments
     *Number of Fish caught
     *Other
    There's one page for each."
    "That's all?"
    "It's more than it looks
     like at first glance.
     For instance, there are
     over 100 types of Items to
     be shipped, and many kinds
     of Fish to be caught.
     The memo keeps track of
     each individually, but I'll
     explain more tomorrow."
    "OK."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     more about the Memo Screen.
    
     I was going to tell you
     even more about the Memo
     Screen, but it doesn't have
     a direct bearing on game-
     play, so I decided against
     it. It's more fun that
     way."
    
    "Awww, sis!... By the way,
     how high do the counters
     for shipping and fishing
     go...?"
    "That's a secret! It sure
    isn't 999. That much I can
    say."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Menu Window.
     Today's lesson will be
     about the Memo Screen
     controls.
    
    "Flip pages with the Left
     and Right Control Pad, and
     scroll with the Up and Down
     Control Pad.
     Press the L Button with the
     Up and Down Control Pad to
     scroll more slowly, or
     the R Button to scroll more
     quickly."
    "Are the controls for these
     Screens all the same?"
    "You catch on quick!"
    "I knew it!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Message Window.
     The top left of the Message
     Window shows the face of
     the person you're talking
     to, and the top right
     shows their name."
    "It's not fair our names
     and faces aren't shown!"
    "...Maybe, but you can also
     choose not to display it."
    "You mean in the Diary,
     right?"
    "Good memory. Actually,
     you can change this when
     the messages are shown,
     too."
    "You'll tell me how
     tomorrow, right...?"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about erasing the names and
     faces in the Message
     Window."
    "You were going to teach me
     how to do it without going
     to the Diary, right?"
    "Well, that's what I said,
     but it turns out I was
     wrong.
     The Diary is the only place
     to do it. Sorry!..."
    "Thanks a lot, sis!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     things in your home
     including some things you
     might not have yet.
     The first is the Bed.
     This doesn't need very much
     explanation, I know.
     Just investigate it,
     and you wake up the next
     morning."
    "But, why can't I just work
     on the farm until morning
     comes? I can save at any
     time, right?"
    "You'll collapse if you
     work like that!"
    "Really?"
    "I'll explain more later."
    "Bye now."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I was saying that if
     you don't get enough sleep,
     you'll end up collapsing.
     If you use any Tool, you
     lose a bit of Stamina.
     If you run out of Stamina,
     you collapse.
     That's not such a big deal.
     But, if you keep on using
     a Tool when you have no
     Stamina, you'll build up
     Fatigue.
     If you build up Fatigue
     until you collapse, you'll
     be carried to the Clinic.
     It takes a full day to
     recover then!"
    "What does that have to do
     with not sleeping?"
    "I'll explain it
    tomorrow."
    "OK..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I was saying that if
     you don't get enough sleep,
     you'll end up collapsing.
     If you don't get sleep,
     Fatigue builds up.
     So, even if you don't do
     any work, you'll end up
     being carried to the Clinic
     if you stay up all night."
    "Don't you recuperate
     Stamina and Fatigue?"
    "You do, if you:
     EEat food
     EEnter a Hot Spring
     ESleep
     There are other ways to
     recuperate as well, but
     I'll tell you about them
     later."
    "OK. You build up Fatigue
     when you use Tools when
     your Stamina is drained,
     or when you don't sleep,
     right?"
    "Right."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you about
     how you build up Fatigue.
     Aside from what I told you
     yesterday, you also build
     up Fatigue when you use a
     Tool either in the rain
     or late at night.
     Also, I forgot to tell you
     that some foods can
     drain your Stamina and
     cause Fatigue."
    "What food could do
    that?!"
    "Two things are Poison
     Mushrooms, or failed
     dishes. There are some
     others, too."
    "I'd better be careful!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about things in your home
     (including some things you
     might not have yet).
     Now I'll explain the
     Diary. This is the same
     as the Diary in the Menu
     Window. You can use it
     to save or load games, or
     make various settings."
    "Wouldn't it just be easier
     to use START and go to
     the Diary from the Menu
     Window...?"
    "Sometimes people just like
     a change of pace,
     that's all!"
    "If you say so..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Calendar.
     It's useful for finding out
    about the season's events."
    "How do you use it?"
    "Investigate it to display
     the Calendar Screen.
     Use the Control Pad to move
     the cursor to the day you
     want to check, then press
     the A Button.
     The Message Window will
     show what's planned then.
     Use the B Button to step
     back from the Calendar.
     Oh yeah, days with events
     on them have a helpful
     symbol on them."
    "Thanks. Very useful!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the TV.
     You can use the TV to watch
     many interesting programs.
     The Control Pad is your
     remote control:
     *Up: Weather forecast
     *Down: This program
     *Right: News
     *Left: Variety programs
     You can change channels at
     any time, do don't feel
     like you have to watch the
     whole thing.
     The B Button turns the TV
     off, and the other buttons
     fast forward the messages.
    That's all there is to it!"
    "Easy enough, I guess."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     different TV programs.
     First is the Weather
     forecast. It's usually
     fairly accurate, so make
     a habit of checking it
     every morning when you
     wake up.
     Next is the News, which
     tells you what events are
     going on this season.
     The day before or the day
     of an event, the news
     sometimes covers that
     event only. So, it's a
     good idea to remember
     events as much as you
    can." "I see."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about TV Stations.
      is this
     program, so it needs no
     description.
     A different Variety program
     is on each day of the week:
     *Sunday: My Dear Princess
     *Monday: Fishing Hour
     *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs
     *Wednesday: Aaron Changes
     *Thursday: Star Lilly,
       Bandit Girl
     *Friday: Mechabot Ultror
     *Saturday: TV Shopping
       Network or St. Emerald
       Academy
    Well, that's it for today!"
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about TV Stations.
     "Fishing Hour" has
     information about fishing,
     and "Dueling Chefs" has
     information about cooking.
     You might find them
     useful.
     The TV Shopping Network
     is where you order a whole
     lot of stuff, so it's very
     useful.
     The other programs are just
     there fore your enjoyment.
     They don't really have a
     specific purpose. "
    "I see..."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about TV Stations.
     They stop broadcasting
     late at night; midnight
     to be exact.
     Also, the signal won't come
     through on stormy days."
    "So I can't watch TV
     then?"
    "No, you just have to get
     rest and wait for the next
     day to start."
    "That's too bad!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Bookshelf.
     The Bookshelf is where you
     keep Books or Letters you
     have already read.
     If you investigate the
     Bookshelf, you can select
     between View Books or
     View Letters. You can then
     choose which one to read.
     You won't have any Letters
     at the very beginning, but
     check your Mailbox for
     them.
     You do start out with some
     Books, and you'll get
     more over time."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Tool Box.
     This is where you can keep
     all your Tools. 8 fit on
     each page, and there are
     8 pages, so you can have
     64 kinds Tools in all. You
     can hold up to 99 of each
     kind of Tool.
     This is useful for things
     like Seeds, which you need
     to stock for next year."
    "If I have enough gold to
     stock up, that is!"
    "The first year could be
     tough, but..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Refrigerator.
     It's where you keep
     Ingredients for cooking.
     Just like the Tool Box,
     you can fit 99 of each
     kind of Item. This is
     much more than what
     your Rucksack holds.
     Also, this time you won't
     get a Refrigerator just by
     expanding your home.
     You'll need to buy it on
     the TV Shopping Network.
     Expanding your home is a
     little cheaper than last
     time, but you have to pay
     for the Refrigerator,
     so the whole process ends
     up costing little more."
    "OK. I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Shelf.
     This is where you keep
     Items that aren't for
     cooking.
     Just like the Tool Box,
     you can fit 99 of each
     kind of Item. This is
     much more than what
     your Rucksack holds.
     Also, this time you won't
     get a Shelf either just by
     expanding your home.
     You'll need to buy it on
     the TV Shopping Network.
     Expanding your home is a
     little cheaper than last
     time, but you have to pay
     for the Shelf,
     so the whole process ends
     up costing little more."
    "OK. I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     controls for your Shelf"
     and Refrigerator.
     Basically:
     EControl Pad: Move cursor
     EA Button: Enter
     EB Button: Cancel
     EL/R Buttons: Move cursor
       between Items, Shelf, and
       Refrigerator Screens.
     The controls are a lot
     like the Tools and Items
     Screen. Also, select an
     Item and then press START
     to throw it away."
    "Why would you do that?"
    "If you wanted to throw
    away all 99 of one kind of
    Item, for instance."
    "Hmm...It must be tough
     deciding what to keep
     and what to throw away."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Kitchen.
     You can't cook unless you
     have a Kitchen. Of course,
     you'll also need Utensils
     to make most things.
     Buy both Kitchen and
     Utensils on the TV Shopping
     Network.
     You can't buy Utensils
     until you have a Kitchen,
     and you can't buy a Kitchen
     unless you have a
     Refrigerator and Shelves.
     I'll cover Utensils more
     tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Utensils.
     There are 8 Utensils:
     EKnife
     EFrying Pan
     EPot
     EMixer
     EWhisk
     ERolling Pin
     EOven
     ESeasoning Set
     You'll need different
     Utensils to cook each
     recipe. You can learn
     recipes by experimenting
     yourself, by talking to
     people in town, or by
     watching TV."
    "Somehow I don't think I'd
     be too successful
     experimenting..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     cooking.
     First, enter your Kitchen
     without holding anything."
    "Why not?"
    "Because you'll end up
     holding what you make.
     When you enter the Kitchen,
     you'll have these choices:
     ECook
     EView Recipes
     EExit
     First I'll explain Cook.
     When you select it, you'll
     see the Utensil Window.
     We're out of time today, so
     I'll finish tomorrow."
    "I hate waiting!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about the Utensil Window
     when you select Cook in
     the Kitchen. The controls
     are basically like other
     screens. But, things change
     a bit when you select
     Seasoning Set and the
     Seasoning Window appears."
    "That's where I can choose
     to use Sugar, Salt,
     Vinegar, Soy Sauce, or
     Miso, right?"
    "Right. Don't use them
     indiscriminately, though,
     or your dish won't turn out
     well at all!
     Once you select Seasonings,
     you'll move to the
     Ingredient Window. I'll
     explain that tomorrow."
    "Aww...Not more waiting!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about what happens when
     you investigate the
     Kitchen, select Cook, then
     select Seasonings
     to use.
     The Ingredient Window
     opens, which is where you
     choose which Ingredients to
     use from the Refrigerator
     or your Rucksack."
    "Can I choose anything?
     Even things in my Rucksack
     that aren't edible?"
    "You can, but no guarantees
     on how it'll turn out!
     The controls are like the
     other screens.
     Once you've chosen at least
     one Ingredient, press START
     to move to the Utensil
     Window."
    "More tomorrow, right?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about cooking. After
     investigating the Kitchen
     and selecting Cook, then
     choosing Utensils and
     Ingredients, you have the
     following choice:
     EUse these Ingredients
     ERestart from Ingredients
     ERestart from Utensils
     The bottom two are easy
     to understand. The first
     one starts the actual
     cooking, and what comes
     next depends on what
     the outcome is.
     I'll explain it tomorrow."
    "Not again..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about what happens when
     you cook something.
     If the recipe doesn't work,
     you'll get a message
     telling about your failure.
     If it was your first time
     making something, you'll
     get a message offering to
     write down the recipe.
     If you make a dish exactly
     the same way you made it
     before, you'll get a
     message telling you it's
     been made.
     Finally, if you make the
     same dish but change it,
     you'll get a message
     offering to rewrite the
     recipe."
    "Is that it for now?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about cooking.
     When you investigate the
     Kitchen and then select
     View Recipes, you'll see a
     list of recipes you've made
     before.
     Of course, you won't see
     this if you've never made
     anything successfully.
     Once you see the list, use
     the cursor and the A
     Button to select the dish
     you want to make.
     The next message depends
     on whether or not you
     have all the right
     Ingredients."
    "Let me guess: More on that
     tomorrow, right...?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you more
     about what happens after
     you choose to make a
     recipe you've already
     made before.
     If you have all the right
     Ingredients, you'll see the
     following choice:
     EFollow the recipe
     EImprovise recipe
     EMake another recipe
     The first option makes
     the dish.
     The second option will
     bring you back to the
     Utensil Window, remembering
     the Utensils for the recipe
     and the Ingredients you've
     chosen.
     The third option will
     bring you back to the
     recipe selection screen.
     That's it for today."
    "How much more is
    there...?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "OK. I'll teach you about
     what happens when you don't
     have all the Ingredients
     for the recipe you've
     chosen to make. The
     selection will be:
     EImprovise recipe
     EMake another recipe
     The first option will
     bring you back to the
     Utensil Window, remembering
     the Utensils for the recipe
     and the Ingredients you've
     chosen.
     The second option will
     bring you back to the
     recipe selection screen.
     That's it for today."
    "We're done with cooking
     now, right...?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Clock.
     You have to buy it from
     the TV Shopping Network."
    "Does it just tell the
     time...that's all?"
    "What's wrong with that?"
    "But you can see the time
     anyway, in the bottom right
     corner of the screen!"
    "Some people just like to
     keep Clocks in their house,
     OK?! Consider it fashion."
    "Whatever you say, sis..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Mirror.
     It will tell you messages
     when you look in it, but
     it serves no real purpose.
     It's basically just for
     looks. Buy it from the
     TV Shopping Network when
     you have extra money."
    "I don't think that'll
     be anytime soon..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Vase."
     You can use it to hold
     flowers."
    "Does that do any good?"
    "It does! Flowers will help
     you recuperate Stamina and
     Fatigue in the morning when
     you wake up.
     Just how much depends on
     the kind of flower.
     Also, flowers will wilt
     quickly if you don't use
     them in the right season.
     The wandering salesman
     Won will come by once in
     a while to sell you
     the Vase."
    "Got it, sis."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you how
    to use your Vase."
     All you have to do is
     investigate the Vase while
     holding a bunch of flowers
     to put them in it.
     If there are already some
     in the Vase, you'll throw
     them away automatically,
     so be careful. You'll be
     asked for confirmation,
     though, so don't worry
     about it too much."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Fireplace."
     You'll get one when you add
     a second floor to your
     home.
     Throw Branches or Lumber
     on it to start a fire and
     cheer up your home."
    "Why does just throwing
     wood in the Fireplace start
     the fire, sis?"
    "Never mind the small
     stuff! The important thing
     is that your home will heat
     up, which will recuperate
     Stamina in Winter but
     cause it in all other
     seasons."
    "Got it."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Carpet.
     You can buy it from the
     TV Shopping Network to
     put in your home.
     It really does serve no
     purpose other than
     decoration, though."
    "So you really don't need
     to buy it at all?..."
    "Maybe when you have
     extra money."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Large Bed.
     It's really just a larger
     Bed than your first one."
    "So it doesn't have any
     use, either?"
     "You can't get married
     without a Large Bed. That's
     where your wife sleeps."
    "Why does she get the Large
     Bed?"
    "That's where she'll sleep
     with your child when it's
     born."
    "That seems awfully far
     away..."
    "Just remember this when
     you want to get married."
    "If you say so."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Bath.
     You can't order a Bath
     until you add a second
     floor to your house.
     Once you do, you'll be able
     to bathe at home."
    "You mean like the Hot
     Spring at Mother's Hill?"
    "Yes. If you enter your
     Bath for 30 minutes at
     home, you'll recuperate
     Stamina and Fatigue.
     (If you enter the bath
     between 5:30-6AM, you'll be
     forced to get out at 6AM.
     The health effects aren't
     as large as at the Hot
     Spring, but it's nice to
     have in your own home."
    "Yes, it sounds relaxing."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Sock hook."
    "What's that?"
    "On the wall to the left of
     the Bookshelf, there is a
     place to hang a Sock.
     This is the Sock hook.
     If you hang a Sock here
     on the 25th of Winter,
     someone may give you a
     gift.
     But, Socks aren't sold any-
     where, so you have to get
     someone to make you one.
     You'll need Yarn for that,
     though..."
    "I didn't know about
    that!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Record Player.
     They sell them someplace,
     but I've never seen one
     around here. Put a Record
     on it to play music."
    "That sounds pretty
     obvious to me!"
    "Give me a break, will
    ya?"
    "Sorry, sis..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your farm buildings.
     First is the Shipment box.
     Put shippable Items here,
     and in the evening
     the shipper will come to
     pick it up and leave you
     money."
    "How do you know what's
     shippable?"
    "You can't even put things
     that aren't shippable in
     the Shipment box, so
     you'll figure it out."
    "You're not very helpful,
     sometimes!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Mailbox.
     Investigate it to see if
     you have any new letters.
     It's a good idea to
     check it once in a while,
     since you never know when
     a letter will arrive!
     Letters are put away in the
     Bookshelf once you've read
     them, so go there to
     read them again.
     If you get two ore more
     identical letters, only
     one will remain in your
     Bookshelf."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Doghouse."
    "What good is the
     Doghouse?" It has your
     Dog's name on it, but your
     Dog doesn't sleep there.
     Especially in the rain,
     when you should let him in
     your house.
     I really don't know what
     good it is at all..."
    "It might not be useful,
     but I like it!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Tree.
     There's a Bee Nest in the
     Tree, and you can
     investigate it once a day
     to find Honey."
    "Only once a day?"
    "They can only make so
     much!"
     Also, in Fall Apples will
     fall, so you should pick
     them up everyday.
     You can eat them straight
     or use them for cooking."
    "If I don't have a
     Refrigerator, I probably
     shouldn't pick too many."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     the Water Mill.
     If you face the Mill and
     throw Corn in, you'll
     make 30 bushels of Chicken
     Feed. If you compare the
     price of Chicken Feed and
     the price of Corn, you'll
     see it's cheaper to make
     the Feed yourself. But,
     it's a close call.
     It's always good to
     remember if you run out of
     Feed and the Poultry Farm
     is closed."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Woodbin.
     If you chop up Stumps or
     Branches with your Axe,
     they will automatically go
     in the Woodbin. So does
     Lumber when you buy it
     from Gotz.
     If you want to take out
     Lumber, just investigate
     the Woodbin when you
     aren't holding anything.
     To put Lumber you're
     holding in, just
     investigate as well."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Stable.
     It's where you keep your
     Horse."
    "But I don't have one in
     the beginning, right?"
    "That's right. But this is
     the only place a Horse
     can go. Remember, you
     have to keep your Horse
     (and all other animals)
     inside on rainy or snowy
     days."
    "I'll remember."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Barn.
     The Barn is where you keep
     you Cows and Sheep.
     It's where they come when
     you buy them from Yodel
     Farm.
     You can also put
     Chickens in here, but
     you can't give them Chicken
     Feed in a Barn. So, you
     should always keep them in
     the Chicken Coop.
     Inside the Barn, there is:
     EFeed Bin Door
     EFeed Boxes
     EShipment box
     I'll explain these
     tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Barn.
     First is the Feed Bin Door.
     This is where you get
     Fodder kept in the Feed
     Bin. You have to carry
     the bushels of Fodder back,
     so you have to have empty
     hands, remember.
     You can also put back
     bushels you won't use here.
     You can get Fodder either
     by cutting grass on your
     farm or at Yodel Farm."
    "Got it!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Barn.
     Want to learn about Feed
     Boxes? Place Fodder here to
     feed the Cows and Sheep in
     the Barn."
    "The grazing Cows and Sheep
    won't eat from Feed Boxes?"
    "Exactly. They'll find
    grass to eat on their own.
     So, you have to think of
     just how many animals are
     in the Barn. If you put in
     too many bushels of Fodder,
     it will disappear the next
     day and go to waste."
    "Got it."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Barn.
     This lesson will be about
     the Barn Shipment Box.
     This is the exactly like
     the one outside your house.
     The shipping guy will come
     everyday to pick up what
     you have to sell.
     He'll leave the right
     amount of gold, which is
     the same whichever Shipment
     box you use.
    "That makes it easier to
     ship things like Milk,
     right?"
    "That's the idea."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     expanding your Barn.
     Before Barn expansion, you
     can only keep 8 Cows and
     Sheep total, but afterwards
     you'll have room for 16!"
    "In whatever combination I
     want?"
    "Yes, you could keep 8 of
     each, or 16 Sheep, for
     instance.
     There are also some things
     you can't buy until you
     expand. I'll explain about
     that tomorrow."
    "OK..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     things you can't put in
     your Barn until you expand.
     First is the Cheese Maker.
     You can get the black-
     smith to make this for you.
     When you do, just throw
     Milk in and it becomes
     Cheese!"
    "What kind of cheese?"
    "Never mind that! What
     matters is that the more
     Milk you put in, the more
     Cheese comes out.
     Next is the Yarn Maker.
     The blacksmith makes this,
     too. Throw in Wool to
     make Yarn. The larger
     size Wool you put in,
     the larger size Yarn comes
     out.
     That's it for the Barn."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     your Chicken Coop.
     Just as you'd guess, it's
     where you keep your
     Chickens.
     When you buy Chickens from
     Yodel Farm, they're put in
     the Chicken Coop.
     Cows and Sheep are just
     too big to fit in the
     doorway.
     The Chicken Coop contains:
     EChicken Feed Bin Door
     EFeed Boxes
     EIncubator
     EShipment box
     I'll explain more
     tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Chicken Coop.
     First is the Chicken Feed
     Bin Door.
     This is where you get
     Chicken Feed kept in the
     Feed Bin. You have to carry
     the Chicken Feed back,
     so you have to have empty
     hands, remember.
     You can also put back
     Feed you don't use here.
     You can buy Chicken Feed
     from Yodel Farm, or make
     it yourself at the Water
     Mill."
    "Got it."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Chicken Coop.
     Want to learn about Feed
     Boxes? Place Chicken Feed
     here to feed the Chickens
     in the Chicken Coop."
    "The Chickens grazing
    won't eat from Feed Boxes?"
    "Exactly. They'll find
     stuff to eat on their own.
     So, you have to think of
     just how many Chickens are
     in the Coop. If you give
     them too much Chicken Feed,
     it will disappear the next
     day and go to waste."
     By the way, Chicks don't
     need to be fed at all."
    "Got it."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Chicken Coop.
     How about the Incubator?
     Place Eggs here and they
     will hatch into Chicks in
     3 days.
     Just hold an Egg and
     investigate the Incubator
     to put it in.
     Only one Egg at a time
     fits. Also, all baby Chicks
     are born the same, no
     matter what kind of Eggs
     you use."
    "Interesting..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you more
     about your Chicken Coop.
     This lesson will be about
     the Shipment box.
     This is the exactly like
     the one outside your house.
     The shipping guy will come
     everyday to pick up what
     you have to sell.
     He'll leave the right
     amount of gold, which is
     the same whichever Shipment
     box you use.
    "So it's just like the one
     in the Barn too, right?"
    "That's the idea."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     expanding the Chicken Coop.
     Before expanding your
     Chicken Coop, you only
     have room for 4 Chickens.
     After expanding, though,
     you'll have room for 8!
    "8 Chickens could sure lay
     a lot of Eggs!"
    "Indeed. There is also
     something you can't buy
     until you expand. I'll
     explain about it
    tomorrow." "OK..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     what you can't put in
     your Chicken Coop
     until you expand.
     It's the Mayonnaise Maker!
     You can ask the black-
     smith to make it for you.
     Just throw in some Eggs to
     make delicious Mayonnaise!
     The larger the Eggs you put
     in, the more Mayo will
     come out."
    "All this sounds an awful
     lot like what you said
     about the Barn..."
    "I can't help it if
     they're the same, can I?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "Today I'll teach you about
     water drawing spots.
     These are places you can
     fill your Watering Can.
     The closest one is the pond
     below the Shipment box.
     It doesn't have to be
     there, though.
     You can draw water from
     anywhere, like the river
     or lake.
     You might find the pond
     most convenient for
     watering crops though."
    "Sounds good to me."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "From now on I'll teach you
     about places outside
     your farm.
     First is the Hot Spring on
     Mother's Hill.
     Bathing in the Hot Spring
     recuperates Stamina and
     Fatigue."
    "By how much?"
    "The longer you stay in,
     the better. You can't get
     better than your maximum
     Stamina, or reduce your
     Fatigue below 0, though."
    "Can I go on rainy days?"
    "Sure. Weather doesn't
     matter at all."
    "Great!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the mine on
     Mother's Hill?
     In the mine, you can:
    EDig the ground with a Hoe
    ESmash Stones with a Hammer
     By digging the ground,
     you'll be able to find
     stairs going downward or
     various grasses.
     By smashing Rocks, you'll
     be able to find Ores.
     The deeper you go in the
     mine, the more valuable
     things you'll find."
    "How far down can you go?"
    "I don't know...At least 10
     levels below ground."
    "I bet I could go
    farther!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the
     Woodcutter's? House in the
     forest? Gotz lives there.
     You can buy Lumber from
     him, or ask him to to
     expand your farm.
     If you buy Lumber, he'll
     deliver it straight to your
     Woodbin, so you don't
     have to worry about it.
     If you ask him to expand
     something on your farm,
     he'll start the next day.
     It takes him 3 days to
     finish a project.
     You can't change your mind
     once you ask him, and he
     only works on one thing
     at a time.
     Oh, I forgot:
     You have to talk to Gotz
     behind the counter at his
     store. This is the same for
     all the other stores,
    too." "I'll remember."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Poultry
     Farm in south Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EBuy or sell Chickens
     EBuy Chicken Feed
     EBuy Animal Medicine
     The first thing you have to
     do when you buy a Chicken
     is name it, so think of a
     good name beforehand.
     When selling a Chicken,
     you get to select which of
     your Chickens you want to
     sell. You can't sell baby
     Chicks.
     I'll explain about buying
     Chicken Feed tomorrow."
    "OK. I'll wait."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Poultry Farm, right?"
     Just like with buying
     Lumber from Gotz, when you
     buy Chicken Feed from the
     Poultry Farm, it is shipped
     directly to your Chicken
     Feed Bin. You don't need to
     worry about carrying it.
     Animal Medicine is
     considered a Tool to be
     equipped, so you can put it
     in your Rucksack.
     If it's full it will be
     shipped directly to your
     Tool Box."
    "What if the Tool Box is
     full, sis?"
    "You'll be told that
     there's no room for it, so
     you can't buy it.
     This is true for all Tools,
     actually."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about Yodel
     Farm in south Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EBuy or Sell Cows and Sheep
     EBuy Animal Fodder
     EBuy Animal Medicine
     EBuy Cow or Sheep
       Miracle Potion
     EBuy a Bell
     When you buy a Cow or a
     Sheep, the first thing you
     do is name it, so think of
     a good name first.
     I'll explain the rest
     tomorrow."
    "There is awful lot to buy
     here, isn't there?"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     Yodel Farm, right?"
     When you want to sell a
     Cow or a Sheep, a list of
     your animals will appear.
     Just choose from that.
     By the way, you can only
     sell fully grown animals.
     Also, when you buy Animal
     Fodder, it's delivered
     straight to your Feed Bin,
     so you don't have to worry
     about carrying it.
     Animal Medicine and Bells
     are considered Tools,
     so when you buy them
     they're placed in your
     Rucksack that way."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Saibara the
     blacksmith in south Mineral
     Town?
     Here you can:
     EUpgrade tools
     EBuy Brushes, Milkers, or
       Clippers
     EHave Cheese, Yarn, or
       Mayonnaise Makers made
     EHave jewelery (necklaces,
       broaches, or earrings)
       made
     Brushes, Milkers and
     Clippers are all Tools, so
     they're placed that way in
     your Rucksack.
     I'll explain the rest
     tomorrow."
    "See you then."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     Saibara the blacksmith,
     right? Today I'll explain
     about how to upgrade your
     Tools. First, put the Tool
     to upgrade and the Ore
     equivalent to the level you
     want to upgrade it to into
     your Rucksack. They don't
     need to be equipped."
    "Which Tools can be
     upgraded?"
    "Let's see...Hoe, Hammer,
     Axe, Sickle, Watering Can,
     Can, and Fishing Rod.
     Ores you can use to upgrade
     are, in order: Copper,
     Silver, Gold, and Mystrile.
     Once you've selected what
     you want, Saibara will tell
     you how much gold and time
     it will take. You can
     decide if it's worth it
     or not."
    "Makes sense to me!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     Saibara the blacksmith,
     right? Today I'll tell you
     more about upgrading Tools.
     Saibara's grumpy, so once
     he accepts your job, he'll
     throw you out of his shop.
     You won't be able to come
     back until he's done."
    "What if I forget to go
     pick it up?"
    "He won't throw it away or
     anything, but why would you
    delay using your new Tool?"
    "Sometimes I forget..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     Saibara the blacksmith,
     right? Today I'll tell you
     about having Cheese, Yarn
     or Mayonnaise Makers made.
     First, place the necessary
     Ore in your Rucksack.
     You don't need to be
     holding it."
    "Which Ore is that?"
    "Adamantite. He'll tell you
     how long it takes (5 days),
     then you can confirm your
     order (or not).
     More tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about having
     Saibara make you Cheese,
     Yarn, or Mayonnaise Makers,
     right?
     Once Saibara accepts your
     your job, he'll throw you
     out and get to work. You
     won't be able to go back in
     until he's done.
     But, you don't even need
     to pick it up at all.
     He'll have it delivered to
     your Barn automatically.
     Speaking of which, you
     can't buy a Maker until
     you've expanded your
    Barn." "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     Saibara the blacksmith,
     right? Today I'll tell you
     about having Necklaces,
     Earrings, Bracelets, or
     Broaches made.
     First, place the necessary
     Ore in your Rucksack.
     You don't need to be
     holding it."
    "Which Ore is that?"
    "Orichalc. He'll tell you
     how long it takes (1 day),
     then you can confirm your
     order (or not).
     More tomorrow."
    "OK."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about
     ordering jewelry from
     Saibara, right?
     Saibara's grumpy, so once
     he accepts your job, he'll
     throw you out of his shop.
     You won't be able to come
     back until he's done."
    "What if I forget to go
     pick it up?"
    "He won't throw it away or
     anything, but there's no
     reason to let something
     so pretty go to waste..."
    "You're right."
                        ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
    about today?"
    "How about the Aja Winery
    in north Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EBuy Wine
     EBuy Grape Juice
     Both are food, so they'll
     go into your Rucksack as
     food Items.
     If you have a Refrigerator,
     you can buy as many as 99
     at once!"
    "How many can I buy without
     a Refrigerator?"
    "Only as many as you have
     room in your Rucksack for.
     You can only fit 1 per
     space, so not many."
    "I see."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about Mary's Library
     in north Mineral Town?
     This is a great place to
     read books. And, since it's
     a Mineral Town Library,
     it has books with lots of
     useful knowledge about life
     in Mineral Town."
    "Do they always have the
     same books?"
    "Sometimes they get new
     books in, so I recommend
     checking every once in a
     while."
    "That sounds smart."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Supermarket
     in north Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EBuy Seeds
     EBuy food
     EBuy certain Tools
       (like Rucksacks)
     EHave presents giftwrapped
     First, I'll talk about
     Seeds. Different Seeds are
     sold in different seasons.
     Also, they're considered
     Tools, so that's how they
     are carried in your
     Rucksack.
    "Fair enough."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Supermarket, right?"
     Today I'll tell you how to
     buy food. All the food is
     arranged by kind, so just
     investigate the kind you
     want to determine the
     amount to buy.
     You have to have space in
     your Rucksack and gold,
     of course.
     Here you can buy:
     ERice Balls
     EBread
     EOil
     EFlour
     ECurry Powder
     EMuffin Mix
     EChocolate
     That's all."
    "Seems like a lot to me!"
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Supermarket, right?"
     First, I'll explain about
     buying Rucksacks.
     First of all, you don't
     need any room to carry
     them. As soon as you
     buy one, your space to
     carry Tools and Items will
     double.
     Also, you can only buy 1 at
     a time, and new ones may
     not come in for a while.
    
     Next, I'll explain about
     Baskets. You need to have
     empty hands to buy a
     Basket, because as soon as
     you buy it, you have to
     hold it. It won't fit into
     a Rucksack, you see."
    "Alright."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Supermarket, right?"
     Today I'll talk about
     buying the Blue Feather.
     First of all, it won't go
     on sale until there's a
     girl ready to marry you."
    "How do they know?"
    "Everybody in Mineral Town
     knows everything about
     everybody else! Especially
     when it comes to romance."
    "Sounds pretty scary to
    me!" "Ha ha. By the way,
    it's considered a Tool."
    "OK..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Supermarket, right?"
     Today I'll explain about
     getting gifts wrapped.
     First, place the Item you
     want to have wrapped in
     your Rucksack. You don't
     need to be holding it.
     Next, investigate the
     giftwrap counter, then
     select the Item to wrap."
    "Can I have anything
     wrapped up?"
    "Anything that would fit in
     a Refrigerator or Shelf."
    "So no Baskets or animals.
     Got it."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Mineral
     Clinic in north Mineral
     Town?
     Here you can:
     EBuy medicine
     EBe examined
     To buy medicine, go talk
     to Elli behind the counter.
     In the beginning, she'll
     only sell you:
     EBodigizer
     ETurbojolt
     But, if you gather lots of
     grasses growing on the
     mountain, then
     EBodigizer XL
     ETurbojolt XL
     will go on sale."
    "Why is that?"
    "I'll explain tomorrow."
    "If you say so."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was telling you that
     shipping grasses gathered
     on the mountain leads to
     new medicine being sold,
     right?
     That's because these
     grasses are used to make
     the medicines! Of course,
     only some kinds of grasses
     are use to make medicine."
    "Could I make them, then?"
    "You mean like cooking
     them up? You could try!
     Tomorrow I'll explain about
     getting examined by the
     Doctor."
    "Bye for now."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Mineral Clinic, right?
     To be examined by the
     Doctor, go talk to him
     behind his counter.
     He'll tell you exactly how
     much Stamina and Fatigue
     you have. He won't actually
     treat you, though."
    "Then what good is it?"
    "It's very useful to know
     exactly what kind of health
     you're in. Besides,
     it doesn't cost much."
    "I guess you're right..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Doug's Inn
     in north Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EEat
     EMake phone calls
     Doug serves different foods
     at different times of the
     day, but you can't
     take anything home."
    "Some of the things Doug
     makes, I can make myself.
     Why should I pay extra
     to eat it at the Inn?"
    "Doug's a pro, so his food
     will help you recuperate
     more than your own."
    "Hmm..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Doug's Inn, right?"
     Today I'll tell you about
     making phone calls.
     Just investigate the phone
     to make a call.
     The only time you'll
     need to is when ordering s
     from the TV Shopping
     Network."
    "How do I know what to
     buy?" "If you see
     something on TV that you
     want, and you can
     pay for it, just go make
     the call!
     They'll deliver it after a
     set number of days."
    "Sounds easy to me."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Church
     in north Mineral Town?
     Here you can:
     EConfess
     EHave curses lifted
     You need to go into the
     confessional inside the
     Church to do either one.
     It's door on the left.
     To confess, you'll choose
     what you want to confess
     about from a list.
     Then, Carter will tell you
     whether or not the Harvest
     Goddess will forgive you.
     If she will, you'll notice
     that townspeople like
     you more, or that your
     Stamina improves.
     Nothing bad happens if
     you're not forgiven,
     by the way."
    "Seems too good
     to be true..."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "Teach me more from
     yesterday!"
    "I was talking about the
     Church, but I forgot to
     mention that you can only
     confess once a day.
     Today I'll explain about
     having curses lifted."
    "What's a curse, sis?"
    "Sometimes you'll find
     cursed Tools in the mines.
     If you equip one of these,
     you can't put it down
     until you have the curse
     lifted."
    "I hope I never pick up a
     cursed Tool!"
    "But, they can be very
     powerful, you know."
    "I'll have to see for
     myself, I guess."
                       ADVANCED
    
    "Hey, big sis!"
    "What?"
    "What will you teach me
     about today?"
    "How about the Kai's
     Seaside Lodge on Mineral
     Beach? Here you can eat
     great meals. But, just like
     Doug's Inn, you can't bring
     the leftovers home."
    "Kai always serves the same
     food, right?"
    "Right. The Lodge isn't
     open all that long, and
     only in the Summer,
    anyway."
    "It's probably worth going
     to check out, I guess."
    
    ##############################
    d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri)
    ##############################
    
    Episode 1
    
    
    I am the Princess of this
    country. Today, it seemed to
    me that things were more
    lively outside. When I went
    to see why, it appeared that
    our hero had returned to us.
    His latest adventure had
    apparently involved going to
    slay a demon lord in a
    country to the North of us.
    Ah, our hero must be truly
    mighty, to have slain a
    demon lord... I would wish
    for someone as mighty as
    this hero to be my husband.
    I have it, I need only wed
    this hero to make my wish
    come true. A hero who slew a
    demon lord could hardly be
    called unsuitable by anyone.
    I am certain that I will be
    congratulated by one and
    all. Now that I think of it,
    though (and even if I
    don't), I know nothing about
    this hero. I haven't even
    seen his face. Still, there
    is likely to be a
    celebration of some sort,
    seeing as how we have a hero
    who has returned from
    slaying a demon lord. I will
    take that opportunity to
    talk to him, or some such.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 2
    
    
    So I went to the celebration
    for the hero's triumphant
    return and all. My first
    impression was not so much
    that of a hero, really, but
    rather, someone who fights
    beside the hero. He was a
    big guy, with all these
    muscles, you see. Anyway, I
    chatted him up, only to find
    that he apparently hasn't
    done much talking to the
    ladies, for he turned bright
    red when I asked him a
    simple question, barely
    managing to say a single
    word in reply. It was
    actually kind of sweet. I
    don't think I'd have much
    trouble marrying him at all,
    though I'd like to see for
    myself just how strong he is
    and all. There must be
    something I can do...
    
    "How about this, then?"
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 3
    
    
    I was startled to hear a
    voice from nearby. Eh? Who's
    there? I wondered as I
    looked in the direction the
    voice had come from. There,
    standing outside the window,
    was a pretty studly guy. The
    only thing was, my window
    was three stories off the
    ground. I decided I was more
    interested in talking to him
    than in trying to figure out
    how he got there, though, so
    so I opened the window and
    let him in my room.
    
    "My apologies for speaking
    to you like this," he said.
    "But you sounded like you
    were having such fun that I
    couldn't help myself."
    
    But that would mean that I
    had been thinking aloud...Oh
    well, whatever. If you heard
    me talk, then you must know
    pretty much the situation
    I'm in.
    
    "You mean about how you wish
    to wed a strong man, and you
    wish also to see just how
    strong this hero is?"
    
    Yeah, that's it. Have you
    got any ideas?
    
    
    To Be Continuedret>
    
    Episode 4
    
    
    He did indeed seem to have a
    good idea in mind, regarding
    my getting to see the power
    of our hero. However...
    
    "Before we get to that,
    might I offer myself as a
    prospective husband too? I'm
    strong. It's just that..."
    
    Just... what?
    
    "I'm not human. In fact,
    I'm the greatest of the
    demons, what you might
    colloquially call the demon
     lord."
    Eh? The demon lord? But I
    thought our hero slew the
    demon lord. Didn't he?
    
    "Your hero slew an imposter,
    in all likelihood. After
    all, the demon lord stands
    before you now."
    
    But you don't look all that
    different from us humans. I
    mean you don't have wings or
    a tail, or anything like
    that. A demon lord ought to
    be bigger, and have a bunch
    of arms, and give off a
    weird aura or something,
    shouldn't he?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 5
    
    
    The man outside my window
    told me that he was, in
    fact, the demon lord...
    
    "This is what I really look
    like. While I suppose I
    could change my appearance
    to look the way you suggest,
    to take on such a fearsome
    form would seem to me to be
    a sign that one lacks
    confidence in one's ability.
    Besides, I also felt that
    there was no need to go out
    of my to frighten you.
    
    So what you're saying is,
    you're so tough that you
    don't have to do that sort
    of thing. Well, then, how
    can you prove your might to
    me, o demon lord?
    
    "I will triumph in battle
    against the hero."
    
    Yes, I suppose that if you
    were to do that, you would
    have to be mighty. From what
    I understand, though, our
    hero doesn't like to do
    battle without cause. So I
    doubt he'd give you a fight
    simply because you asked for
    one.
    
    " In that case, I ask you to
    let me take you away with
    me, Your Highness."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 6
    
    
    I wonder what connection
    there could be between a
    good idea for getting our
    hero to show his might, and
    my being abducted by the
    demon lord...
    
    Excuse me? What, exactly,
    do you mean by that?
    
    "If you were to be abducted
    the king of this land would
    almost certainly command the
    hero to bring you back. Of
    course, if the abduction of
    the Princess by the demon
    lord does not bring the hero
    at a run, royal command or
    no, then the effort will
    have been for naught,
    wouldn't you agree?
    
    Now I see... You mean to get
    our hero to come to your
    castle, and fight you to
    bring me back home. That
    would certainly give me the
    chance to see what the two
    of you are like in battle...
    OK, it might work. But what
    should I be doing in the
    meantime? I mean, if I try
    to hide here, someone is
    likely to find me soon
    enough anyway, so I guess I
    have no choice but to come
    to your home...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 7
    
    
    Having our hero and the
    demon lord do battle might
    really be a sight to see...
    
    "Well, I suggest you resign
    yourself, because the fact
    is that you will have to
    come with me. Once we are
    at my castle, however, you
    need not do anything in
    particular, aside from
    waiting for the hero to
    arrive."
    
    Well, that sounds kind of
    dull... Still, I guess
    there's nothing for it, if
    I'm going to see you and our
    hero demonstrate their
    power, right? OK, you've got
    a deal.
    
    "Then let us be off to my
    castle. But before we go,
    would I be an acceptable
    suitor for Your Highness's
    hand in wedlock?
    
    Oh, come on, of course not.
    We've only just met, after
    all, and I hardly know
    anything about you (though
    come to that, it's true that
    I only just met our hero
    today, too, I admit). Still,
    seeing as how it looks as
    though we're going to be
    living together for a while,
    let's see how it goes before
    we make up our minds, OK?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 8
    
    
    And so it was that I went to
    live with the demon lord for
    a while...
    
    "I can accept that. After
    all, when all is said and
    done, I will do battle with
    the hero and show you my
    might. So let us not delay
    further in going to my
    castle."
    
    OK! But, uh... How are we
    going to get there?
    
    "If you will permit me..."
    So saying, the demon lord
    grabbed the Princess and
    went out the window.
    
    Eeek! The demon lord just
    reached out and grabbed me!
    And since he's grabbing me
    and leaving by the window
    means we're going to fly, I
    guess. Does that mean we
    have far to go? I hope it
    won't be too heavy for him
    to carry me, if we're going
    flying and all. But then, if
    he couldn't manage that, he
    wouldn't be all that strong,
    demon lord or not, right? Oh
    wow, we're floating! And it
    feels... so good...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 9
    
    
    The demon lord took me in
    his arms and leapt out the
    window...
    
    Do you always do things that
    feel this good? It seems
    kind of unfair.
    
    "Well, that's probably
    because you don't have your
    own wings, and thus, can't
    fly under your own power.
    Hardly what I would call
    unfair, however.
    
    Ha ha! I'm kidding. It's
    that it feels good, though.
    The breeze is cool, and the
    view of the towns from up
    here is lovely. But how far
    is it to your castle from
    here? Do we just keep going
    straight on until we get
    there?
    
    "Yes, it's about 10
    minutes' straightline
    distance from here. Or, if
    you like, I can go faster
    still."
    
    You can go faster? Then do
    it, please.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 10
    
    
    I am now on my way to the
    castle of the demon lord...
    
    "We have arrived, Your
    Highness. There is my
    castle."
    
    You mean, that's it? From
    here, at least, it looks
    like a fairly ordinary
    castle. I would have thought
    that a demon lord's castle
    would be all gloomy and
    dark, surrounded by fog and
    weird vines and moss growing
    all over it, and human blood
    dripping all over
    everything, you know?
    
    "I really would be
    reluctant to live in such a
    place...I admit, though,
    that it isn't as clean or
    nice as it could be, since
    I live here by myself."
    
    As he said this, we came in
    to his castle by a second
    floor window. I had to<bh:81>c
    wonder whether he always
    came and went through
    windows, though I figured it
    wasn't really all that big a
    deal. What really got me
    thinking was hearing that he
    lived in that big castle all
    by himself. It had to be a
    lonely existence, right?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 11
    
    
    The demon lord had a big
    enough castle, but he lived
    there alone...
    
    "That's one more reason why
    I brought you here. But
    please, rest yourself. Your
    quarters are not yet ready.
    I will prepare a suitable
    room for Your Highness while
    you rest and catch your
    breath."
    
    All right. Oh, you know
    something? I haven't had
    dinner yet, and I'm starting
    to get hungry... What should
    I do? Come to think of it,
    is there anything to eat
    here? And if there is, is it
    anything that I could eat?
    You know, I hadn't even
    thought of that. I could
    really be in a lot of
    trouble here, you know?
    "Oh, you mean you haven't
    had dinner either? Then why
    don't we dine together? I'll
    cook, and I can't offer
    anything too spectacular...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 12
    
    
    Now it seems that the demon
    lord is going to make dinner
    for me...
    
    "By the way, I eat the same
    things as humans do, so you
    need have no worries on that
    account."
    
    I must admit to being a bit
    curious about what sort of
    dinner a demon lord would
    make, but since I'm here and
    all, why don't you let me
    cook instead? What do you
    say, o demon lord?
    
    "Oh, but you are my guest,
    Your Highness, and
    besides..."
    
    Huh? Oh, I get it, you don't
    think that a princess like
    me would even know how to
    cook. Well, it might come as
    a surprise, but I'm really
    not a bad cook. Hanging
    around a castle, I don't
    have much to do with my time
    besides studying, so I use
    my free time for making
    candies and such.
    
    "Is that so?"
    
    Nobody eats my cooking,
    though, so I don't rightly
    know whether I'm doing it
    right or not.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 13
    
    
    I'd like to do my own
    cooking, seeing as how I've
    left home and all...
    
    It seems OK when I eat my
    own cooking, though. So let
    me do it, please. Just once,
    I'd like to have someone
    else eat my cooking (even if
    that someone should be the
    demon lord). OK?
    
    "Very well, please be my
    guest. I would be honored to
    be the first to be able to
    partake of your cooking,
    Your Highness."
    
    Yes! I'll get started right
    away. I just need to make
    enough for the two of us,
    right?
    
    "Uh, yes. Now please let me
    do something to help.
    
    OK, why don't you get the
    utensils. First of all,
    though, where is your
    kitchen? Also, I need to
    know what there is in your
    icebox.
    
    "The kitchen is this way."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 14
    
    
    The demon lord showed me to
    his kitchen. Now I'm going
    to cook something wonderful.
    
    Tick, tick, tick, done!
    
    Oh yes, that's very good.
    Oh, demon lord, it's done!
    
    "Oh, that smells delicious.
    It looks good, too.
    
    Doesn't it, though? I think
    I outdid myself today.
    I guess cooking for someone
    else (even a demon lord)
    brought out the best in me.
    Whatever the case, now I'm
    ravenous. Let's hurry up and
    get the food over to the
    table.
    
    "Allow me to set the
    table." Snap!
    
    Wow! You just snapped your
    fingers and instantly
    teleported my cooking to the
    table. That's great! It's
    like a magician's trick!
    
    "Well, I can do magic."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 15
    
    
    The demon lord instantly
    teleported my cooking to the
    dinner table...
    
    "Well, why don't we get
    started?"
    
    Yes, please, eat. Because
    I'm sure going to.
    
    "I'll start with the soup,
    then." (Slurp, slurp)
    
    He's eating it. Oh, yes!
    He's the only person (even
    if he is a demon lord and
    all) besides me to ever eat
    my cooking...
    Well? What do you think? I
    hope you like my soup
    recipe, I hope I hope.
    
    "Yes, it's delicious."
    
    Oh good! It's got bits of
    fish and onions and
    mushrooms all mixed in,
    using my own recipe. Now if
    you like that, try some of
    this too.
    
    "All right then, I'll try
    these vegetables... Yes,
    these are good too."
    
    Yes! And what do you think
    of this here?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 16
    
    
    The demon lord ate all my
    cooking, and really seemed
    to like it...
    
    "That was delicious. Thank
    you. It seems a shame to
    think that none of the
    people in your own castle
    have ever eaten your
    cooking, Your Highness.
    
    Oh, I'm so glad you liked
    it. I wasn't really sure if
    it was any good or not,
    since no one's ever eaten it
    before. Now that you've
    eaten my cooking, though,
    I'm feeling much more
    confident. Just wait and see
    what I come up with next.
    
    "Thank you. Now allow me to
    escort you to where you'll
    be staying for the next
    several days or so. It's
    this way."
    
    The room he showed me to was
    completely covered in layers
    of dust.
    
    "My apologies. None of the
    rooms in the castle have
    been cleaned, aside from
    those that I use myself.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 17
    
    
    The room the demon lord
    showed me to was completely
    covered in layers of dust.
    
    "I had intended to clean up
    this room while you were
    eating. Instead, however, I
    was captivated by your
    cooking, and completely
    forgot my intentions in that
    regard. If you will wait
    just a few minutes, I will
    clean it up for you now."
    
    Hey, if I'm going to stay in
    this room, I'd just as soon
    clean it myself. And don't
    tell me that I can't do it
    because I'm a princess or
    some such. I already made
    dinner for us, after all.
    And seeing as how I'm not in
    my father's castle right
    now, I'd be much happier
    being treated like an
    ordinary girl, rather than a
    princess, you know?
    
    "I see. Very well, then,
    you can probably arrange
    your own rooms to best suit
    yourself if you clean them
    yourself. I will leave you
    to it, but if you need any
    heavy lifting done, don't
    hesitate to ask."
    
    OK! I'll get started on the
    cleaning right away!
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 18
    
    
    I can at least manage to
    clean my own room, you know.
    
    Whew. All done. Oh, demon
    lord, I've finished cleaning
    up in here.
    
    "What has become of this
    room? It's so polished that
    I can scarcely believe it to
    be the same room at all."
    
    I gave it everything I had.
    The garbage bag outside the
    door is full of blackened
    dusters as a result now. Is
    there any place where I can
    dispose of them?
    
    "I will dispose of them
    myself. You have surely
    gotten yourself dirty from
    all that cleaning. Feel free
    to have a bath."
    
    Yes! You sure are
    considerate, o demon lord. I
    feel so icky with all this
    dust and sweat on me. I'll
    have that bath right away.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 19
    
    
    When I finished cleaning my
    room, the demon lord drew a
    bath for me.
    
    Now where is the bath? Oh,
    wait, what about changing my
    clothes? I didn't bring
    anything with me.
    
    "I will go to your rooms in
    the king's castle and pick
    some suitable things out of
    your wardrobe while you are
    having your bath."
    
    Thank you. I'll just go and
    have my bath, then, and
    change my clothes when you
    get back.
    
    Splash! Oh, this feels so
    good. It's a little smaller
    than my bath at home, but
    it's big enough for a single
    person to fit comfortably,
    and it's got a big window,
    with a beautiful view, too.
    
    Sigh... I came to the demon<bh:81>c
    lord's castle so suddenly...
    I bet Mom and Dad and the
    castle staff are probably
    worried about what's
    happened to me. Oh, wait,
    I haven't been gone very
    long. They probably haven't
    even noticed.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 20
    
    
    Come to think of it, I
    wonder if anyone's noticed
    that I've gone...
    
    Well, I certainly don't
    regret coming here. There's
    nobody here at all, which
    makes it quiet enough, and
    the demon lord seems nice
    enough (for a demon lord),
    not to mention plenty
    strong, apparently. But I'll
    let him show me his might
    when our hero appears. For
    now, I'll just take it easy.
    
    "I have brought you a
    change of clothes, Your
    Highness. I will leave it
     here."
    Thank you. Well, now that
    the demon lord is back, I
    probably should get out of
    the tub.
    
    ...
    
    Now to brush my teeth and
    gargle... Well, that's all
    done, so I think I'm going
    to call it a day. Good
    night, o demon lord.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 21
    
    
    It was such a busy day that
    I slept like a log...
    
    Twitch. Blink.
    
    Yawn. I really needed that.
    That's funny. This doesn't
    seem like my bed... Oh, I
    remember, I'm staying in the
    demon lord's castle. And the
    sun sure is high in the sky.
    I must have really slept in
    this morning, if that is any
    indication...
    For a place I've never been
    before, I sure did sleep
    soundly. I guess I could
    make myself at home in this
    castle. Speaking of which,
    where is my host? I wonder
    if he's already awake? I
    think I'll go peek in his
    room. First, I'll just get
    dressed... Well, how do you
    like that? He brought my
    entire wardrobe... OK,
    now I'm decent. Now, off to
    the demon lord's chambers.
    Knock knock...
    Knock knock. Knock knock...
    O demon lord? That's funny,
    there's no answer. Maybe
    he's still asleep?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 22
    
    
    I went to find the demon
    lord in his chambers, but
    there was no answer when I
    knocked. Maybe he's still
    asleep...
    
    Well, that's OK. I'll take
    this opportunity to make
    breakfast.
    
    Tick, tick, tick, done!
    
    All set! Now to go and wake
    up the demon lord.
    
    Knock knock...
    Knock knock. Knock knock...
    O demon lord? That's funny,
    there's no answer. Maybe
    he's still asleep?
    In that case, I'll just slip
    inside.
    Click.
    Good morning. Why, the demon
    lord is sitting in a
    chair... Hey, is that how
    you sleep?
    
    "Snore... Snore..."
    
    Well, I'll be. He's asleep,
    all right. But why does he
    sleep like that? Could it be
    because his wings get in the
    way of him lying on his
    back? No matter. I'll just
    go and wake him up now.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 23
    
    
    Once breakfast was done, I
    decided to wake up the demon
    lord...
    
    Rustle rustle rustle.
    Good morning, o demon lord,
    it's time to wake up. You'd
    best wake up soon, or else
    breakfast is going to get
    cold.
    
    "Huh? Oh, it's you, Your
    Highness. Good morning. What
    brings you here at such an
    early hour?
    
    Ah, you're awake at last.
    And it isn't early. The sun
    is already high in the sky.
    Anyway, I made breakfast, so
    I thought you might like to
    join me. You can't really
    refuse, though, because I
    already made plenty for the
    both of us.
    
    "I'd be delighted. Just let
    me get dressed, and we'll
    be on our way. Snap!"
    
    Wow! You just snapped your
    fingers, and your clothes
    instantly changed. That's
    amazing. It's like seeing a
    magician do his tricks.
    
    "Well, like I said, this is
    real magic...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 24
    
    
    The demon lord really was
    asleep. But now we're having
    breakfast.
    
    "This looks like another
    delicious meal."
    
    Oh, thank you ever so much,
    o demon lord.
    
    "And without further ado,
    let us eat."
    
    Oh yes, eat up. And so will
    I.
    
    "I think I'll start with the
    toast... Hmh?"
    
    Uh-oh, all of a sudden the
    demon lord froze up and took
    a peek out the window.
    There's something strange
    about it... I hope it's not
    because of my cooking. Maybe
    he just doesn't like bread
    of this type?
    
    "It would appear that we
    will not have the luxury of
    eating breakfast at our
    leisure. He is here, so we
    must eat quickly.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 25
    
    
    We were just sitting down to
    breakfast, when the demon
    lord started acting
    strangely...
    
    But eating quickly isn't the
    same as not eating at all.
    So his actions aren't on
    account of a dislike for
    bread. And what did he mean
    by saying 'he is here'? He
    couldn't be talking about
    our hero? It's still too
    soon for him to be here.
    Isn't it?
    
    "The hero has arrived at my
    castle. You see, when I went
    to get your clothes last
    night, I also left behind a
    map in your chambers showing
    the way here, which would
    explain how he got here, and
    so quickly. Even on foot, it
    is only half a day's journey
    here from the castle of your
    father the king. So, if you
    were discovered missing last
    night, and the king were to
    waste no time in commanding
    the hero to rescue you, I
    imagined that he would be
    here at about this time.
    
    Well, yes, that would
    explain it. If our hero has
    arrived, then I guess we had
    better hurry up and finish
    eating our breakfast.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 26
    
    
    Our hero has at last arrived
    at the demon lord's castle.
    
    But what should I do? If our
    hero is already at the gates
    of your castle, then I
    hardly have time to sit
    around and wash the dishes,
    now, do I? I mean, you and
    our hero are going to do
    battle now, and I need to
    see it. And to do that, I
    naturally need to be in a
    place from which I can view
    the action. But if our hero
    spots me right away, then
    there won't be any need for
    you and him to do battle
    after all. I guess I've just
    got to stay hidden someplace
    where our hero won't be able
    to spot me.
    
    "When you have finished your
    breakfast, Your Highness,
    come with me, and I will
    make the necessary
    preparations."
    
    OK. Wait a second. What kind
    of preparations are we
    talking about here? If he
    wants me to go with him,
    then I guess it must be so I
    can watch him do battle with
    our hero. Still...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 27
    
    
    What sort of preparations
    do we need to make for the
    battle between our hero and
    the demon lord, anyway?
    
    We went to a fairly large
    room that opened onto a
    stairwell. Here, it seemed,
    was where the demon lord
    intended to fight our hero.
    The demon lord told me that
    all I had to do was sit in a
    chair at the top of the
    stairs. So I did as I was
    told, and quickly realized
    that I could see the room
    below just fine. This would
    probably be all right for
    watching the coming battle
    between the demon lord and
    our hero. There was also
    little danger that our hero
    would simply take me away
    from here, even if he did
    spot me, since the demon
    lord was standing at my
    side. It was perfect. I even
    had time to wonder why the
    demon lord was holding a
    glass of the mixed fruit
    juice I'd made with
    breakfast that morning,
    especially given that he'd
    drunk all that I'd made,
    leaving nothing behind (and
    I could see that the fruit
    juice in his cup was fresh,
    too). As these thoughts were
    running through my head,
    however...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 28
    
    
    Our hero was by now
    standing at the castle
    gates...
    
    With a loud thump, the door
    suddenly swung open, and our
    hero strode into the room.
    
    "At last I've found you,
    demon lord! Let Her Highness
    the Princess go! Oh, wait,
    there you are, Your
    Highness! You need have no
    more fear, now that I have
    found you."
    
    It was good of you to come
    all this way, o hero. I
    imagine you must be tired.
    Drink this, with my
    compliments."
    
    So saying, the demon lord
    held out the glass of juice
    that I had made that
    morning. Now I get it, I
    thought: our hero had been
    marching nonstop since the
    day before to get here, and
    the demon lord had brought
    the juice with him so as to
    offer him some refreshment
    upon his arrival. That would
    be an awfully sweet thing
    for a demon lord to do. Or
    could it be that he felt
    defeating our hero while the
    latter was still exhausted
    would not be a true proof of
    his might? And come to think
    of it, our hero didn't sound
    as shy as he did before,
    when he spoke just now,
    either. Did the prospect of
    battle bring out a different
    side of him, perhaps?
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 29
    
    
    I wonder if our hero will
    actually drink the juice
    that I made...
    
    "I don't know what you're up
    to, but a hero would never
    drink anything offered by a
    demon lord."
    
    That is so mean of you,
    especially after I went to
    all the trouble to fix this
    juice. Don't bother giving
    it to our hero, o demon
    lord. I'll drink it myself.
    
    "What's that you say? You
    prepared this juice, Your
    Highness? You went to all
    that trouble for me? Even
    so, the demon lord may well
    have put something in it
    himself..."
    
    Well, I didn't exactly make
    it with you in mind, o
    hero... And besides, the
    demon lord isn't the kind of
    person (even if he is a
    demon) that would stoop to
    such tricks (or so I
    suspect, anyway). I mean it:
    you really don't have to
    give it to him. I'll gladly
    drink it.
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 30
    
    
    I made it for the demon
    lord, after all, so there's
    no reason for our hero to
    drink it.
    
    "Her Highness has spoken.
    What will you do, o hero?"
    
    "I... accept. (Glug glug)
    My thanks to you. Your
    Highness, that was most
    delicious. Already I feel a
    new man. And with that, I
    shall promptly dispose of
    the demon lord and return
    you to the castle of your
    father the king. This will
    all be over and done with
    very shortly now."
    
    OK, I can handle that. Now
    that you're no longer
    fatigued, this contest will
    be a fair one. I will sit
    right here and observe the
    battle between the two of
    you men (though I keep
    forgetting that the demon
    lord isn't a man at all).
    
    "Then let us commence this
    battle, shall we?"
    
    "Very well."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 31
    
    
    The battle between the demon
    lord and our hero has begun
    at last...
    
    Hmm, however you slice it,
    the demon lord seems to have
    the edge. I mean, our hero
    is no slouch, but the demon
    lord seems to be even better
    still. Our hero's shoulders
    are already heaving, and
    yet, the demon lord hardly
    even seems winded. I think I
    can already tell how this
    will turn out.
    
    "Grr... The demon lord of
    the northern lands was
    nothing compared to this."
    
    "I had no idea you would
    prove so capable. You are
    truly deserving of the title
    of 'hero.' The battle is now
    over, however."
    
    Let it end here, o demon
    lord, The outcome is
    decided. Let us let the hero
    leave here unharmed. No,
    wait, this will never do. If
    I do not also return with
    him, the king and queen, my
    mother and father, would
    never sit still for it...
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 32
    
    
    There has to be some way of
    persuading my parents to
    accept my decision to remain
    here...
    
    Wait, I think I've got it.
    How about we do this?
    
    First, I write my will...
    And then I take off my
    shoes... And now, if you
    will let me have that blade
    of yours for a moment, o
    hero, so that I can cut off
    my hair... There. Now, would
    you be so kind as to give
    these things to my father
    the king? So saying, I tried
    to make our hero take my
    shoes, my hair, and the will
    that I had just scribbled
    down. All I got in return,
    however, was a blank,
    uncomprehending stare. Which
    only makes sense, seeing as
    how I hadn't bothered to
    explain the situation to
    him. So I stopped and told
    him the way things were,
    ending by saying that I was
    resolved to living with the
    demon lord, in his castle.
    
    "So that is what this is
    all about. If that be your
    wish, Your Highness..."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 33
    
    
    Hero, I am resolved to live
    with the demon lord in his
    castle.
    
    Thank you for your
    understanding, o hero.
    
    "It's nothing. It seems I
    am no match for the demon
    lord at present, so it is
    only right for me to
    withdraw from the field."
    
    "So you realize that the
    time to part has come. In
    that case, allow me to give
    you a token of my esteem, by
    healing your wounds, like
    so. Snap!"
    
    Wow! With just a snap of his
    fingers, the demon lord is
    making the wounds our hero
    suffered in their battle go
    away. It's like a magician's
    trick. Amazing.
    
    "I keep telling you, it's
    real magic."
    
    Oh, my wounds are sealing
    themselves. Thank you. And
    with that, I will take my
    leave.
    
    "Oh, by the way..."
    
    
    To Be Continued
    
    
    Episode 34
    
    
    "When you return, there are
    likely to be those who will
    wonder what ever became of
    the demon lord, so feel free
    to say that you slew me."
    
    "Are you sure? You were so
    much mightier than I, which
    makes it most unlikely."
    
    I did not desire the title
    of mightiest fighter. All I
    want is the love of the
    Princess."
    
    "Very well. And I hope the
    two of you will be happy
    together."
    
    Thank you, and take care, o
    hero. Good-bye.
    
    Now there is no one to come
    between us, is there, o
    demon lord? There is still
    much that I do not know
    about you, which I hope you
    will take the time to
    explain. And I also have
    much to tell you about
    myself as well. Now that the
    two of us people (even
    though, yes, I know that you
    are not a person) are going
    to be living together, I
    want you to tell me all
    there is to know about you.
    
    
    The End
    
    #########################
    e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr)
    #########################
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Spring fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Spring, when the fish
    are bountiful.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Sardine, Herring, and
    Sandfish.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what level
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Spring fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Spring, when the fish
    are bountiful.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Needlefish and Spanish
    Mackerel. Very tasty.
    Lake fish you can catch
    are Fatminnow.
    
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what level
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Spring fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Spring, when the fish
    are bountiful.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Greenling and Rockfish.
    Upstream fish you can
    catch are Mountain Trout.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    
    
    Today Anger Jake is on
    vacation, so we'll have a
    special episode instead.
    
    Recently, a Japanese
    huchen measuring more than
    100cm was fished in the
    downstream region.
    This fish is indeed a River
    King.
    
    The person who fished it
    said it was good for Sushi,
    Sashimi, or Grilled Fish.
    We hope our viewers also
    learn lots of fish dishes,
    then go out and catch a
    River King of their own!
    Any season except Winter
    is good, we are told.
    
    
    Until next time!
    
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Summer fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Summer, when the water
    is warm and the fish are
    a little lazy.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Scad, downstream fish are
    Eel, and upstream fish
    Cherry Salmon.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Summer fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Summer, when the water
    is warm and the fish are
    a little lazy.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Bonito, Dorado, and Red
    Snapper.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Summer fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Summer, when the water
    is warm and the fish are
    a little lazy.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Flounder, downstream fish
    are Snakehead, and upstream
    fish are Rainbow Trout.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today Anger Jake is on
    vacation, so we'll have a
    special episode instead.
    
    The regal Carp is fit to
    be called a Lake King, but
    no few angers now living
    have ever fished it.
    It is said that Carp only
    appear for anglers with
    great experience. Having
    shipped over 200 fish,
    for instance...
    It is said Carp may
    appear in any season
    except Winter.
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Fall fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Fall, when the water
    is cool and the fish are
    active.
    
    Fatminnow can be caught in
    lakes or upstream.
    Whitefish and Golden crucian
    carp can be caught
    downstream.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Fall fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Fall, when the water
    is cool and the fish are
    active.
    
    Sea Fish you can catch are
    Saury pike, and downstream
    fish are Salmon and Loach.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Fall fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Fall, when the water
    is cool and the fish are
    active.
    
    You can catch Black bass
    and Bluegill downstream,
    at the spring, upstream,
    and in the lake.
    You can also catch Crucian
    carp at the spring or in
    the lake.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today Anger Jake is on
    vacation, so we'll have a
    special episode instead.
    
    Once, there was a man who
    thought he caught a monster
    when fishing at sea in the
    nighttime. When day came,
    though, he saw it was a
    Monkfish. If you ever see
    one of these fierce fish,
    you'll know why they are
    known as Kings of the Sea.
    They can be caught in
    Spring or Winter, and
    only at night!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Winter fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Winter. Winter fishing is
    tough, but not impossible.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Rock trout, Fluke, and
    Kelp bass.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Winter fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Winter. Winter fishing is
    tough, but not impossible.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Tuna and Blowfish.
    Downstream fish are
    Lake smelt.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today we'll ask our renowned
    fishing expert Angler Jake
    about Winter fishing.
    
    Howdy, folks. This is Angler
    Jake here to tell you all
    about what you can catch
    in Winter. Winter fishing is
    tough, but not impossible.
    
    Sea fish you can catch are
    Cod and Yellow tail.
    Downstream fish are Silver
    carp.
    I'll leave it to you to
    figure out what kind of
    Fishing Rod you need.
    
    Thanks for watching, and
    I'll see you next time!
    
    
    
    
    This is "Fishing Hour",
    your one-stop-shop
    of fishing knowledge!
    
    Today Anger Jake is on
    vacation, so we'll have a
    special episode instead.
    
    Do you know of the King
    Fish that can be caught
    only in Winter?
    It's said to be a mutant
    Catfish, which you can
    catch in a place you're
    already familiar with.
    Where is that, you ask?
    You'll have to find out
    for yourself.
    
    When you fish all of the
    King Fish on this and other
    programs, you'll get the
    chance to fish the Legendary
    King Fish.
    No one knows where this
    fish can be found, but who
    knows - you may be the
    one destined to find it
    
    ##############################
    f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin)
    ##############################
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Stew!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Flour
          Milk (S)
       Utensils:
          Pot
       Seasoning: Salt
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Flour
          Milk (S)
          Potato
          Corn
          Carrot
          Fish (S)
          Fish (M)
          Fish (L)
       Utensils:
          Pot
       Seasoning: Salt
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Stew.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Very interesting, with lots
    of different flavors.
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef B's Stew tastes better,
    with all its different
    Ingredients. It might be
    difficult to gather all
    these Ingredients, though.
    So Chef A's recipe is also
    good to know.
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Fried Rice!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Rice Ball
          Oil
          Normal Egg
    
       Utensils:
          Frying Pan
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Rice Ball
          Oil
          Normal Egg
          Eggplant
          Cheese (S)
          Poisonous Mushroom
          Fried Rice
    
       Utensils:
          Frying Pan
          Seasoning: Salt
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Fried Rice.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Very interesting, with lots
    of different flavors.
    However, not all of them
    add to the flavor in a good
    way, especially Poisonous
    Mushrooms!
    
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A, since his recipe
    doesn't include lots of
    unnecessary Ingredients.
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Fruit Juice!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Strawberry
    
       Utensils:
          Mixer
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Apple
          Grape Juice
          Honey
          Pineapple
          Milk (L)
    
       Utensils:
          Mixer
          Seasoning: Sugar
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Glug glug...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Fruit Juice.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Glug glug...
    
    Very good! But, it has Milk
    in it, so it's really a
    Fruit Latte.
    
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A! Chef B's creation
    tasted fabulous, but it was
    really a Fruit Latte, so it
    was disqualified!
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Mayonnaise!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Normal Egg
          Oil
    
       Utensils:
           Whisk
           Seasoning: Vinegar
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
           Good Egg
           Oil
    
       Utensils:
           Whisk
           Seasoning: Vinegar
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Mayonnaise.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    It doesn't taste much
    different. Whose idea was
    it to taste test Mayo,
    anyway?
    
    And the winner is....
    
    Chef B's Mayonnaise!
    The higher quality Egg does
    make it taste a little
    better!
    
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Baked Sweet Potato!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Sweet Potato
    
       Utensils:
          Oven
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Sweet Potato
          Butter
          Stone
    
       Utensils:
          Oven
          Seasoning: Sugar
          Seasoning: Salt
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Baked Potato.
    No need for a Stone here!
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Mmm! This is really good!
    The Stone does add some-
    thing after all!
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef B! His Baked Sweet
    Potato is superior!
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Grape Juice!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
           Wild Grapes
           Honey
    
       Utensils:
          Mixer
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Wild Grapes
    
       Utensils:
           Mixer
           Seasoning: Sugar
           Seasoning: Salt
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    It's unusual for Chef A to
    break away from tradition
    and add Honey!
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Hmm...The extra seasonings
    undeniably add something
    to it!
    
    And the winner is....
    A tie! Chef A's recipe will
    recuperate Fatigue more, but
    Chef B's recipe will recover
    Stamina more!
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Jam Bun!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Bread
          Apple Jam
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Bread
          Strawberry Jam
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional
    Jam Bun.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Strangely for Chef B, this
    is also a very traditional
    Jam Bun.
    
    And the winner is....
    It's a tie! They both are
    very similar dishes.
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Noodles!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Noodles
          Curry Powder
    
       Utensils:
          Pot
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Flour
          Onion
          Good Egg
          Bamboo Root
          Fish (S)
    
       Utensils:
          Rolling Pin
          Pot
          Knife
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is very traditional
    Curry Noodles.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Hmm...There are a lot of
    different flavors in
    this one.
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A, for basic, good
    Curry Noodles. However, it
    is possible to beat this
    with regular Noodles given
    the right Ingredients.
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Toast!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Bread
    
       Utensils:
          Oven
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Bread
          Fish (S)
          Tomato
          Rice Cake
          Oil
    
       Utensils:
          Oven
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is very traditional,
    basic Toast.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    I hate to say it, but this
    is a Failure. Too many
    things that don't mix!
    
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A! For not being afraid
    to be simple. Let Chef B's
    Failure be a lesson to those
    who think more is
    always better!
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Truffle Rice!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Truffle
          Rice Ball
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Mushroom
          Rice Ball
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Truffle Rice.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is Mushroom Rice,
    not Truffle Rice!
    
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A, because Chef B
    made the wrong dish!
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Moon Dumplings!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Muffin Mix
    
       Utensils:
          Seasoning: Sugar
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Muffin Mix
    
       Utensils:
          Seasoning: Sugar
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Moon Dumpling.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is also traditional,
    basic Moon Dumpling.
    
    And the winner is....
    A tie! They're both the same
    recipe. There really isn't
    much room for improvisation
    with Moon Dumplings,
    is there?
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    
    
    This is Dueling Chefs,
    broadcast every Tuesday.
    I'm your host, Alyson, in
    this weekly culinary battle
    of the giants!
    
    This week's challenge is
    Bodigizer XL!
    
    Here we go...!
    
    Chef A's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Bodigizer
          Blue Grass
    
       Utensils:
          Mixer
    
    Chef B's recipe is...
       Ingredients:
          Nothing?
    
       Utensils:
          Nothing
    
    Let's now have a taste
    test to determine the
    winner!
    
    First, Chef A's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    This is a very traditional,
    basic Bodigizer XL.
    
    Next, Chef B's creation.
    Munch munch...
    
    Wait a second! This is
    bought from the Clinic!
    It still has the label
    on it!
    
    And the winner is....
    Chef A, for making his
    Bodigizer XL honestly!
    Shame on Chef B for
    trying to cheat.
    
    
    That's it for this week.
    Tune in next week!
    
    #############################
    g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron)
    #############################
    
    Going to School 1
    
    PING, PONGGG
    As usual, Aaron
    rang his neighbor's
    doorbell and shouted
    to Erin.
    
    Aaron
    "Erin! Good morning."
    ...A couple of seconds
    later, the second floor
    window slid open and
    Erin stuck her sleepy
    head out.
    
    Erin
    "Morning Aaron.
    Hang on. I'll be there in
    a sec!"
    This is my neighbor,
    Erin. She's my
    girlfriend.
    Her name's the same as
    mine ? Erin. It's a
    little confusing, but
    that's the way it is.
    
    ...Two minutes later
    
    Erin
    "Sorry to keep you
    waiting Aaron.
    Well, let's get going."
    Erin came out in
    her school uniform
    Looks like she
    combed her hair at
    least.
    
    
    
    Going to School 2
    
    Erin came out in
    her school uniform
    Looks like she
    combed her hair at
    least.
    
    Aaron
    "Erin! We're gonna
    be late if we don't
    hurry!"
    It's partly my fault
    for always cutting it
    close when I call on
    her, but it wouldn't
    be so bad if she got
    up a little earlier.
    
    Erin
    "Alright. Oh yeah. Hey...
    Why don't we go
    shopping after school?"
    As usual, Erin
    is full of energy
    considering she just
    got up!"
    
    Aaron
    "Sure, but what are
    you gonna buy?"
    Erin is walking in front
    of me facing backwards.
    Seems kinda dangerous
    facing backwards while
    walking.
    
    Erin
    "Ummc Todayc
    Oops!"
    She almost tripped
    because of not looking
    where she's going.
    
    
    
    
    Going to School 3
    
    She almost tripped
    because she wasn't looking
    where she was going.
    
    Aaron
    "Be careful!"
    I grabbed Erin's hand
    right away and tried to
    pull her up but didn't
    have the strength!
    Instead, I got pulled
    down by her and we both
    went tumbling.
    
    Erin & Aaron
    "Ouch!" "Oww!"
    Thump! Our heads
    bumped together.
    
    Aaron
    "Oww. Are you okay?
    What's going on?"
    Huh? Something weird
    is going on.
    
    Erin
    "Yeah, I'm fine. But my
    head totally...Huh?
    What the...? How can I
    be staring at myself"
    No doubt about it...
    I'm staring at myself.
    What's going on!?
    
    
    
    
    Going to School 4
    No doubt about it...
    I'm staring at myself.
    What's going on!?
    
    Aaron
    "Uhh, I can see myself.
      "Myself" meaning
    "Aaron"!
    
    Erin
    "Umm, I can see myself.
      "Myself" meaning
    "Erin"!
    
    Erin & Aaron
    "What?! You mean
    we've changed bodies?!"
    When I took another
    look at myself, I saw
    Erin, whose always
    somewhere nearby.
    Erin is looking at
    her own body too.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Wha...What're we
    gonna do Erin?"
    Anyone'd be freaked out
    and kind of upset if
    something like this
    suddenly happened to
    them...
    
    
    
    
    Going to School 5
    
    Anyone'd be freaked out
    and kind of upset if
    something like this
    suddenly happened to
    them...
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "I dunno!"
    Umm...
    If we changed bodies
    when we bumped heads,
    maybe we should try
    bumping heads again.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Well..."
    Just as I was about
    to suggest bumping
    heads
    
    We heard the school
    bell ring,
     BING, BONG, BING, BONG
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Oh! That's the warning
    bell! We'd better get
    to school first and
    then think about what
    to do later."
    Huh?
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Huh?"
    Wouldn't it be kinda
    bad to go to school like
    this?
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "If we don't hurry to
    school, we'll be late!"
    Erin seems to be
    more concerned about
    getting to school than
    the fact that we
    switched bodies.
    
    
    
    
    Going to school 6
    
    Erin seems to be
    more concerned about
    getting to school than
    the fact that we
    switched bodies.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Well...well, we might
    be late, but..."
    But it seems more
    important to get our
    bodies back to normal.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Well then, let's get
    to school. But we'd
    better keep quiet
    about this, right?
    Erin said pointing
    at herself (appearing
    to be Aaron).
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "...Yeah, I don't want
    anyone to know. But
    won't we be found out?
    Do you think we'll be
    okay?"
    How could others not
    figure it out!?...
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "I think we'll be
    alright."
    Are we really gonna
    be alright? Erin
    seems to be speaking
    without thinking.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "....................."
    Are we gonna be OK?
    I don't even think we
    should go to school at
    a time like this...
    
    
    
    
    Going to school 7
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Phew! I can't believe
    we made it to school
    before the main bell!"
    How can she have so much
    energy after running all
    the way from there
    (where we bumped heads)
    to the shoe cupboard?
    Erin's always so
    full of energy.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    (Out of breath) We
    gotta remember not to
    mix up our shoes.
    ...Just as Erin was
    grabbing her own
    indoor shoes. Usually
    that wouldn't be a
    problem, but since we
    switched bodies we
    have to be careful.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    Oh yeah. Sorry. I
    forgot that I'm not
    supposed to grab "
    mine!"
    Luckily no one was
    near the shoe cupboard,
    so grabbing the wrong
    shoes was not a big
    deal.
    
    
    
    
    Going to school 8
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Morning!"
    Erin threw open the
    classroom door and
    energetically greeted
    everyone as usual.
    (To everyone else
    it looked like the
    greeting was coming
    from Aaron.)
    
    Jean
    "Morning, Erin,
    Aaron. Together as
    usual, eh!"
    Erin's best friend,
    Jean, wandered
    toward us.
    Because she's good
    friends with Erin,
    she talks to me a lot
    too (not just the two
    of us - Erin too.).
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Morning, Jean!"
    Erin greeted Jean
    in her usual way, like
    she'd forgotten that we
    switched bodies.
    (She really might have
    forgotten.)
    
    
    
    
    Going to School 9
    
    Erin greeted Jean
    in her usual way, like
    she'd forgotten that we
    switched bodies.
    (She really might have
    forgotten.)
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    (Nods his head)
    I was so nervous about
    being found out that I
    couldn't even speak...
    (So I just nodded to
    Jean without saying
    anything.)
    
    Jean
    "Huh? Erin, you seem
    kinda quiet. What's up?"
    Oh no!
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "I feel as good as ever!"
    No kidding! How can
    she act normal even
    though we switched
    bodies?
    
    Jean
    "Not you, Aaron! I'm
    talking about Erin!"
    That's right! I appear
    to be Erin.
    
    
    
    
    Going to school 10
    
    That's right! I appear
    to be Erin.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Me too. I'm fine!"
    That's what I said,
    anyway. We're in such
    such a fix though, I'd
    rather skip school.
    
    Jean
    "Really? Whatever."
    Jean's good friends
    with Erin, but
    luckily she isn't one
    for details.
    
    BING, BONG, BING BONG
    Ah, that's the main
    bell! First class is
    starting.
    
    Jean
    "Ah, the bell! See you
    later."
    Maybe she wants to see
    us later, but I'd
    like to avoid being
    with Jean as much
    as possible today. I
    have no idea where
    we'll be when she
    finds out I'm not
    Erin.
    
    
    
    
    1st Class: Social
    Studies 1
    
    Jean
    "Stand up! Straighten
    up! Bow! Sit down!"
    The teacher came in as
    soon as the main bell
    went, and the class
    started right away.
    Jean happened to be
    on class duty, so she
    was giving orders.
    
    Teacher
    "Okay, time for
    attendance!"
    ...The teacher said,
    and started taking
    attendance as usual.
    Starting with "A", he
    read everyone's name in
    order, with students
    replying as their names
    were called.
    
    Teacher
    "Erin"
    Oh, he's calling Erin.
    Uh oh!
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Here."
    Oh no! I knew it...
    Erin made a mistake.
    (She didn't actually
    make a mistake, but
    she's appears to be me
    right now.) She
    shouldn't have replied.
    
    
    
    
    1st Class: Social
    Studies 2
    
    Erin made a mistake.
    (She didn't actually
    make a mistake, but
    she's appears to be me
    right now.) She
    shouldn't have replied.
    
    Teacher
    "No, not you Aaron!
    I said Erin!
    However similar your
    names may be, the
    girls names come first,
    so be careful!"
    The teacher didn't seem
    surprised that Erin
    made a mistake...She
    often replies when my
    name is called. (Just
    so you know, I've never
    made such a mistake.)
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Oops! I made a mistake.
    Sorry."
    Maybe I should've
    replied right away.
    Sorry, Erin.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Here"
    I replied right away
    just in case.
    
    
    
    
    2nd Class: Music
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Aaron. Music is
    next, right? Let's go
    together."
    We always move from
    class to class together,
    so I guess there's
    nothing strange about
    it.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Yep. We've got a
    recorder test."
    Huh? Recorder?
    Wait a minute. Would
    that be like an
    indirect kiss? But
    we've totally switched
    bodies...Seems kinda
    strange.
    Uhh...I'm not sure.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Hey, Aaron. If we
    don't hurry, we'll be
    late."
    While I was having
    twisted thoughts,
    Erin was already
    bolting toward the
    classroom...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Uh, oh...okay. I'm on my
    way."
    I frantically grabbed
    my textbook and
    recorder and ran after
    Erin.
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 1
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Uh, isn't PE next?
    Ooh, lucky you! You
    get to see the girl's
    changing for free."
    Erin whispered to me.
    (Truth is, it won't be a
    joke if it gets out that
    we switched bodies.)
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "........."
    That's right...Classes
    1 & 2 do PE together.
    The girls get
    changed in Class 1
    (next door) and the
    boys get changed in
    Class 2 (here).
    (We were already on
    our way from the
    music room to
    Class 2.)
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "What am I gonna do
    Erin?"
    However much I may
    appear to be you,
    changing with the girls
    is bad. This is no time
    to be so amused!
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 2
    
    "What am I gonna do
    Erin?"
    However much I may
    appear to be you,
    changing with the girls
    is bad. This is no time
    to be so amused.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "This is a great chance
    to observe the girls,
    isn't it?"
    Observe girls...?
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "That's easy for you to
    "say..."
    I mean, it's not like
    I'm completely against
    seeing them get
    changed, which is what
    I was about to say when
    Jean appeared again.
    
    Jean
    "Erin, what's going
    on!? However much you
    love Aaron, you
    can't get changed
    together!"
    I know, but...
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "I know! Alright, get
    out you two. Out!"
    Erin pushed Jean
    and I in the back and
    chased us out of the
    classroom.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    We left the classroom
    with Erin pushing at
    our backs, but I felt
    totally awkward.
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 3
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    (Heart pounding)
    I ended up going into
    Class 1's classroomc
    This is bad. There are
    girls are getting
    changed all around me.
    And Jean's getting
    changed right next to
    me...!
    
    Jean
    "What's wrong Erin?
    Your face is red!"
    Don't turn this way,
    Jean.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "N...Nothing's wrong."
    (Of course I'm
    blushing! I've never
    seen a girl other than
    Erin changing!)
    
    Jean
    "Erin, are you really
    OK?"
    she said as she came
    closer.
    (Ah, don't come any
    closer while you're so
    skimpily dressed.)
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "I'm fine. Don't worry
    about it."
    I turned away in a
    panic, but I could see
    other girls changing.
    What am I gonna do!
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 4
    
    Meanwhile...in the
    boys' changing room.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Wow! You guys have
    great bodies...
    Totally different than
    that slob Aaron."
    
    Gene
    "What's up? Does my
    body look that nice,
    Aaron?"
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Uh-huh, looks good.
    I wish Aaron had
    muscles like that.
    
    Gene
    "So you like muscular
    girls eh?
    Even though you've got
    a girl like Erin..."
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "No, no. I mean it
    would be great if I
    had muscles like that."
    
    Gene
    "Well, you do hate
    exercise, that's for
    sure.
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 5
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    (Huffing and puffing)
    How far have we run
    so far? I can't even
    see the turning point
    yet, so we haven't
    even run 2 kilometers.
    It's basketball for the
    boys and running for
    the girls for today's
    PE lesson. I don't
    like sports, so I'm no
    good at either. But
    running's the worst of
    all...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    (Sound of falling)
    Ah, my legs got tangled
    and I've fallen.
    
    Jean
    "Woah! Erin, are
    you okay?"
    Jean, who had
    already hit the
    turning point, noticed
    I had fallen and came
    running over in a
    panic...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "I...I can't go on."
    It may only be half of
    the boys' course, but
    it's still 5 kilometers!
    I can't do it...
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 6
    
    Meanwhile...in the
    boy's class.
    
    TWEEET
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Yeah! That's a three
    point shot!"
    
    Gene
    "Aaron, you seem
    more like Erin
    today.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Huh!? Wh...Why?"
    
    Gene
    "Why? Because
    you're usually no good
    at sports."
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "What! W...well
    Erin's been training
    me lately."
    
    Gene
    "Really? Maybe the
    day's coming when
    you'll have muscles."
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "M...maybe"
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 7
    
    Jean
    "Well, your face was
    red when we were
    changing. Have you got
    a fever? Don't over
    do it! The usual Erin
    could easily run this
    distance..."
    Huh! I went red in the
    face for a completely
    different reason...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "......"
    Just as I was thinking
    how out of shape I am,
    Erin came sprinting
    toward me from around
    the corner.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Aaron, are you
    "okay?"
    Erin helped support
    me instead of Jean.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Huh? Erin. What
    are you doing here?"
    The boys have
    basketball, so I
    figured she'd be in
    the gym. What made
    her come here?
    
    
    
    
    3rd Class: PE 8
    
    The boys have
    basketball, so I
    figured she'd be in
    the gym. What made
    her come here?
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Look over there."
    Erin pointed to the
    gym.
    Oh yeah. I was running
    in the streets around
    the school.
    I guess Erin was
    watching us run from
    the gym.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "I see. I'm okay now
    Thanks."
    I tried to stand up
    but was shaky, so I
    ended up leaning on
    Erin. I really am
    terrible at sports.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "You're hopeless!
    ...Up we get."
    she said and helped
    me (in Erin's body!)
    to the nurses office.
    
    Jean
    "Wow, Aaron. What
    a man! You guys
    really are in love!"
    It'd be really cool
    cool if it was actually
    me helping Erin.
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 1
    
    BING, BONG, BING, BONG
    Sounds like the 4th
    class is starting.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Oh, the class is about
    to start. I have to
    get back to the
    classroom."
    I should try and get
    up. Incidentally, when
    Erin brought me to
    the nurse's office, the
    nurse wasn't here, but
    the door wasn't locked,
    so I came in to rest
    anyway. (I have no idea
    why the door wasn't
    locked.) Erin
    stayed with me the
    whole time.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "You must still be
    tired. Since you're
    already here, why don't
    you rest till lunch
    time?"
    Yeah, I'm still tired
    No doubt about it. I'd
    like to keep resting,
    but...
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 2
    
    Yeah, I'm still tired
    No doubt about it. I'd
    like to keep resting,
    but...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "But..."
    I think math is next.
    The teacher always
    picks me to answer.
    If Erin goes to the
    class looking like me,
    she'll be picked
    instead. But if she
    gets picked, she
    probably won't be able
    to answer. (To be honest,
    Erin hates studying.)
    
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "See you. Take it
    easy."
    Erin didn't seem at
    all bothered about the
    fact (maybe she wasn't
    aware). She opened the
    door and waved goodbye
    as she left the
    nurse's office.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "OK. Thanks."
    She left. I wonder if
    she'll be okay?
    Knowing Erin, she'll
    manage somehow.
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 3
    
    Meanwhile, in Erin's
    math class...
    
    (Sound of door opening)
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Sorry I'm late."
    
    Teacher
    "Ah! Just in time.
    Please answer the
    question written on
    the board.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "...Sorry, I have no
    idea."
    
    Teacher
    "Not only are you late
    for class, you can't
    even solve the
    problem. You've been
    hanging around Erin
    too much."
    
    Jean
    "That's not very nice!
    Aaron just finished
    looking after Erin
    because she fell down
    during PE. She's still
    asleep in the nurse's
    office so his mind is
    on her rather than
    the lesson.
    
    Teacher
    "Sorry."
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 4
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Man, I'm bored."
    I'm not really that tired
    anymore, and I feel
    kind of awkward just
    lying here in the
    nurse's office. Wonder
    what time it is? The
    clock on the wall says
    12:15. Five minutes
    till the 4th class
    finishes. What to do?
    Guess I'll go back to
    class in a minute.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "cYeah, I think I'll
    go back."
    If I go back now
    though, the 4th class
    will pretty much be
    finished, so it'll be
    lunch time. I'll have
    lunch with Erin. But
    if I eat a big lunch
    just after getting
    back from the nurse's
    office, it might look
    a little suspicious,
    so maybe I'd better
    keep a low profile for
    a while.
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 5
    
    If I go back now
    though, the 4th
    class will pretty much
    be finished, so it'll
    be lunch time.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Nurse, I'm fine. I'd
    like to be excused."
    I called to the nurse
    and opened the door and
    left. (By the way, the
    nurse came back a
    little while after
    Erin left. When we
    came to the nurse's
    office, the nurse had
    gone to the toilet and
    forgot to lock the
    door.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "I wonder if Erin's
    okay? I wonder if the
    math teacher asked her
    any questions?"
    Actually, he always
    asks me questions, so
    it'd be odd if he
    didn't choose her.
    I hope she didn't say
    anything bizarre.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "I might as well go
    back to the classroom
    right away."
    I walked briskly to the
    classroom (there's no
    running in the hall).
    It's not far from the
    nurse's office to the
    classroom, so I'll get
    there pretty fast.
    
    
    
    
    4th Class: Math 6
    
    (Sound of door opening)
    I gently opened the
    door at the back of the
    classroom and went in.
    
    Teacher
    "Erin, you're back.
    Is everything okay?"
    he asked me as soon as
    I entered the room
    while tidying up his
    notes and chalk. Looks
    like he's just wrapping
    up the lesson. He seems
    to have finished
    teaching for the day.
    
    BING, BONG, BING, BONG
    Ah, there's the bell!
    Not that it really
    matters. Doesn't look
    like they were doing
    anything much
    anyway.
    
    Teacher
    "Class's over."
    The teacher rushed out
    of the classroom before
    I could reply. Wonder
    if he was expecting me
    to say something?
    
    
    
    
    Lunch Time 1
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Aaron, Jean.
    Let's eat lunch
    together."
    As soon as the teacher
    left the room, Erin
    invited us for lunch as
    usual.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Yeah, sure. Let's go
    Jean."
    Of course I intended
    on eating lunch with
    them, so I pulled my
    lunchbox out of my bag
    (Erin's bag of
    course), and called to
    Jean who was sitting
    behind me. I followed
    Erin, who started
    walking ahead without
    waiting for us.
    
    Jean
    "Hey, wait! Erin.
    Aaron."
    Jean hastily grabbed
    her lunchbox and
    caught up to us.
    Hmm, wonder where
    we're going? I should
    ask Erin.
    
    
    
    
    Lunch Time 2
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "We're here. Let's eat!
    We arrived at the
    courtyard. Erin sat
    down on the grass
    nearby and opened her
    lunch box. The weather
    is nice and warm, so
    the grass is also warm.
    
    Jean
    "Yeah, let's eat."
    Jean and I sat down
    and took our lunches
    out.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Ooh..."
    The inside of the lunch
    box was completely red.
    Erin loves spicy
    food. I can't handle it
    though, so I don't know
    if I can eat it.
    
    Jean
    "What's up? Aren't you
    going to eat Erin?"
    Jean knows Erin
    loves spicy food...
    If I don't eat it,
    she'll think
    something's up!
    
    
    
    
    Lunch Time 3
    
    Jean knows Erin
    loves spicy food...
    If I don't eat it,
    she'll think
    something's up!
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Yeah, I'm gonna eat.
    (biting sound) Ugh."
    Damn! That's hot! This
    is a little hot for me.
    There's no way I can
    eat all this! Jean
    thinks I'm (Erin
    that is) not feeling
    well, so maybe she
    won't be surprised if
    I don't eat much.
    
    Jean
    "Erin, don't force
    yourself to eat if
    you're not feeling
    well."
    Ah. I was right.
    Jean thinks I'm not
    eating anything because
    I'm not well. Good!
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "You're right. I think
    I'll leave it."
    I hope Jean's not
    too worried.
    Sorry, Jean.
    Guess I'll just take
    the rest of my lunch
    (Erin's lunch) home.
    
    
    
    
    Lunch Time 4
    
    Guess I'll just take
    the rest of my lunch
    (actually Erin's)
    home.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "That was tasty. Huh?
    If you're not going to
    eat yours Aaron,
    I'll have it."
    (Takes a big bite)
    Erin quickly finished
    eating her lunch
    (which was actually
    mine) and then grabbed
    the red glob of food
    (which I'd hardly
    touched) in my
    lunchbox (actually
    Erin's) and munched
    on it.
    
    Jean
    "Heh? I thought you
    hated spicy food.
    Anyway, it's kinda
    cute seeing you guys
    sharing your lunchbox."
    Is it? I'd prefer it
    if she didn't make
    such a big deal.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Thanks for the food."
    Before I knew it, she'd
    polished off my lunch
    (actually her lunch).
    Boy, can she eat.
    
    
    
    
    5th Class: Japanese
    Literature 1
    
    Teacher
    "Today, I'd like you to
    read a book in the
    library and write your
    impressions. Alright,
    let's go to the
    library everybody."
    Reading? I wonder if
    Erin'll be OK? She's
    the kind of person who
    falls asleep at the
    sight of a thick book.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "(Yawn). Erin, shall
    we go to the library?
    Jean?"
    Erin seems kind of
    sleepy, and we haven't
    even gone to the
    library yet! She just
    finished eating so I
    guess that's natural.
    She looks totally
    content after eating
    both our lunches.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Yeah. Let's get
    going."
    If we don't go right
    away, Erin looks
    like she'll fall
    asleep before we leave
    for the library.
    It won't make any
    difference whether she
    sleeps here or there
    though I guess...
    
    
    
    
    5th Class: Japanese
    Literature 2
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Zzz, zzz"
    Sure enough, she's
    asleep...
    Is it normal to fall
    asleep the second you
    you sit down in a
    library?
    Uh-oh! If the teacher
    sees her, he'll think
    it's me sleeping! He
    doesn't seem to have
    noticed yet, but if I
    don't wake her up,
    she'll be found out
    for sure.
    
    Jean
    "What's up? Looks like
    Aaron's asleep.
    That's pretty unusual.
    If it was Erin, no one
    would be surprised ?
    she's always dozing
    off. Carrying her to
    the nurse's office
    and looking after her
    during PE must have
    really taken it out of
    him. I guess he's not
    used to that kind of
    thing."
    Hmm. I hardly ever
    (actually never) sleep
    during class, so
    Jean thinks it's
    okay. Maybe I'll let
    Erin sleep for a
    while.
    
    
    
    
    5th Class: Japanese
    Literature 3
    
    Maybe I'll let
    Erin sleep for a
    while.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Yeah, guess not.
    Why don't we leave him
    alone for a while?"
    She certainly did
    something she's not
    used to doing. And I'm
    a big part of the
    reason behind it, so I
    guess I should let her
    sleep for a while.
    
    Jean
    "OK. We have to make
    sure the teacher
    doesn't find him."
    Alright. For
    starters...
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Leave it to me."
    I moved to the seat
    in front of Erin (in
    my body) to make it
    harder to see her.
    Wonder if that'll do
    it?
    I'll wake her up in a
    while anyway, so it
    should be okay.
    
    
    
    
    After School 1
    
    Bing, Bong, Bing, Bong
    Oh. The 5th class's
    over! Luckily, the
    teacher didn't find
    her sleeping. She
    ended up sleeping
    through the whole
    class. I was thinking
    of waking her part way
    through, but she
    looked so content, I
    didn't have the heart
    to wake her up. In the
    end, those who
    couldn't finish the
    book report during
    class have to do it
    for homework by
    tomorrow. There's no
    way the average
    person can read an
    entire book and write a
    report in an hour. So
    most people have to
    write their impressions
    (and read the book)
    for homework...
    Including me.
    Anyway, that's beside
    the point. I have to
    wake her up.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Erin, class is
    over. Wake up."
    That's the end of
    classes for the day.
    Let's go home right
    away and find a way to
    get our bodies back
    to normal.
    
    
    
    
    After School 2
    
    That's the end of
    classes for the day.
    Let's go home right
    away and find a way to
    get our bodies back
    to normal.
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "(Yawning)
    Morning, Aaron.
    Are classes finished
    for the day? Let's go
    go shopping now."
    Erin pulled my arm
    to go as soon as she
    woke up. She sure is
    rearing to go even
    though she just woke
    woke up! That's
    nothing new. I agree.
    let's go home...Huh?
    What'd you say Erin?
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Hold on a second.
    Shopping? What're you
    talking about?"
    Did I hear her wrong?
    She said she wanted to
    go shopping right?
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "Huh? Have you
    forgotten already? You
    promised to go this
    morning."
    Yeah, I do remember
    But it hardly seems
    like the right time to
    go shopping.
    
    
    
    
    After School 3
    
    Jean
    "Are you two going
    shopping? Well, I'll
    leave you two lovebirds
    alone. Wouldn't wanna
    be in the way! Byye."
    She said and suddenly
    left.
    ...Oh well, our
    problem has nothing to
    do with Jean, so
    it's fine if she goes
    home.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Your right. I
    did promise. But we
    need to do something
    about our bodies
    first."
    But Erin kept
    tugging at my arm
    while facing toward me.
    Seems kinda dangerous
    facing backwards while
    walking...
    
    Erin (in Aaron's
    body)
    "That can wait till
    later. Today...Oops!"
    She almost tripped
    because of looking at
    me instead of looking
    in front of herself.
    
    
    
    
    After School 4
    
    She almost tripped
    because of looking at
    me instead of looking
    in front of herself.
    
    Aaron (in Erin's
    body)
    "Be careful!"
    I said as she kept
    holding onto my arm
    (Erin was about to
    fall, so she had no
    intention of letting
    go of my arm in the
    first place), sending
    us tumbling down
    together.
    
    Erin & Aaron
    "Oww! Ouch!''
    Thump! Our heads
    bumped together.
    
    Aaron
    "Owww. You OK?
    What happened?"
    Huh? Something weird
    is going on.
    
    Erin
    "Yeah, I'm fine. But
    my head totally...Huh?
    What the...? Is that
    you in front of me
    Aaron?"
    Yep. Erin's here
    in front of me.
    What the heck's going
    on?
    
    
    
    
    After School 5
    
    Yep. Erin's here
    in front of me.
    What the heck's going
    on?
    
    Aaron
    "Oh, Erin. You're
    here in front of me."
    She's always somewhere
    nearby. But today was
    different...I had been
    staring down at her
    body all day.
    
    Erin
    "Aaron, you're
    here in front of me."
    Erin had been
    been staring down at
    my body, just like me.
    
    Aaron & Erin
    "No way! You mean
    we've returned to
    normal?"
    When I looked at
    myself, I was the same
    I had always been
    until this morning. It
    I had my own body back.
    Erin was also
    looking at herself.
    
    Erin
    "Since we're
    back to normal let's
    go shopping now,
    Aaron!"
    Why not? Our bodies
    are back to normal, so
    there's no reason to
    say no.
    
    Aaron
    "Yeah. Let's go
    Erin."
    
    
               Finished
    
    ########################################
    h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil)
    ########################################
    
    Episode 1
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 2
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right, then... (rustle)
    Let me see... "Tonight at 7,
    I will take the roll that
    is in your desk, left over
    from your school lunch.
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Oh
    my! This is a warning!
    
    Sally
    It looks that way. What am I
    going to do?
    
    Miss Annie
    Hmm, well... Seeing as how
    we've been warned, why don't
    we see if we can't stop her?
    
    Sally
    You know, my grandma said
    that she fought bandits a
    long time ago... Maybe this
    is where I get my start as a
    detective, then.
    
    Miss Annie
    Eh? You don't mean that your
    grandmother is the famous
    detective Andrea Vernet?
    
    Sally
    Yep, that's her. Have you
    heard of her, Ma'am?
    
    
    
    Episode 3
    
    Previously:
    The letter Sally got was a
    warning from Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    Well, of course. Her battles
    with Sandra, Bandit Girl,
    were adapted for TV. I've
    got the complete DVD set.
    
    Sally
    Well, if you like her that
    much, I'll see if I can get
    you her autograph.
    
    Miss Annie
    Oh, would you? I'd just love
    to have your grandmother's
    autograph!
    
    Sally
    OK, sure. Now, do you really
    think I can take on Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl?
    
    Miss Annie
    Sure you can, and I'll help
    you. First, let's go over to
    your desk. She'll have a
    hard time stealing from it
    with both of us standing
    watch.
    
    Sally
    I see what you mean. All
    right, from now on, I am
    Sally, Girl Detective...
    
    Miss Annie
    Right!
    
    
    
    Episode 4
    
    Previously:
    Sally is now known as
    "Sally, Girl Detective."
    
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    It's already past 7, you
    know...
    
    Miss Annie
    Hmm, I wonder what's going
    on. Nothing's happened yet.
    Let's have a look inside
    your desk, Sally.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    OK. (rustle rustle) Oh no!
    It's gone! The roll is
    gone!
    
    Miss Annie
    What?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I found this, left in its
    place.
    
    Miss Annie
    A letter? Let's have a look.
    "Received, one leftover
    piece of school lunch roll.
    Signed, Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl." But how? When? We
    were watching your desk the
    whole time. How did she
    manage to steal the roll
    from inside your desk,
    without us spotting her?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, I guess this means
    that Star Lily, Bandit Girl,
    got us good this time
    around.
    
    
    
    Episode 5
    
    Previously:
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl made
    off with my roll.
    
    
    Next Day...
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 6
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right then... (rustle
    rustle) Let me see... "I
    should apologize to you, for
    I took the leftover school
    lunch roll from your desk
    at 7 o'clock on the day that
    I delivered the first
    letter. I will be sure to
    write the exact date and
    time on future letters.
    Signed,Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl."
    ................
    
    Come to think of it, we
    forgot to check inside your
    desk before we started
    watching it. We'll have to
    be more careful next time.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    That assumes there's going
    to be a next time, though.
    
    
    
    Episode 7
    
    Previously:
    The letter that Sally
    received was an apology from
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 8
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right then... (rustle
    rustle) Let me see... "On
    the X Day of Y Month, I will
    take the leftover school
    lunch roll in your desk at
    7PM. Signed, Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl." Oh no! Not
    another one...!
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Yes, it is, Ma'am... And
    today is X Day of Y Month,
    which means...
    
    Miss Annie
    It was probably actually
    stolen yesterday.
    
    Shall we go have a look in
    your desk? First period is
    about to start, so we'll be
    going to class anyway.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Yeah, you're right.
    
    
    
    Episode 9
    
    Previously:
    The letter that Sally got
    was another warning from
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    <bh:81>c
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    OK, I'll go have a look
    inside my desk... (rustle
    rustle) Oh no! My roll is
    gone again. And here's what
    was in its place.
    
    Miss Annie
    A letter? Let's see...
    "Received: leftover school
    lunch roll. Signed, Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as
    we figured...
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, this time I don't feel
    as though Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl completely got the best
    of us.
    
    
    
    Episode 10
    
    Previously:
    My roll was stolen by Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Next day...
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 11
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right, then... (rustle
    rustle) Let me see... "I
    must apologize once more. I
    wrote the day after I sent
    that letter by mistake. It
    seems to have taken quite a
    bit of time for the letter
    to be delivered. Next time,
    I will leave plenty of time
    in the scheduling of my
    plans. Signed, Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl."
    .............
    Well, fine. Maybe she'll get
    it right next time.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    That assumes there's going
    to be a next time, though.
    
    
    
    Episode 12
    
    Previously:
    The letter that Sally
    received was an apology from
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 13
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right then... (rustle
    rustle) Let me see... "On
    the W Day of Z Month, I will
    take the leftover school
    lunch roll in your desk at
    7 o'clock. Signed, Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl." Well, W
    Day of Z Month is tomorrow,
    right?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Yes, it is, Ma'am!
    
    So the next day...
    
    Miss Annie
    It's now 6PM. One hour to
    go. Let's just go check on
    your desk, Sally.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    OK, I'll go have a look.
    (rustle rustle) Huh? Oh no,
    it's gone, my roll is gone!
    
    
    
    Episode 14
    
    Previously:
    My roll was stolen by Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    What? But it isn't 7PM yet.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I found this in its place.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    A letter? I imagine it's yet
    another of her receipts...
    "Received: leftover school
    lunch roll. Signed, Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as
    I thought...
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    What does this mean? It's
    not even 7 o'clock yet.
    
    Miss Annie
    You know, I don't get it
    either.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Sigh. You know, I think Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl, tricked
    us this time!
    
    
    
    Episode 15
    
    Previously:
    There was a letter in
    Sally's desk.
    
    
    Next day...
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the halls.
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 16
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right, then... (rustle
    rustle) let me see... "I
    must apologize yet again. I
    took the school lunch roll
    from your desk at 7AM. Next
    time, I will be sure to mark
    whether I will come in the
    AM or PM. Signed, Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl." Well, that
    explains that... Maybe next
    time for sure, she'll really
    get it right.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    That assumes there's going
    to be a next time, though.
    
    
    
    Episode 17
    
    Previously:
    The letter that Sally
    received was an apology from
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Rumble Rumble Rumble
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Ma'am, we have a problem.
    
    Miss Annie
    Sally, you know you're not
    supposed to run in the
    halls.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I... I'm sorry.
    
    Miss Annie
    Now, what's happened, Sally?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, we got this in the
    mail this morning.
    
    Miss Annie
    An envelope? May I read the
    letter inside?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Please do.
    
    
    
    Episode 18
    
    Previously:
    A letter was delivered to
    Sally's house.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    All right, then... (rustle
    rustle) Let me see... "On V
    Day of U Month, at 7PM, I
    will take the leftover
    school lunch roll in your
    desk. Signed, Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl." Well, V Day of
    U Month is tomorrow.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    That's right. Tomorrow,
    we'll finally have it out.
    
    And so the next day...
    
    Miss Annie
    It is now 7PM.
    
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl
    Ha ha ha ha ha! I hope you
    have not waited long, Sally
    and Miss Annie!
    
    
    
    Episode 19
    
    Previously:
    At last, Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl, has shown herself!
    
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    At last you show yourself,
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl!
    
    Miss Annie
    Though that should be,
    "Kimberly," properly
    speaking.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Huh? You don't mean the same
    Kimberly who's in class with
    me, do you?
    
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl
    No! How could you know who I
    really am?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Is it really Kimberly, Miss
    Annie? How did you figure
    out that Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl, was really Kimberly?
    
    
    
    Episode 20
    
    Previously:
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl, is
    actually Kimberly?
    
    
    Miss Annie
    I knew it as soon as I heard
    voice! And that mask can't
    hide that hair. No one else
    in school is both so short
    and dyes her hair orange. It
    had to be you, Kimberly.
    
    Kimberly
    Ha ha ha ha ha! Well done,
    Miss Annie. I congratulate
    you on seeing through my
    disguise. I am still going
    to take that leftover school
    lunch roll, however.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    You may find that easier
    said than done. There's a
    trap for Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl, in this desk.
    
    Miss Annie
    When did you have a chance
    to do that?
    
    
    
    Episode 21
    
    Previously
    Sally, Girl Detective, has
    set a trap for Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl.
    
    
    Kimberly
    Ha ha ha ha ha! Were you
    referring to this, by any
    chance?
    
    Miss Annie
    A bag with school lunch
    roll in it...?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    No way... When did you...?
    
    Kimberly
    I found it on the chair when
    I came to check the scene
    for this evening's theft,
    and so gladly took it.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I was so certain that if I
    left another one out, you
    wouldn't know which one was
    mine...
    
    Miss Annie
    I don't think it would
    matter, though, because
    either one would be
    "leftover school lunch
    roll..." Wait, why do you
    keep stealing leftover
    school lunch roll, and only
    Sally's, at that...?
    
    
    
    Episode 22
    
    Previously:
    Why is Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl, stealing only Sally's
    roll?
    
    
    Kimberly
    Ha ha ha ha ha! You mean,
    not even you understand,
    Miss Annie? All right, I'll
    tell you why, since you
    figured out who I really am.
    Come here, Doughboy.
    
    Doughboy
    Whine, whine!
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Oh, it's a puppy! How cute!
    
    Miss Annie
    I guess, though I'm not
    really very fond of dogs...
    So what's the dog got to do
    with it?
    
    Kimberly
    You see, I found him
    abandoned by the school
    gates on B Day of D Month.
    And I didn't have anything
    to feed him that day, so I
    thought of who might have
    something, and I remembered
    that Sally always leaves her
    school lunch roll in her
    desk, and...
    
    
    
    Episode 23
    
    Previously
    Doughboy is such a cute
    little puppy.
    
    
    Kimberly
    Lots of kids save their
    school lunch rolls. Only
    Sally leaves hers at school,
    however. So...
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    I get it now... So Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl, was born
    on that day...
    
    Miss Annie
    But why go to all the
    trouble of stealing it? We'd
    have helped you, if you'd
    only asked.
    
    Kimberly
    Well, you know... there was
    just something so cool about
    playing the phantom thief...
    But that's over now. I can't
    very well go on being Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl, now that
    you know who I really am and
    all that...
    
    
    
    Episode 24
    
    Previously:
    Today marks the end of Star
    Lily, Bandit Girl's wave of
    crime.
    
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    A-ha! Then this will be the
    first and last showdown
    between Star Lily, Bandit
    Girl, and Sally, Girl
    Detective, am I right?
    
    Miss Annie
    In that case, I'm most
    likely going to get in the
    way.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Oh no, please, stay and
    watch us!
    
    Kimberly
    Yes, I want you to see this
    too!
    
    Miss Annie
    All right. Give it all
    you've got, both of you.
    
    Kimberly
    Thank you. Now, shall we
    begin, Sally?
    
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    You bet!
    
    
    
    Episode 25
    
    Previously:
    Sally, Girl Detective, and
    Star Lily, Bandit Girl have
    had their Showdown.
    
    
    Miss Annie
    So I spoke with the
    principal, and he agrees
    that we can keep Doughboy in
    class with us. It's all been
    settled.
    
    Kimberly
    All right!
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    That's good!
    
    Kimberly
    Yeah. Thanks.
    
    Classmates
    Never mind that! What we
    want to know is, how did the
    showdown between Sally, Girl
    Detective, and Star Lily,
    Bandit Girl, turn out? Who
    won?
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Well, you see...
    
    Kimberly
    It's a secret.
    
    Sally, Girl Detective
    Uh-huh.
    
    ############################
    i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult)
    ############################
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Episode One: Back To School
     Time
    
     Don't miss it!
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
     Episode 1: Back To School
    
     Four classmates, named Red,
     Blue, Yellow and Green, are
     in the middle of homeroom
     class at school.
     (Of course, they're there
     with the rest of their
     class.)
     It's the day before their
     fall trip. The whole class
     is going to go hiking in the
     mountains.
     The teacher in charge of the
     trip has given everyone a
     handout listing all the
     stuff they'll need to take
     with them. The teacher is
     just about to give the class
     some important instructions
     for the trip.
    
     "Listen up, everyone!
     Here's what you need to know
     about our trip tomorrow".
    
     to be continued...
    
     Trailer:
     The teacher hasn't said
     what they'll do if it rains
     tomorrow.
     So, will they still go ahead
     if it's wet?
    
    
     Next episode
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines
     Bright
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
     Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines
     Bright
    
     "OK, This is what you have
     to do tomorrow. At 8 a.m.,
     everyone assembles in front
     of the school.
     Whatever you do, just don't
     be late.
     The stuff you need to bring
     is all written down on the
     handout I gave you, so make
     sure you read it, and don't
     forget anything.
     And another thing, the
     snack budget per person is
     300 yen, so don't go over
     that limit on any account,
     OK?
     Before we set off, I'll come
     round and check everyone's
     pack individually, and
     anyone who went over budget
     will have their snack
     confiscated on the spot!"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The snack budget for the
     trip is 300 yen a head.
     However, the burning
     question is: does that
     include fruit?
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 3: Showdown Time
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 3: Showdown Time
    
     "And another thing, the
     snack budget per person is
     300 yen, so don't go over
     that limit on any account,
     OK?
     By the way, if you bring
     fruit for dessert as part of
     your packed lunch, it isn't
     counted in your budget.
     But if you bring fruit for
     dessert, you have to eat it
     it with your lunch. If you
     eat it at any other time, it
     counts as part of your
     snack budget.  Of course, in
     that case, you'll go over
     budget and your snack will
     be confiscated.
     OK, those are all the
     instructions I have for you.
     Homeroom class is now
     dismissed!"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     On the way home, our four
     friends come up with some
     interesting ideas for making
     their snack budget go
     further. Find out what
     cunning plans they devise.
    
     Next time:
    
    
     Episode 4: Stretching A
     Point
    
     Don't miss it
    
    
     IMechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 4: Stretching A
     Point
    
     On the way home, Yellow
     turns to her three friends
     (Red, Blue and Green) and
     said "Hey, you guys!"
     "What?" they chorus.
     "About that snack budget
     for the trip. Think you can
     stay under 300 yen?"
     "Well, now that you mention
     it, I had an idea about
     that..."
     "Actually, so did I...."
     "Me too!"
     "Yeah? So what's everyone's
     idea?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
    
     Find out how the four pals
     plan to secure significant
     snackage and yet stay within
     the stingy budget of 300
     yen.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 5: Secret Plans
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 5: Secret Plans
    
     "Huh? Everyone's thought of
     a way to get over?"
     "Well, I thought I'd..."
     "Stop right there!"
     Just as Red is about to
     reveal his idea, Yellow
     stops him short.
     "If we've all thought of an
     idea, how about we keep our
     ideas secret until the trip
     tomorrow?"
     "Well, yeah, I've kind of
     thought up a plan."
     "Yeah, I'm OK with keeping
     it secret for now."
     Me too!"
     "OK, that's what we'll
     do!"
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The morning of the trip.
     It's nearly time to
     assemble by the school gate,
     but Red is nowhere to be
     seen. Will he make it in
     time?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 6: The Fateful
     Morning
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 6: The Fateful
     Morning
    
     7 a.m. on the day of the
     trip.
     RRRRRRRRRINNGGG.............
     Snore, sigh.................
     zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz............
     Red sleeps on, blissfully
     undisturbed by the ringing
     of his alarm clock.
     Now the clock shows 7.30.
     RRRRRINGGG...silence.
     The bell stops ringing.
     Red, who has failed to wake
     up although the clock has
     been ringing all this time,
     slumbers on, and on....
     zzzzzzzzzzzzzzz.............
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     7.30 a.m. Yellow arrives at
     the school gate, and has her
     pack inspected. Has she
     stayed within the snack
     budget of 300 yen?
    
    
     Next time
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 7: Secret Plans
     Activated!
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
     Episode 7: Secret Plans
     Activated!
    
     It's 7.30 a.m.
     Yellow arrives at the school
     gate, and greets the
     teacher.
     Good morning, Ma'am!
     Good morning Yellow! You're
     good and early!
     Did you stick to the 300 yen
     snack budget? Let's take a
     look at your pack. Dear me,
     It's bulging out all over!
     You've surely got to be over
     budget here!"
     "Hngh..How about these?"
     Asks a smirking Yellow,
     suppressing a snigger.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Yellow reaches into her
     snack pack and pulls out ...
     Well, the contents of
     Yellow's snack pack will be
     revealed next time.
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 8: The Truth is
     Revealed
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 8: The Truth is
     Revealed
    
     When the smirking Yellow
     opens her snack pack, a huge
     pile of cookies is revealed.
     "I made them myself", she
     explains. "So they only
     cost me the price of the
     ingredients. And I got my
     Mom to buy them for me at
     the supermarket where she
     works, and she gets a 30%
     staff discount there, so I
     could make 30% more cookies
     for the same price."
     "Well, it never occurred to
     me that anyone would go to
     all that trouble.." replies
     teacher, flabbergasted. "I
     might have known that if
     anyone were to get round the
     rules, it would be you,
     Yellow.... Oh, look, here
     comes Blue.  Good morning!"
     to be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Blue has also brought a
     bulging snack pack. Just how
     has he managed to work the
     system?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2
     is Activated
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2
     is Activated
    
     "Good morning, Ma'am! Hi,
     Yellow!"
     "Good morning, Blue. I see
     your snack pack is also
     bulging suspiciously! Are
     you sure you haven't gone
     over the 300 yen budget?"
     No, Ma'am."
     Blue opens his snack pack to
     reveal the contents...
     "Everything in here is a
     a free sample, so I haven't
     gone over budget. In fact I
     didn't pay a single yen"
     "Well! You've got round the
     rules this time.  Fancy
     doing that..."
     Sighs the stunned teacher.
    
     To be continued.
    
    
     Trailer:
     Meanwhile, Red is still in
     Dreamland. Will he manage to
     make it to the school gate
     on time after all?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 10: A Rude Awakening
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 10: A Rude
     Awakening
    
     7.42 a.m. at Red's house.
     "Mmmmm....nngg...Yaaawn"
     Red finally wakes up.
     "Hmmmn, I get the feeling
     I've slept longer than usual
     today", he mumbles. Then,
     glancing at the clock:
     Huh? Is it that time
     already? I'll be late!  Oh,
     No!"
     Even running at top speed,
     it takes 15 minutes to get
     from Red's house to the
     school gate, so unless he
     gets changed right now and
     sets off immediately, he'll
     definitely be late. And of
     course, breakfast is totally
     out of the question.
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     It's 7.45 a.m. Green shows
     up at the school gate. His
     showdown with the teacher is
     just about to begin.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3
     is Activated
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3
     is Activated
    
     It's 7.45 a.m, in front of
     of the school gate.  Green
     shows up.
     "Mornin', all!"
     "Good morning, Green! Well,
     there's no time to waste.
     Let's take a look..."
     So saying, the teacher makes
     to inspect Green's snack
     pack.
     "Well, surprise surprise.
     Your snack pack is full to
     bursting too.  What trick
     have you pulled, I wonder?"
     "Actually it's full of wild
     berries and mushrooms and
     stuff I picked yesterday in
     the mountains."
     "Oh, is that so?"
     What with all these
     surprises, the teacher is
     starting to look worn out
     before the trip has even
     begun.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Red dashes towards the
     assembly point. However,
     Lady Luck does not seem to
     be smiling on him today.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 12: Like A Bat Out
     Of Hell
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 12: Like A Bat Out
     Of Hell
    
     Red's house. It takes him
     3 minutes to get dressed
     and get out of the house,
     which means he leaves home
     at 7.45 a.m.. At this rate,
     he should just make it on
     time (although he won't have
     time to stop, except at
     traffic lights. As if to
     spite him, the traffic
     lights at the road he has to
     cross are now flashing.
     "Darn, it's no good
     crossing at street level",
     he thinks, and heads for the
     footbridge.  This means he
     loses 15 seconds.  If he
     carries on crossing roads
     this way, he's bound to be
     late!
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     8 a.m.. It's crunch time!
     But there's still no sign
     of Red at the school gate.
     It doesn't look as if he's
     going to make it...
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 13: Cutting It Fine
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
     Episode 13: Cutting It Fine
    
    
     8 a.m., in front of the
     school gate.
     "Red's late. I wonder what
     the problem is?", says
     Yellow to Blue and Green,
     but at that very moment,
     Red runs up to the gate,
     sweating profusely, and
     yells, "Sorry about that,
     everyone!"
     "What happened?"
     "You're real late!"
     "I guess you woke up at
     7.43 and you were going to
     be late so you rushed out of
     the house without any
     breakfast, and you would
     have just made it, but the
     lights were against you so,
     you had to go over the
     footbridge and that's why
     you're 15 seconds late..."
     "How did you guess?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The next showdown with the
     teacher is the best yet.
     Find out what strategy Red
     employs to maximize his
     snacking.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 14: The Final
     Showdown
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 14: The Final
     Showdown
    
     8 a.m, and the teacher walks
     up to Red, who has just
     arrived slightly late at the
     school gate.
     "Red.  You're late."
     "Sorry, Ma'am.
     Actually..."
     "Don't bother to explain.
     Let's get your snack pack
     inspected. Let's hope you're
     not another of these jokers
     who brought way too much.
     No, that seems to be OK.
     Well, everything else seems
     to be in order, and we're
     all present and correct. OK,
     let's get going."
     "Yes, Ma'am", choruses the
     class.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Red has kept within the
     snack budget of 300 yen.
     So what happened to the
     secret plan he talked about
     yesterday?
    
    
     Next time:
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
    
     Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4
     is Activated
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4
     is Activated
    
     "Hey, Red!", says Yellow,
     as soon as they're on their
     way.
     "What?"
     What did you do about the
     snack thing? Didn't you say
     yesterday you had an idea?"
     "Oh, that?"
     "Tell me too!" "And me!"
     pipe up Green and Blue.
     "You want to know about
     that.  Well, OK, I'll tell
     you. Actually...."
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Red's secret plan is
     revealed in full -- and what
     happens when the teacher
     hears about it...
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 16: Foiled!
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 16: Foiled!
    
     "Actually...", says Red,
     and takes his purse out of
     his pocket. "You see this
     purse?"
     What about it?"
     I'm going to go into a store
     and use it to buy more
     snacks!"
     "Ahh!" chorus the other 3.
     "Oh no, you're not!" comes
     the teacher's voice from
     behind them.
     "Why not, Ma'am? When you
     gave us instructions
     yesterday, you didn't say
     anything about not bringing
     money with us."
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The careless conspirators
     have has been overheard
     by the teacher!
     Will Red's secret plan have
     to be aborted?"
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 17: Blue Skies, No
     Candy
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 17: Blue Skies,
     No Candy
    
     When Red asks the teacher
     Why not?", she replies:
     "I'm not saying it's wrong.
     There's nothing wrong with
     idea itself. But out in the
     mountains, you won't find a
     single shop selling anything
     like sweets or cakes, and
     they don't have any
     convenience stores out
     there. So I'm not saying you
     mustn't buy snacks when we
     get there, I'm saying you
     won't be able to."
     "Wow, I never thought..."
     "Ma'am, is that true?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Now that he can't buy any
     extra snacks, Red will have
     to stave off starvation with
     what he bought for under 300
     yen.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 18: Despair
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 18: Despair
    
     "Ma'am, is that true?"
     "Unfortunately, it is....
     Although, considering the
     ingenious ruses the other
     children thought up to bring
     more than their fair share
     of snacks, I don't think
     your idea was so bad in
     itself..."
     (Red makes no reply.)
     "But you'd better accept
     that you've been unlucky
     this time, and just make do
     with the 300 yen worth of
     snacks in your pack."
     "Darn!", mutters Red.
     "Not a single store from
     here on. Why didn't I think
     of that?"
     To be continued
    
    
     Trailer:
     Will Yellow and the others
     share their snacks with Red
     and save him from complete
     starvation?
    
    
     Next Time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 19: What Friends Are
     For
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 19: What Friends Are
     For
    
     "Don't worry, Red. We'll
     share our snacks with you.
     There's plenty to go
     round, after all", says
     Yellow.
     That's not what's bothering
     me", replies Red. "I just
     really hate it when the
     teacher gets the better of
     me."
     "All she did was tell you
     there wouldn't be a single
     store on the way. She didn't
     get the better of you, Red.
     "No, I think you were wrong
     to think of it as a showdown
     with the teacher in the
     first place", Green
     consoles him.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Following his defeat at the
     hands of the teacher, Red's
     3 friends eventually
     persuade him to let it go,
     and move on.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 20: A New Journey
     Begins.
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
     Episode 20: A New Journey
     Begins
    
     "No, I think you were wrong
     to think of it as a showdown
     with the teacher" in the
     first place," Green
     consoles him.
     "Yeah, I guess that's
     true", adds Yellow.
     But Red doesn't seem to be
     listening.
     "It doesn't matter whether
     it was bad luck or bad
     planning. There won't be any
     stores, so I won't be able
     to buy extra snacks. So my
     plan failed. And you're
     telling me this wasn't a
     showdown?" "Sure! The plan
     was to get hold of plenty of
      chow, was all!
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Red gets over his annoyance
     and reverts to his cheerful
     self. As he devours the
     snacks his friends give him,
     little does he know about
     the fearsome enemy he will
     soon face.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 21: Where Fate
     Awaits
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 21: Where Fate
     Awaits
    
     "I guess you're right...
     I got too hung up on my
     secret plan. So now that we
     cleared that up, how about
     some chow?
     "Sure! Hmm, how about
     these. Here you go!", says
     Yellow. "Thanks!"
     (chomp...) "Hey, these are
     good.." "Of course they're
     good! I made them!"
     "Yeah, of course."
     At that moment, the teacher
     speaks up: "OK, everyone,
     this is where we get off!"
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The gang has finally arrived
     at the mountain where
     they'll be hiking. Little do
     they know about the ordeal
     that lies in store for them.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 22: An Army Marches
     on its Stomach
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 22: An Army Marches
     on its Stomach
    
     "OK, everyone", calls the
     teacher. "This is where we
     get off!"
     "This is where we get
     down to business!"
     "I guess we do."
     "It's what we've been
     waiting for."
     "Absolutely!"
     "Today we're going to climb
     all the way to the top of
     this mountain. So let's be
     on our way!", says the
     teacher, leading the way.
     "Is everybody ready?"
     "Uh-HUH!"
     Yes, Ma'am!"
     Yeah!"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Everyone follows the teacher
     towards the mountain top.
     However, before they get
     there, Red gets worn out.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 23: Hungry Hero
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 23: Hungry Hero
    
     "Gee, I'm totally
     exhausted!" sighs Red.
     "It's tough going, for
     sure.  Hey Red, could you
     use one of these?", says
     Blue, taking a snack from
     his pack and offering it
     to his friend.
     "Thanks!" (munch, munch)
     "Aaagh! It's hot! Much too
     hot! What is it, anyway?"
     "It's a super-hot chilli
     bun. They boost your energy.
     Can't you feel it working?"
     "Huh? If anything, it's
     making me feel even more
     exhausted, and my mouth
     feels like it's coated with
     chilli pepper. Have you got
     anything else?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Does the super-hot chilli
     bun have any effect on Red's
     flagging energy level?
     At any rate, his next snack
     certainly gets him going.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 24: Energy Rush
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 24: Energy Rush
    
     "OK, try this", says
     Green, taking a snack from
     his pack and passing it to
     Red. "Thanks!" (chew,
     chew) "Mmm! Hey! It's like
     my strength is flooding
     back! What IS this?"
     "I don't know what it's
     called, but it's a kind of
     mushroom that gives you a
     real energy hit. The only
     drawback is, it has a side-
     effect. It makes you kind of
     crazy and out of control."
     "Wow, I'm definitely
     starting to feel kind of
     wild...
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Eating the mystery mushrooms
     makes Red go berserk. Can
     anything be done to stop
     him?
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 25: Running Wild
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 25: Running Wild
    
     "Yah! Take that!"
     After eating the mystery
     mushrooms, Red runs wild,
     kicking and punching rocks
     and trees at random.
     "He's been like this for
     10 minutes now. Is he going
     to do himself some damage?"
     "I'm sure he'll be OK. I
     tried one of those
     mushrooms myself yesterday
     when no-one was around,
     and I went crazy for about
     10 minutes, and then I went
     completely back to normal."
     Crrackk!
     "Oh man, he's snapped that
     tree-trunk over there! Is
     he REALLY going to be OK?"
     "Yeah, he'll be just fine..
     probably."
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Finally, Red's crazy spell
     seems to have ended, and he
     comes to a standstill. But
     when the other three get
     near him, events suddenly
     take a dramatic turn.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 26: Let Sleeping
     Gods Lie
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 26: Let Sleeping
     Gods Lie
    
     "Yeah, he'll be just
     fine... probably."
     As Green is speaking, Red
     falls still.
     "Hey, he seems to have
     stopped moving!"
     Behind a snapped-off tree-
     trunk, Red stands as still
     as a statue. His friends run
     up, calling out to him.
     Are you OK?"
     "I'm exhausted from all
     that craziness..", Red
     tries reply, but at that
     very instant, a terrible
     rumbling rends the air.
     "Waaah!"
     "Aaargh! What's
     happening?" "The ground's
     moving!" "Is it an
     earthquake?"
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The sudden earthquake takes
     the 4 friends by surprise.
     However, this is just the
     beginning of a new ordeal...
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 27: Groundswell
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 27: Groundswell
    
     Our 4 friends are reeling
     from the sudden tremor.
     However, this was no
     earthquake.
     "What`s that?" yells
     Yellow, pointing. Everyone
     looks round, to see the
     ground swelling up in front
     of them.
     "Is that something trying
     to push its way out of the
     ground?"
     "Or is the soil kind of
     clumping together to form
     some kind of something?
     Another mighty rumble fills
     the air, and the
     "something" reveals itself
     to be a giant figure, about
     12 meters tall.
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The earth giant suddenly
     turns on the 4 friends. The
     time has come for Ultror to
     re-awaken!
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 28: The Tough Get
     Going
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 28: The Tough Get
     Going
    
     "It looks like it's turned
     into a giant..."
     "Yeah...What the hell is
     it? Oh no! It's heading
     right at us!"
     The earth giant lunges at
     the 4 pals.
     "This is serious! We can't
     fight something that size
     without the Ultror robots."
     "You're right. OK,
     everybody, let's summon
     them! "Ultror Robots, come
     to our aid!", they shout in
     chorus.
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The Ultror Robots rush to
     the scene, and as soon as
     they are on the ground, the
     4 friends lose no time in
     taking up their stations.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 29: Help Flies In
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     close to the screen.
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 29: Help Flies In
    
     "Ultror Robots, come to our
     aid!"
     (The Ultror Robots theme
     tune plays)
    
     With a swooshing sound, the
     red, blue, yellow and green
     robots descend from the sky
     and land on the ground.
     In a trice, each of the 4
     kids mounts their own robot.
     "Here we go! And now it's
     time to merge!"
     "Go, go go!"
     chorus the other 3.
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The 4 heroes merge their
     robots to form Invincible
     Ultror!
     Now the battle with the
     earth giant begins.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 30: Megamerge!
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 30: Megamerge<bh:81>I
    
     "OK, everybody merge!"
     "Go!" chorus the other 3.
     Robots 1 to 3 start to
     divide and morph.
     Robot 1 forms the head and
     torso.
     Robot 2 forms the arms.
     Robot 3 forms the legs.
     "Megamerge! Ultror!"
     Robot 4 then divides and
     morphs to reinforce Ultror's
     head, legs and arms.
     Clank, clank, whirr, buzz.
     (A shorter version of the
     Invincible Ultror Merge
     theme tune plays.)
     "Megamerge!
     Invincible Ultror!"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Using the Invincible Ultror
     Blade, Ultror attacks the
     earth giant, completely
     bisecting him!.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 31: Mightier Than
     The Sword
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 31: Mightier Than
     The Sword
    
     "OK, we'll do this with one
     stroke!"
     Ultror's left arm is raised
     with the yell "Invincible
     Ultror Blade!"
     As if in reply, a nimbus of
     light gathers round the
     robot's raised left hand,
     which morphs into a sword.
     "En garde! Take that!
     Witness the Invincible
     Ultror Slash!"
     Thwock!"
     The robot slices the earth
     giant clean in two.
     "Got him!....
     Huh? What's this?"
     Despite the fact that he has
     just been neatly sliced,
     the earth giant reassembles
     himself into his previous
     form.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The 4 heroes are being
     chased by a huge earth
     giant! The Invincible Ultror
     Slash has no effect! How
     will they get out of this
     one?
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 32: Soon To Be
     History?
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 32: Soon To Be
     History?
    
     "It's completely
     reformed!" "It's no use
     cutting it!" "So what do
     we do?"
     "I have no idea...Aaagh!"
     Whump! Clomp! Thump!
     The earth giant, now as good
     as new, starts punching the
     Invincible Ultror.
     "It's attacking too fast
     for us!"
     "We can't fight back, or
     even defend ourselves!"
     "At this rate, we'll soon
     be toast!"
     "Oh no! What can we do?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The Invincible Ultror is up
     against the earth giant, and
     there seems to be no way to
     counterattack.
     Does this spell defeat for
     our 4 friends?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 33: Overpowered
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 33: Overpowered
    
     Meanwhile, the earth giant
     keeps right on attacking.
     Thump! Clang! Pow!
     "We've got our work cut out
     just staying upright.
     Hasn't it got any weak
     points?"
     "It's made of earth,
     so how about pouring water
     over it?"
     "I don't know if that
     would work against an earth
     giant, but it's no good
     anyway."
     "Why not?"
     "There's no sign of a river
     or a lake round here, and
     even if there was one, I
     don't think we can get
     away from this thing."
     "And it's not likely to
     rain today -- they picked
     this day for the trip
     because the forecast was so
     good..."
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Does the earth giant really
     have no weaknesses? And is
     the Invincible Ultror really
     destined for defeat?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 34: Dire Straits
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 34: Dire Straits
    
     The attack continues
     relentlessly.
     Keranng! Thwock!
     The earth giant grabs the
     robot's neck, and lifts him
     off the ground
     "Guh!" groans Red.
     (Viewers please note: The
     4 heroes do not feel the
     sensations of the Invincible
     Ultror, so Red is not
     actually in pain. The robot
     does not suffer any serious
     damage: it just gets shaken
     about a bit. In case you
     were worried.)
     "I guess this is what you
     call being in dire
     straits..."
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The Invincible Ultror is
     certainly in dire straits.
     Just when things seem to be
     as bad as they can get, the
     gang hears a mysterious
     voice.
    
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 35: The Giant Speaks
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 35: The Giant Speaks
    
     "I guess this is what you
     call being in dire
     straits."
     "What are we going to do?"
     "If we don't do something
     soon, we're totally
     history!"
     "Isn't there some way we
     can bring him down?"
     At that moment, an
     unfamiliar voice says:
      "...Tu-reee-z..."
     "Who said that?
     "You heard it too?" chorus
     the other 3.
     "So we all heard it?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The mysterious voice seems
     to belong to the earth
     giant. What can this mean?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 36: Dark Deity
     of Destruction
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 36: Dark Deity
     of Destruction
    
     "So, we all heard that?"
     "Uh-HUH"
     "But who said it?"
     "I think it came from the
     giant."
     "Wow...! Well, it didn't
     say 'I can't talk', so I
     guess I shouldn't be so
     suprised at its ability to
     speak." "It sounded kind
     of strange..."
     "Never mind all that! Did
     we all hear what it said?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Why has the earth giant
     appeared? And why did it
     attack the Invincible
     Ultror?
     Will these mysteries be
     demystified?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 37: Getting The
     Message
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 37: Getting The
     Message
    
     "Did we all hear what it
     was that the giant said?"
     "It sounded to me like it
     said 'Tur-eez'".
     "That's what it sounded
     like to me too."
     "And me."
     "So we all think it said
     'Tur-eez'?"
     "Hmm, I wonder what it
     means by that?"
     (....lost in thought....)
     (Viewers will note that
     during this interlude, the
     earth giant continues
     trying to strangle the
     Invincible Ultror.)
     "Eureka! I've got it!"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Has Red guessed correctly?
     And does he also work out
     How to attack the earth
     giant?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 38: Could This Be
     Love?
     Race
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 38: Could This be
     Love?
    
     "Eureka! I've got it!"
     Yells Red suddenly.
     "Maybe the earth giant
     is looking for someone
     called Teresa, who came
     to the mountain on a picnic
     or whatever, and the earth
     giant fell in love with her
     at first sight. Ever since
     then he's been pouncing on
     people who come here, to
     see if they're Teresa."
     "No, I think you're
     wrong, replies Yellow,
     promptly.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     So Red has guessed wrong!
     And he hasn't found a way to
     attack the earth giant!
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 39: Guess Again
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 39: Guess Again
    
     "Why do you think I'm
     wrong, Yellow?"
     "Well, for a start, if he
     fell in love at first
     sight, how would he know her
     name?"
     "He might have heard her
     friend call her by her
     name, or he might have
     found it out later or
     something..."
     "That's possible, I guess.
     But why does he attack
     people? If you love
     someone, you don't go round
     trying to attack them."
     "Ah! Right..."
     "And then, whichever way
     you look at it,
     Invincible Ultror isn't
     a person."
     "Well, maybe the giant's
     eyesight isn't so good..."
     "That's a possibility, but
     even so, Ultror is far too
     big to be mistaken for a
     human being."
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     So, just what is the earth
     giant trying to do? The
     mystery deepens....
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 40: Brainstorming
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 40: Brainstorming
    
     "There's another thing",
     Blue joins in.
     (Viewers will note that,
     as we've mentioned before,
     the earth giant meanwhile
     continues his attempt to
     strangle the Invincible
     Ultror.)
     "If he keeps attacking
     people who come to this
     mountain, we should have
     seen it on the news, and
     stuff. I've never seen any
     reports like that, so he
     probably hasn't done this
     before." "Mmmn, I've never
     heard anything either. Well,
      what on earth is he trying
     to do?"
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     At that moment, the giant
     speaks again. Is the mystery
     finally about to be solved?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 41: Making Sense
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 41: Making Sense
    
     At that moment, the strange
     voice is heard again!
     "..TUR-EEEZ-A-LOOHHHN..."
     "There it is again!"
     "Ah! Her full name must be
     'Teresa Long'!"
     "Didn't I just tell you
     it couldn't be a person's
     name?"
     "Oh, yes, sorry..."
     "I've got it!"
     "Huh? What?"
     "I've worked out what the
     earth giant is trying to
     tell us!"
     "Huh? You have?"
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Has Yellow's answer to the
     riddle got anything to do
     with someone called
     Teresa Long?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 42: Truth Dawns
     at Last
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 42: Truth Dawns at
     Last
    
     "OK, Yellow, spill the
     beans".
     "OK. The earth giant is
     probably trying to punish
     Red."
     "Huh? Why?"
     "A while ago, Red had that
     crazy spell and started
     snapping off tree-trunks...
     so maybe the voice was
     saying 'Leave the trees
     alone'?"
     "Ah, yes!"
     "So it was my fault the
     earth giant appeared?",
     wonders Red.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     If Yellow is right, Red is
     the guilty party. In that
     case, should they even try
     to defeat the earth giant?
     (assuming they could...)
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 43: Doing the Right
     Thing
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 43: Doing the Right
     Thing
     "So I guess I was in the
     wrong", says Red,
     sheepishly.
     "I wish I'd never given you
     those mystery mushrooms in
     the first place..."
     "I wish I'd given you
     something to boost your
     energy, instead of that
     super-hot chilli bun."
     "I wish I'd given you more
     cookies..."
     When everyone has done with
     the self-reproach, someone
     makes a constructive
     suggestion.
     "Why don't we apologise to
     the earth giant, and then
     maybe he'll forgive us?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The 4 friends decide to
     apologize to the earth giant
     anyway. But will he really
     forgive them?
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 44: A Wind Of Change
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 44: A Wind Of Change
    
     "Let's all apologize!"
     "OK!" chorus the other 3.
     "All together now"
     "We're sorry we knocked
     down those trees!", they
     shout in unison.
     As they do so, the earth
     giant slowly relaxes his
     grip on Ultror's neck,
     and his earthen body starts
     to crumble and collapse
     back into the ground. In
     a few moments, everything
     looks just the way it did
     before the earth giant
     appeared.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The earth giant has turned
     back into ordinary earth.
     But the problem isn't
     completely solved yet!
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 45: Atonement
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 45: Atonement
    
     "He's gone...isn't he?"
     When the earth giant merges
     back into the ground, the
     4 heroes breathe a sigh of
     relief.
     The giant's gone, but what
     am I going to do about
     the trees I knocked down
     while I was in crazy
     mode?", asks Red.
     "Mmm. How about repairing
     them?"
     "But how?"
     "Well, how about putting
     the broken trunks back on
     the stumps, and bandaging
     them up with splints, like
     broken bones?"
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     Red tries to repair the
     broken trees single-handed.
     However, his friends are
     determined not to be left
     out.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 46: True Friends
    
     Don't miss it!
    
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 46: True Friends
    
     "But I haven't got any
     bandages or splints."
     "I've got some with me."
     "How come you brought
     splints and bandages?"
     "That's a secret..."
     "It is? Well, anyway, can
     I borrow them?"
     "No! This is a job for all
     of us, not just you, Red!"
     "I guess so... Well, you
     guys, will you give me a
     hand?"
     "Of course we will!" they
     all reply.
    
     To be continued...
    
    
     Trailer:
     The 4 heroes apologize to
     each of the trees Red broke.
     They all resolve never to do
     anything like that again.
    
    
     Next time:
    
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
    
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Episode 47: The Heroes Take
     A Break
    
     Don't miss it!
     Mechabot Ultror Fights Again
     THE AUTUMN BREEZE
    
    
     Reminder: When you're
     watching TV, keep the room
     well lit, and don't sit too
     close to the screen.
    
    
     Episode 47: The Heroes Take
     a Break
    
     "There, that should do
     The last of the broken trees
     is firmly bandaged up.
     "We're really, really
     sorry", they bow to the
     trees.
     "It's a shame we never got
     to do anything with
     Invincible Ultror this time.
     "Well, it's only fair. We
     were in the wrong...
     "That's true."
     "But we apologized
     properly, right?"
     "We did. And we can still
     enjoy the rest of this
     day out."
     "OK, let's be on our way."
     "Yes, let's go" chorus the
     others.
    
     After that, Red, Blue,
     Yellow and Green scarf the
     rest of the snacks, and
     arrive at the mountain top
     feeling refreshed and
     cheerful. At lunchtime, they
     happily devour their packed
     lunches, and enjoy the
     rest of the day to the full.
    
    
    Thanks for watching!
    
    #################################
    j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy)
    #################################
    
    File 3
    The Girl Who Reads Books
    
    
    She always stands in the
    same car of the same train,
    at the same time of day,
    with her back against the
    doors. When the train starts
    up, she puts her briefcase
    down, between her feet, and
    takes out a pocket book,
    with its cover neatly in
    place. She seems to use
    dead leaves for bookmarks,
    for she turns to a page
    where just such a left is
    pressed, and goes on
    reading.
    
    When we get to the next
    station, the train stops,
    and she totters slightly as
    the doors against which she
    was leaning open, causing
    the leaf to fall gently from
    her book. She hurries to try
    to catch it, but misses, and
    and it falls to the floor.
    So she picks it up, dusts it
    off, puts it back in the
    back of her book, and
    continues reading.
    
    We were approaching her
    station. She took the leaf
    from the back of her book,
    stuck it at the point where
    she was leaving off, and
    closed the book. Then she
    put it in her briefcase,
    which she slung over her
    shoulder as she turned to
    face the doors. When the
    train stopped and the doors
    opened, she got off.
    
    
    
    
    File 15
    The Two Girls
    
    
    She always stands in the
    same car of the same train,
    at the same time of day, in
    the same spot, waiting for
    the next stop, her eyes
    squeezed shut, because the
    next stop is the one where
    her friend gets on.
    
    When the train stops, she
    slowly opens her eyes and
    turns to look at the doors.
    She smiles, because she can
    see her friend standing on
    the other side. The doors
    open, and her friend runs
    over to where she is
    standing. They give each
    other a great big hug, then
    promptly start talking. They
    seem to be talking about the
    final exams that are coming
    up, starting next week.
    
    The station where they get
    off is coming up. Now they
    suddenly seem to have
    switched from talking about
    tests to badmouthing a
    certain teacher they don't
    like. The train has stopped,
    however, and as the doors
    open, they get off, holding
    hands.
    
    
    
    
    File 26
    The Girl Who Looks Outside
    
    
    She always sits alone in the
    same place, on the same
    train, at the same time. She
    keeps her face turned to the
    window, looking at nothing
    but the passing view. I
    don't know what her face
    looks like, as a result.
    Though when the train goes
    through a tunnel, I can see
    the reflection of her face
    in the glass, I still don't
    really know just what she
    looks like...
    
    When the train stops at the
    next station, it shakes her
    up, just a little. A new
    passenger is sitting down
    next to her. She turns to
    this person for just an
    instant before promptly
    looking back out the window.
    
    Aside from that, she keeps
    staring out the window, just
    as she always does.
    
    As we approach her station,
    she gets up before we reach
    the platform and walks to
    the doors, again, as she
    always does. Once there, she
    again stares out the window,
    of course, not moving at
    all, until the train stops
    and the doors open, she gets
    off.
    
    
    
    
    File 30
    The Sleeping Girl
    
    
    She always sits alone,
    asleep, in the same place on
    the same train, everyday.
    She moves in time to the
    shaking of the train. When
    it moves side to side, her
    body moves side to side as
    well, and her head hits the
    window, good and hard,
    enough to wake even her.
    She rubs the bump on her
    head, cowering. It must
    really have hurt, for she is
    shaking all over, and her
    eyes are welling with tears.
    After a bit, the pain seems
    to be easing, for she shifts
    in place, closes her eyes,
    and tries to go back to
    sleep.
    
    The train stops at the next
    station, whereupon she opens
    her eyes slightly, only to
    close them and go back to
    sleep once she sees it isn't
    her stop.
    
    A bit further on, the train
    approached her stop. She
    showed no sign of waking up
    yet, however.
    
    
    
    
    File 31
    The Girl Awakens
    
    
    She always sits alone,
    asleep, in the same place on
    the same train, everyday.
    The train stopped at her
    station, but she still shows
    no sign of waking up.
    
    Even after the doors closed
    and the train left the
    station, she slept on...
    
    A little later, she woke up.
    After a bit, she realized
    where she was, and looked
    around in a panic. Then she
    struck her forehead with the
    palm, as if to say, oh no, I
    did it again. Then she got
    up and walked over to the
    doors, where she waited for
    the train to reach the next
    station.
    
    Once there, she promptly got
    off and ran to the opposite<bh:82><bh:c9>
    platform, there to wait for
    the train. It did not look
    as though there would be a
    train anytime soon, however.
    
    
    
    
    File 47
    The Girl Who Eats on the
    Train
    
    
    She always sits alone, in
    the same place, on the same
    train, everyday. And she is
    always eating something
    while on the train, too.
    Maybe she's always waking up
    without enough time to enjoy
    a leisurely breakfast at
    home. Whatever the case,
    today she's having an egg
    salad sandwich and 100%
    apple juice. She puts the
    sandwich container on her
    lap, holding the sandwich in
    her left hand, and the apple
    juice in her right. She eats
    one piece of her sandwich at
    a time, taking a swallow of
    her apple juice after each
    piece. Then she picks up the
    next piece of the sandwich,
    and starts on that.
    
    When she has finished it
    all, she crushes the juice
    box, and sticks it in the
    sandwich pack. Then she
    picks up these packages and
    her briefcase, and stands
    up. Just then, the train
    reaches her stop, and the
    doors open. As soon as she
    gets off, she puts her trash
    in the nearby trash can, and
    heads down the stairs.
    
    
    
    
    File 51
    The Girl Who Stumbles
    
    
    We stop at the station for
    about a minute. The train
    will be pulling out any time
    now. She'll be coming to the
    platform right then, too. I
    wonder if she'll make it
    this time.
    
    There's the signal. The
    train is about to leave the
    station. Just then, I hear
    the sound of feet running up
    the stairs. Is it her? Yes,
    it is: just as she reaches
    the top of the stairs, she
    trips and falls, apparently
    banging her knee on the
    platform. She rubs it and
    tries to get up, just in
    time to see the doors close.
    The apparent shock of seeing
    the doors close right before
    her eyes seems to have made
    her pain, as she stands up
    again. The train is already
    underway, however, and she
    won't be catching it. I
    wonder whether she'll be
    like this every day, just
    like today: stuck there,
    waiting for the next train.
    
    
    
    
    File 67
    The Girl Who Bumps Into
    Things
    
    
    She always sits alone, in
    the same place, on the same
    train, everyday. Her
    briefcase is at her feet,
    and she holds tightly to
    what looks like a racquet
    case, maybe for tennis or
    something.
    
    We stop at a station and
    people get on. One of these
    people jostles the carrying
    case that she is holding. It
    is pretty big, and sticks
    out into the aisle. She
    promptly gets to her feet
    and apologizes, bowing her
    head, though the person she
    bumped doesn't appear to
    take much notice. While all
    of this is going on, the
    doors close and the train
    takes off. Her awkward pose,
    head bowed, causes her to
    pitch forward, bumping into
    the very person to whom she
    was apologizing, causing her
    to turn bright red and
    apologize even more
    fiercely. He did not seem to
    be overly concerned by this
    either, however, and simply
    sat down next to her.
    
    
    
    
    File 68
    The Girl Who Apologizes
    
    
    She always sits alone, in
    the same place, on the same
    train, everyday. Her
    briefcase is at her feet,
    and she holds tightly to
    what looks like a racquet
    case, maybe for tennis or
    something.
    
    Her stop is approaching, and
    she gets up to get ready to
    get off the train. As she
    does so, her carrying case
    hits the man sitting next to
    her, in the face. She
    promptly apologizes, bowing
    her head, though he does not
    appear terribly concerned.
    Meanwhile, the train stops.
    Her unnatural stance causes
    her to stumble and bump into
    the very man to whom she is
    already apologizing. She
    turns a bright red and
    apologizes even more
    fiercely. The man says
    something to her, which I
    imagine must be along the
    lines of, hurry up and go
    before the doors close. She
    keeps on apologizing, even
    as she gets off the train.
    She stops outside and
    apologizes some more. She
    continues apologizing even
    as the doors close, and the
    train takes off.
    
    
    
    
    File 80
    The Girl Who Stares
    
    
    She always sits alone, in
    the same place, on the same
    train, everyday. And she
    always stares at a single
    point: a certain person,
    sitting in the next car...
    
    She doesn't say anything or
    approach this person. She
    just stares.
    
    Sometimes, the person in the
    next car turns to look her
    way, whereupon she promptly
    turns her gaze the other
    way. As soon as that person
    looks away, however, she
    starts staring again. Why?
    And why isn't she watching
    from inside the same car,
    for that matter?
    
    In time, we get to her
    station. She gets off, not
    without some sense of
    regret, still staring at
    that same person. Even after
    she gets off the train, and
    the doors have closed, and
    the train pulls away, she
    still keeps staring
    
    ###############
    ii) Town House
    ###############
    
    You can get gotz to build you this fine house if you get 100,000,000!!!! and
    999 lumber, might take you a while :)
    But when you do build it you get a whole new selection of TV programs!!!
    
    The channel layout for this TV is a bit different:
    Up: Still weather
    Right: Harvest Moon Programing as follows:
     From the 1st of Spring until the 7th of Summer: 'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME'
     From Summer 9th to Summer 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME'
     From the 1st of Fall until the 7th of Winter:'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME'
     From Winter 9th until the 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME'
    Down: Magical F3.14 Racing
    Left: Variety programs
    The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows:
     *Sunday: Mine Research Group
     *Monday: Fairy and Me: His Story
     *Tuesday: Fairy and Me: Her Story
     *Wednesday: Mineral Town Friends!
     *Thursday: CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO
     *Friday: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
     *Saturday: Rock, Paper, Sissors
    
    Here are the town programs in full
    
    ###############################
    a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r)
    ###############################
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Futaba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Her magic is well-balanced
    between offense and defense,
    and she always races well.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    first match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Leatrice
    On Sana
    Using Voodoo
    
    
    She can always be seen
    going around before the race
    with dolls and needles. She
    doesn't do much at all
    during the race proper.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    first match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    From the start, the race was
    between Sylvia and Lupinus.
    Sylvia's Wind Magic gave her
    an early lead over Lupinus,
    but Lupinus stuck to Sylvia
    like glue for the rest of
    the race!
    In the final lap, Lupinus
    cast an illusionary turn on
    Sylvia, who was 0.2 seconds
    ahead, but Sylvia's Earth
    Magic blocked it easily, and
    she held on to her lead and
    won the race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia
    2nd Place: Lupinus
    3rd Place: Miltonia
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia   +10
    2nd Place: Lupinus   +6
    3rd Place: Miltonia+4
    4th Place: Daisy   +3
    5th Place: Cosmos   +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Leatrice
    9th Place: Lavender
    10th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st Place: Sylvia   10
    2nd Place: Lupinus   6
    3rd Place: Miltonia4
    4th Place: Daisy    3
    5th Place: Cosmos   2
    6th Place: Amaryllis   1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell, which ought
    to be interesting.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    second match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    second match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Sylvia continues to perform
    very well, while Lupinus had
    trouble with her machine and
    couldn't use much magic,
    giving her a hard time. The
    Light-Dark Sisters, Daisy
    and Cosmos, nearly gained on
    Sylvia with their Light and
    Dark Wing spells, but
    couldn't quite make it, and
    Sylvia stayed in the lead to
    win her second consecutive
    race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia   +10
    2nd Place: Daisy   +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos   +4
    4th Place: Miltonia   +3
    5th Place: Lupinus   +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lavender
    9th Place: Leatrice
    10th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia  20
    2nd (up): Daisy  9
    3rd (up): Lupinus  8
    4th (down): Miltonia  7
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  6
    6th (unch.): Amaryllis  2
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    third match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Futaba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Her magic is well-balanced
    between offense and defense,
    and she always races well.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    third match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Sylvia hit Leatrice, who was
    lagging behind, taking them
    both out of the race! That
    led to Lupinus taking the
    lead, and comfortably
    winning the race.
    
    Miltonia, Daisy, and Cosmos
    fought it out for 2nd Place,
    with Miltonia using her
    restorative magic in the
    final lap, easily holding on
    to 2nd Place.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus
    2nd Place: Miltonia
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus   +10
    2nd Place: Miltonia   +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos   +4
    4th Place: Daisy   +3
    5th Place: Moraea   +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis   +1
    7th Place (tie): Lavender
    7th Place (tie): Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia  20
    2nd (up): Lupinus 18
    3rd (up): Miltonia 13
    4th (down): Daisy 12
    5th (unch.): Cosmos 10
    6th (unch.) Amaryllis 3
    7th (up): Moraea 2
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Leatrice
    On Sana
    Using Voodoo
    
    
    She can always be seen
    going around before the race
    with dolls and needles. She
    doesn't do much at all
    during the race proper.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fourth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fourth match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the fourth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    This race belonged to Daisy
    and Cosmos. In the first lap
    they suddenly combined their
    magics into a Shining Dark
    Wing, and promptly pulled
    ahead of the pack to take
    the lead!
    They then held off all
    comers together, to take
    first and second place.
    Sylvia came in third in
    this race, with Daisy two
    points behind her current
    1st Place ranking in the
    overall standings.
    Leatrice hit Amaryllis, thus
    wiping out again, following
    her collision with Sylvia in
    the previous race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Sylvia
    
    
    The results of the fourth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy   +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Sylvia   +4
    4th Place: Miltonia  +3
    5th Place: Lupinus   +2
    6th Place: Moraea   +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia   24
    2nd (up): Daisy  22
    3rd (down): Lupinus  20
    3rd (down): Miltonia  16
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  16
    6th (unch.): Amaryllis  3
    6th (up, tie): Moraea  3
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fifth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fifth match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Prior to the start of the
    race, Lavender advised Daisy
    against entering, telling
    her that her divination
    foretold that they would
    collide and be out of the
    race. Naturally, Daisy paid
    no heed to this advice, and
    entered the race as
    scheduled. Then, in the
    twelfth lap, Daisy and
    Cosmos were using their
    combined magic, when they
    came upon Lavender, who was
    already being lapped. Daisy
    tried to force her way past
    Lavender, only to run into
    her instead. Given that the
    collision happened while
    Daisy was using her magic,
    there is greater concern for
    the state of her mind than
    that of her body.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Miltonia
    2nd Place: Sylvia
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Miltonia  +10
    2nd Place: Sylvia  +6
    3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Moraea  +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
    7th Place: Leatrice
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia   30
    2nd (up): Miltonia  26
    3rd (unch.): Lupinus  24
    4th (down): Daisy  22
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  19
    6th (unch.): Moraea  5
    7th (down): Amaryllis  4
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Futaba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Her magic is well-balanced
    between offense and defense,
    and she always races well.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    sixth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Leatrice
    On Sana
    Using Voodoo
    
    
    She can always be seen
    going around before the race
    with dolls and needles. She
    doesn't do much at all
    during the race proper.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    sixth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Owing to the serious
    injuries they sustained when
    they collided in the last
    race, Daisy and Lavender
    were scratched this time.
    With Daisy out of the race,
    Cosmos had a hard time of
    it, because she couldn't use
    their combination magic. The
    battle for first place was
    thus between Lupinus,
    Sylvia, and Miltonia, who
    has been in good form as of
    late. In the end, Lupinus
    used her mirror images to
    break away from the pack and
    win the race. Her total
    point standing is now equal
    to that of Sylvia.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus
    2nd Place: Miltonia
    3rd Place: Sylvia
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus  +10
    2nd Place: Miltonia  +6
    3rd Place: Sylvia  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Amaryllis  +2
    6th Place: Moraea  +1
    7th Place: Leatrice
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia   34
    2nd (up): Lupinus  34
    3rd (down): Miltonia  32
    4th (unch.): Daisy  22
    4th (up): Cosmos  22
    6th (unch.): Moraea  6
    6th (up): Amaryllis  6
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    seventh match will be the
    day after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    seventh match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the seventh
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Everybody's favorite racer,
    Daisy, is back at last! And
    as expected, she and Cosmos
    led the way right from the
    start with their combination
    magic. And from the looks of
    things, it seems fair to say
    that Daisy is completely
    recovered from her accident.
    A fierce battle for third
    place broke out between
    Sylvia and Miltonia, which
    ended in the final lap, when
    Miltonia, having exhausted
    her magic power, was
    helpless to stop Sylvia from
    using her wind magic to pass
    her by.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Sylvia
    
    
    The results of the seventh
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy  +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Sylvia  +4
    4th Place: Miltonia  +3
    5th Place: Moraea  +2
    6th Place: Leatrice  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Sylvia   38
    2nd (up): Miltonia  35
    3rd (down): Lupinus  34
    4th (unch.): Daisy  32
    5th (down): Cosmos  28
    6th (unch.): Moraea  8
    7th (down): Amaryllis  6
    8th (up): Leatrice  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Yotsuba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine,
    Yotsuba, can apparently
    change into any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. We'll just have
    to see what this is all
    about.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Lupinus, who was first in
    the qualifying round, made
    effective use of her mirror
    image and other magics to
    keep anyone else from
    getting past her, holding on
    to the lead all the way to
    the final lap. As a result,
    she also took top place in
    the overall standings away
    from Sylvia. Speaking of
    whom, she staked the race on
    her new machine, Yotsuba.
    Due to it not being properly
    tuned yet, however, she only
    came in sixth. Oh, and while
    it isn't that big a deal, we
    feel we should mention that
    Lavender earned her first
    points ever, as per her
    divination prior to the
    start of the race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Lavender  +3
    5th Place: Miltonia  +2
    6th Place: Sylvia  +1
    7th Place: Leatrice
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Lupinus  44
    2nd (down): Sylvia  39
    3rd (up): Daisy  39
    4th (down): Miltonia  37
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  32
    6th (unch.): Moraea  8
    7th (unch.): Amaryllis  6
    8th (up): Lavender  3
    9th (down): Leatrice  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Leatrice
    On Sana
    Using Voodoo
    
    
    She can always be seen
    going around before the race
    with dolls and needles. She
    doesn't do much at all
    during the race proper.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    ninth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    ninth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    The weather was bad for
    today's race, meaning that
    it was raining so hard
    during the race that you
    couldn't see anything beyond
    a few meters. So, while
    everyone else took it slow
    and easy, Miltonia charged
    ahead, unconcerned about
    getting hurt, thanks to
    liberal use of her
    restorative magics. In this
    reckless manner, she managed
    to take first place, though
    she also ended up overdoing
    it in the process, hurting
    herself pretty badly. It
    now looks as though she
    won't make it to the final
    race, which is a real shame,
    seeing as how she finally
    took top place in the
    overall standings, too.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Miltonia
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Miltonia  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Sylvia  +3
    5th Place: Lupinus  +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
    7th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Miltonia  47
    2nd (down): Lupinus 46
    3rd (unch.): Daisy  44
    4th (down): Sylvia  42
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  36
    6th (unch.): Moraea  8
    7th (unch.): Amaryllis  7
    8th (unch.): Lavender  3
    9th: Leatrice: 1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    final match will be the
    day after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    final match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Sadly, Miltonia had to be
    scratched, and thus, the
    championship came down to
    the top three point holders.
    Yotsuba, Sylvia's new
    machine, finally showed us
    what it can do. This machine
    has four modes that are
    capable of handling any
    terrain, including a wind
    mode that not even the
    combination magic used by
    Daisy and Cosmos could beat.
    This victory put Sylvia back
    on top in total points. Our
    congratulations to her.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Sylvia  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Lupinus  +3
    5th Place: Lavender  +2
    6th Place: Moraea  +1
    7th Place: Amaryllis
    8th Place: Leatrice
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Sylvia  52
    2nd (up): Daisy  50
    3rd (down): Lupinus  49
    4th (down): Miltonia  47
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  40
    6th (unch.): Moraea  9
    7th (unch.): Amaryllis  7
    8th (unch.): Lavender  5
    9th (unch.): Leatrice  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Yotsuba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine,
    Yotsuba, can apparently
    change into any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. We'll just have
    to see what this is all
    about.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    first match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Licorice
    On Makoto
    Using Spatial Magic
    
    
    Licorice's spatial
    interchange magic, which
    enables her to change places
    with anyone else, may well
    be the most powerful magic
    of all.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    first match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    In her first race ever,
    Licorice came in first. What
    happened was that in the
    final lap, she sneakily used
    her spatial interchange
    magic to switch places with
    Sylvia, who had been in the
    lead up to that point. There
    are calls now, however, for
    this type of magic to be
    banned as too dangerous for
    use in certain spellcasting
    situations. Further
    information will be reported
    as it becomes available.
    Sylvia ended up dead last,
    by the way.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st: Licorice  +10
    2nd: Daisy  +6
    3rd: Cosmos  +4
    4th: Lupinus  +3
    5th: Miltonia  +2
    6th: Moraea  +1
    7th: Amaryllis
    8th: Lavender
    9th: Lilac
    10th: Sylvia
    
    Point Standings:
    1st: Licorice  10
    2nd: Daisy  6
    3rd: Cosmos  4
    4th: Lupinus  3
    5th: Miltonia  2
    6th: Moraea  1
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    second match will be the
    day after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Licorice, who had just won
    her first race, is on the
    injured list. It seems that
    her spatial interchange
    magic burns a fair amount of
    magic power, and thus, can't
    be used all that often. As
    for Sylvia, she was still
    apparently pretty burned by
    having ended up dead last in
    the previous race, and just
    didn't run a very good race
    at all this time around. In
    the event, this race came
    down to Daisy and Cosmos on
    the one hand, and Lupinus on
    the other. By skillfully
    interposing her mirror
    images between Daisy and
    Cosmos, Lupinus was able to
    keep them from using their
    combination magic, and thus
    win the race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Miltonia  +3
    5th Place: Moraea  +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
    7th Place: Sylvia
    8th Place: Lavender
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Lupinus  13
    2nd (unch.): Daisy  12
    3rd (down): Licorice  10
    4th (down): Cosmos  8
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  5
    6th (unch.): Moraea  3
    7th (up): Amaryllis  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    third match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Yotsuba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine,
    Yotsuba, can apparently
    change into any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. We'll just have
    to see what this is all
    about.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    third match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    As with the previous race,
    Licorice sat out this one
    too. The difference is that
    she didn't enter this one,
    she says, because she didn't
    very much feel like it,
    adding that she would be in
    the next one, however. It
    thus appeared that this race
    would be down to Daisy and
    Cosmos versus Lupinus again,
    just like the previous one,
    except that Miltonia also
    joined in this time, to make
    it a three-sided contest.
    The outcome was decided when
    Daisy and Cosmos used a
    momentary advantage to cast
    their combination magic,
    thus taking first and second
    place, followed by Miltonia
    and Lupinus, in that order.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Miltonia
    
    
    The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy  +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Miltonia  +4
    4th Place: Lupinus  +3
    5th Place: Amaryllis  +2
    6th Place: Moraea  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Sylvia
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Daisy  22
    2nd (down): Lupinus  16
    3rd (up): Cosmos  14
    4th (down): Licorice  10
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  9
    6th (unch.): Moraea  4
    7th (up): Amaryllis  3
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Licorice
    On Makoto
    Using Spatial Magic
    
    
    Licorice's spatial
    interchange magic, which
    enables her to change places
    with anyone else, may well
    be the most powerful magic
    of all.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fourth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    The results of the fourth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Licorice, who had been
    on the injured list ever
    since winning her very first
    race ever, got back on the
    track for the first time
    today. Sylvia wasted no time
    in complaining to Licorice
    about the magic that
    Licorice used in that first
    race, however. People around
    them stopped the conflict at
    the time, but words don't
    appear to have been enough
    for Sylvia, whose anger came
    out in a bad way during the
    race, when she collided with
    Lupinus, taking them both
    out of the running. Licorice
    went on to win the race,
    without using her spatial
    interchange magic.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the fourth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Miltonia  +3
    5th Place: Moraea  +2
    6th Place: Lavender  +1
    7th Place: Amaryllis
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Daisy  28
    2nd (up): Licorice  20
    3rd (unch.): Cosmos  18
    4th (down): Lupinus  16
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  12
    6th (unch.): Moraea  6
    7th (unch.): Amaryllis  3
    8th (up)  Lavender  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fifth match will be the
    day after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    This time around, Lavender's
    divination foretold that she
    and Daisy were going to
    collide. Naturally, Daisy
    wasn't going to take news
    like that lying down. She
    did her level best to stay
    away from Lavender during
    the race, only to suddenly
    find herself being lapped.
    And wouldn't you know it?
    Just then, Lavender's
    machine breaks down,
    decelerates, and slides over
    to hit Daisy, who at this
    point is behind her at an
    angle, taking them both out
    of the race. It appears
    there really is no escape
    from Lavender's divinations,
    after all. As a result of
    her crash, Daisy was passed
    up in the overall standings
    by Licorice.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
    4th Place: Sylvia  +3
    5th Place: Miltonia  +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Licorice  30
    2nd (down): Daisy  28
    3rd (unch.): Cosmos  24
    4th (unch.): Lupinus  20
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  14
    6th (unch.): Moraea  6
    7th (unch.): Amaryllis  4
    8th (up): Sylvia  3
    9th (down): Lavender  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Yotsuba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine,
    Yotsuba, can change into any
    of four different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's a good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    sixth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Licorice
    On Makoto
    Using Spatial Magic
    
    
    Licorice's spatial
    interchange magic, which
    enables her to change places
    with anyone else, may well
    be the most powerful magic
    of all.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    sixth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    This time around, it was
    Daisy's turn to get nailed
    by Licorice's spatial
    interchange magic. She ended
    up right smack behind
    Amaryllis and Moraea, and,
    unable to effectively dodge
    either of them, instead
    plowed into them both, thus
    taking all three of them out
    of the race. Daisy thus fell
    to third place in the
    overall standings, being
    passed up in the process by
    her sister, Cosmos. The
    question now is, having used
    her spatial interchange
    magic, will Licorice sit out
    the next race, as happened
    last time?
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
    4th Place: Sylvia  +3
    5th Place: Miltonia  +2
    6th Place: Lavender  +1
    7th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  40
    2nd (up): Cosmos  30
    3rd (down): Daisy  28
    4th (unch.): Lupinus  24
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  16
    6th (unch.): Moraea  6
    6th (up): Sylvia  6
    8th (down): Amaryllis  4
    9th (unch.): Lavender  2
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    The results of the seventh
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    To no one's surprise,
    Licorice did indeed sit out
    this race Instead, the
    winner of this race turned
    out to be Lupinus, on her
    brand new machine, Maho. By
    skillfully blocking Daisy
    and Cosmos from using their
    magic, she kept the field
    running at her own pace,
    from start to finish, taking
    the win without a struggle.
    As a result, Lupinus, Daisy,
    and Cosmos are now in a
    three-way tie for second
    place in the overall
    standings.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the seventh
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Lupinus  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Sylvia  +3
    5th Place: Lavender  +2
    6th Place: Amaryllis  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  40
    2nd (unch.): Cosmos  34
    2nd (up): Daisy  34
    2nd (up): Lupinus  34
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  16
    6th (unch.): Sylvia  9
    7th (down): Moraea  6
    8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
    9th (unch.): Lavender  4
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Maho
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
    sure seems more powerful
    than its predecessor, though
    you can't necessarily tell
    for sure from just a single
    glance.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be the
    day after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Yotsuba
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine,
    Yotsuba, can change into any
    of four different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's a good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Licorice made a rapid return
    to the field. The big
    interest in this race was
    how she would fare against
    Lupinus, with her new
    machine. As it turned out,
    however, not even this new
    and improved Lupinus could
    stop Licorice. In the middle
    of the race, Licorice found
    herself caught between
    Lavender and Amaryllis, who
    had been lapped, and it
    looked as though she was in
    trouble for a while. She
    escaped through teleporting
    ahead in the last turn,
    however, to take the win,
    handily. With two races left
    to go, Licorice may just
    have a lock on the
    championship title already.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Lupinus
    3rd Place: Daisy
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Lupinus  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +6
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  50
    2nd (unch.): Lupinus  40
    3rd (down): Daisy  38
    4th (down): Cosmos  37
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  17
    6th (unch.): Sylvia  11
    7th (unch.): Moraea  6
    8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
    9th (unch.): Lavender  4
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Licorice
    On Makoto
    Using Spatial Magic
    
    
    Licorice's spatial
    interchange magic, which
    enables her to change places
    with anyone else, may well
    be the most powerful magic
    of all.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lavender
    On Starlight
    Using Divination
    
    
    She always divines who will
    win before a race starts.
    Rumor has it her predictions
    are 100% accurate.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    ninth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    It may or may not come as a
    surprise, but Licorice won
    this race too, and by a
    margin of 52 seconds over
    second place finisher
    Miltonia. This victory means
    that Licorice has already
    won the championship,
    regardless of the outcome of
    the final race. That doesn't
    mean the competition is all
    over, though. We hope that
    all the competitors will
    give their all in the next
    race, even though the
    championship has already
    been decided, and they're
    not likely to feel all that
    motivated, as a result...
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Miltonia
    3rd Place: Daisy
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Miltonia  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Lupinus  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Moraea
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  60
    2nd (up): Daisy  42
    3rd (down): Lupinus  41
    4th (unch.): Cosmos  40
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  23
    6th (unch.): Sylvia  13
    7th (unch.): Moraea  6
    8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
    9th (unch.): Lavender  4
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Amaryllis
    On Sakuya
    Using Flower Magic
    
    
    All her magic does is create
    flowers, which really isn't
    that useful in racing...
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    final match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Maho
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
    sure seems more powerful
    than its predecessor, though
    you can't necessarily tell
    for sure from just a single
    glance.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    final match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    This last race was pretty
    lackluster, probably owing
    to the fact that Licorice
    already had the championship
    all sewn up for this season.
    Only Licorice and Sylvia
    made a real race of it, in
    fact. And even though she
    was no match for Licorice,
    Sylvia still managed to take
    second place with a two
    minute edge over third-place
    finisher Lupinus.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Sylvia
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Sylvia  +6
    3rd Place Lupinus  +4
    4th Place: Daisy  +3
    5th Place: Cosmos  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Liliac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  70
    2nd (unch.): Daisy  45
    2nd (up): Lupinus  45
    4th (unch.): Cosmos  42
    5th (unch.): Miltonia  24
    6th (unch.): Sylvia  19
    7th (unch.): Moraea  6
    8th (unch.): Amaryllis  5
    9th (unch.): Lavender  4
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Mayo
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
    is an upgraded model of her
    Yotsuba machine. It, too,
    can take on any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's another
    good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    first match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    It's only the first race of
    the season, but things are
    off to a riotous start. If
    you can imagine, Eucomyth,
    running in her first race
    ever, found herself in a
    showdown against Daisy and
    Cosmos, the Children of
    Light and Darkness
    themselves, who were using
    new models of their Peony
    machines. Licorice, who won
    the previous championship by
    an overwhelming margin, was
    handicapped this time around
    by a malfunctioning machine.
    She attempted to recover
    midway through the race by
    means of her spatial
    interchange magic. Eucomyth,
    however, avoided it, amazing
    as that sounds, and coasted
    to a win. Licorice ended up
    coming in sixth.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the first
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Lupinus  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Licorice  +1
    7th Place: Miltonia
    8th Place: Lavender
    9th Place: Moraea
    10th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st: Eucomyth  10
    2nd: Daisy  6
    3rd: Cosmos  4
    4th: Lupinus  3
    5th: Sylvia  2
    6th: Licorice  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Daisy
    On Peony
    Using Light Magic
    
    
    Can anyone catch her when
    she uses her Shining Wing
    spell?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Cosmos
    On Peony
    Using Darkness Magic
    
    
    Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister,
    has magic opposite but
    almost as powerful in her
    Dark Wing spell.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    second match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Eucomyth
    On Kyoko
    Using Temporal Magic
    
    
    She may be new to the game,
    but she's got powerful
    magic. How do you stop
    someone who can stop time
    itself?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    second match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Licorice, who struggled in
    the last race with machine
    troubles, was in top form
    this time around. In the
    final lap, however, Eucomyth
    apparently used her ultimate
    magic, personal time, and
    took first place while all
    the rest of us were frozen
    in time. That time stop
    affected everyone, myself
    included, which means that
    even I don't rightly know
    just what happened. The
    point is, Eucomyth suddenly
    popped in front of Licorice,
    and was thus first across
    the line.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth
    2nd Place: Licorice
    3rd Place: Daisy
    
    
    The results of the second
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
    2nd Place: Licorice  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Lupinus  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Eucomyth  20
    2nd (unch.): Daisy  10
    3rd (unch.): Cosmos  7
    3rd (up): Licorice  7
    5th (down): Lupinus  5
    6th (down): Sylvia  2
    7th (up): Miltonia  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Mayo
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
    is an upgraded model of her
    Yotsuba machine. It, too,
    can take on any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's another
    good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    third match will be
    tomorrow.   The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Eucomyth must still have
    been feeling the
    aftereffects of using her
    ultimate temporal magic in
    the last race. Whatever the
    reason, she was unable to
    dodge the Blue Dragon that
    Moraea summoned this time,
    and it blew her off the
    track. Moraea was herself
    caught up in the collateral
    effects, however, which
    wiped her out as well, thus
    leaving the field clear for
    Licorice. Lupinus fought
    back with all she had, but
    to no avail, as Licorice
    sailed to her first victory
    of the season.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Lupinus
    3rd Place: Daisy
    
    
    The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Lupinus  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Miltonia  +2
    6th Place: Sylvia  +1
    7th Place: Lavender
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Eucomyth  20
    2nd (up): Licorice  17
    3rd (down): Daisy  14
    4th (up): Lupinus  11
    5th (down): Cosmos  10
    6th (unch.): Sylvia  3
    6th (up): Miltonia  3
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    The results of the fourth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Even before this race
    started, there already was a
    major upset in the works.
    Lavender's divination
    foretold that she would
    collide with Eucomyth in the
    race, taking them both out.
    Eucomyth paid attention to
    the warning, and stayed out
    of the race, as did
    Lavender, possibly out of
    respect for Eucomyth's
    decision. Licorice was also
    out of today's race. The
    word is she had an upset
    stomach.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy
    2nd Place: Cosmos
    3rd Place: Miltonia
    
    
    The results of the third
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy  +10
    2nd Place: Cosmos  +6
    3rd Place: Miltonia  +4
    4th Place: Lupinus  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Moraea  +1
    7th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Daisy  24
    2nd (down): Eucomyth  20
    3rd (down): Licorice  17
    4th (up): Cosmos  16
    5th (down): Lupinus  14
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  7
    7th (down): Sylvia  5
    8th (up): Moraea  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Eucomyth
    On Kyoko
    Using Temporal Magic
    
    
    She may be new to the game,
    but she's got powerful
    magic. How do you stop
    someone who can stop time
    itself?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fifth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Maho
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
    sure seems more powerful
    than its predecessor, though
    you can't necessarily tell
    for sure from just a single
    glance.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    fifth match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    This race had the first
    showdown between Eucomyth
    and  Licorice in three runs.
    Eucomyth ran the field at
    her own pace, and Licorice
    couldn't get past her. She
    appeared to hesitate to use
    her spatial interchange
    magic, however, perhaps out
    of fear that Eucomyth might
    dodge it altogether, as she
    did the last time they met.
    Instead, she burned her
    magic power in teleporting,
    but it wasn't quite good
    enough. Licorice came in
    second behind Eucomyth, who
    now once again holds first
    place in the overall
    standings.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth
    2nd Place: Licorice
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    The results of the fifth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth  +10
    2nd Place: Licorice  +6
    3rd Place: Lupinus  +4
    4th Place: Daisy  +3
    5th Place: Cosmos  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Sylvia
    8th Place: Moraea
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Eucomyth  30
    2nd (down): Daisy  27
    3rd (unch.): Licorice  23
    4th (unch.): Cosmos  18
    5th (unch.): Lupinus  18
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  8
    7th (unch.): Sylvia  5
    8th (unch.): Moraea  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Mayo
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
    is an upgraded model of her
    Yotsuba machine. It, too,
    can take on any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's another
    good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    sixth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Lavender's divination
    foretold that she and Cosmos
    would collide during today's
    race, taking them both out.
    There was no way that Cosmos
    would simply take such news
    lying down, however. And
    wouldn't you know it,
    Lavender was right. Just
    before being taken out,
    though, Cosmos transferred
    all of her remaining magic
    power to Daisy, thus giving
    her what she needed to win
    the race, by putting all of
    the magic power she'd been
    given into her Shining Wing
    throughout all the remaining
    laps.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy
    2nd Place: Eucomyth
    3rd Place: Licorice
    
    
    The results of the sixth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Daisy  +10
    2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
    3rd Place: Licorice  +4
    4th Place: Lupinus  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Daisy  37
    2nd (down): Eucomyth  36
    3rd (unch.): Licorice  27
    4th (up): Lupinus  21
    5th (down): Cosmos  18
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  9
    7th (unch.): Sylvia  7
    8th (unch.): Moraea  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Eucomyth
    On Kyoko
    Using Temporal Magic
    
    
    She may be new to the game,
    but she's got powerful
    magic. How do you stop
    someone who can stop time
    itself?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    seventh match will be
    tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the seventh
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    As before, this race came
    down to Eucomyth and
    Licorice, the latter using
    her teleport power with
    timing so exquisite that it
    seemed certain that she
    would pass up Eucomyth. Only
    thing was, Eucomyth used
    foresight with the exact
    same timing to know what
    Licorice was going to do
    before she did it, thus
    blocking her completely.
    Both Daisy and Cosmos were
    out of today's race, the
    latter because she used up
    an excessive amount of magic
    power on her sister in the
    previous race.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Eucomyth
    2nd Place: Licorice
    3rd Place: Lupinus
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Misuzu
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    All she does is illusion, so
    if you figure that out,
    she's totally powerless.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    8th match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    
    *Moraea
    On Natsuki
    Using Summoning Magic
    
    
    I've never seen her summon
    anything, though, so I don't
    rightly know just what this
    means.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Lupinus
    On Maho
    Using Illusion Magic
    
    
    Lupinus's new machine, Maho,
    sure seems more powerful
    than its predecessor, though
    you can't necessarily tell
    for sure from just a single
    glance.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Sylvia
    On Mayo
    Using Spirit Magic
    
    
    Sylvia's new machine, Mayo,
    is an upgraded model of her
    Yotsuba machine. It, too,
    can take on any of four
    different forms, in
    accordance with whichever
    magic she is using at a
    given time. It's another
    good one.
    
    
    
    
    
    *Miltonia
    On Sprite
    Using White Magic
    
    
    She uses restorative magic,
    so she prefers to race
    pretty hard, and then heal
    herself afterwards.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    eighth match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Sylvia plowed smack into a
    wall toward the end of the
    race, wiping herself out in
    spectacular fashion. Pieces
    of her machine Yotsuba flew
    everywhere, with several of
    them connecting with
    Eucomyth, who was right
    behind her at the time.
    Eucomyth's machine Kyoko
    started to fail on her, such
    that she ended up coming in
    second, having been passed
    up by Licorice. Eucomyth is
    still tops in the overall
    rankings, however, with a
    nine-point lead over
    Licorice. Can Licorice make
    up the deficit in the two
    races remaining this season?
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Eucomyth
    3rd Place: Daisy
    
    
    The results of the eighth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Lupinus  +2
    6th Place: Miltonia  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lavender
    9th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Eucomyth  52
    2nd (up): Licorice  43
    3rd (down): Daisy  41
    4th (unch.): Lupinus  27
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  21
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  13
    7th (unch.): Sylvia  8
    8th (unch.): Moraea 2
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    As Lupinus and Miltonia were
    fighting it out for fifth
    place, they found themselves
    lapped by Eucomyth. The
    sheer intensity of their
    battle, however, snagged
    Eucomyth, giving her no way
    to get safely past. And just
    then, Licorice came up from
    behind. In desperation,
    Eucomyth tried using her
    ultimate personal time
    magic, leaving herself with
    no concentration or defense,
    when ripples from the magic
    being thrown off by Lupinus
    and Miltonia ahead of her
    caused her to lose her
    balance and pitch forward,
    taking both of them out of
    the race with her. As a
    consequence, only one point
    now separates first and
    second place in the overall
    rankings.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Daisy
    3rd Place: Cosmos
    
    
    The results of the ninth
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Daisy  +6
    3rd Place: Cosmos  +4
    4th Place: Moraea  +3
    5th Place: Sylvia  +2
    6th Place: Lavender  +1
    7th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (up): Licorice  53
    2nd (down): Eucomyth  52
    3rd (unch.): Daisy  47
    4th (unch.): Lupinus  27
    5th (unch.): Cosmos  25
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  13
    7th (unch.): Sylvia  10
    8th (unch.): Moraea  5
    9th (up): Lavender  1
    
    
    And there you have it.
    
    
    Racers in the F-3.14 MGP
    are as follows:
    
    
    *Eucomyth
    On Kyoko
    Using Temporal Magic
    
    
    She may be new to the game,
    but she's got powerful
    magic. How do you stop
    someone who can stop time
    itself?
    
    
    
    
    
    *Liliac
    On Karin
    Trainee in Magic
    
    
    As a trainee, Lilac has no
    magic yet. Let's hope she
    eventually makes good.
    
    
    That's all for today. The
    final match will be the day
    after tomorrow.
    
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Even if Daisy had managed to
    win this race, she could not
    have won the championship if
    either Eucomyth or Licorice
    came in second. Thus, this
    final race, as with so many
    others this season, came
    down to a contest between
    Eucomyth and Licorice. And
    Eucomyth ran the field at
    her own pace, up until the
    final stretch, whereupon
    Licorice used her spatial
    inversion magic. Eucomyth,
    who had been expecting that
    move with ease. Licorice,
    however, wasted no time in
    doing it again, something
    that Eucomyth apparently
    hadn't expected, because she
    got nailed by it, a direct
    hit, with the net result
    being that Licorice won the
    race, and her second
    championship title in a row.
    Our go congratulations go
    out to her.
    
    For now, we have the top
    three racers. We'll post the
    full results tomorrow.
    
    Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice
    2nd Place: Eucomyth
    3rd Place: Daisy
    The results of the final
    F-3.14 MGP Race are:
    
    
    Yesterday's Race Results:
    1st Place: Licorice  +10
    2nd Place: Eucomyth  +6
    3rd Place: Daisy  +4
    4th Place: Cosmos  +3
    5th Place: Miltonia  +2
    6th Place: Lupinus  +1
    7th Place: Moraea
    8th Place: Lilac
    
    Point Standings:
    1st (unch.): Licorice  63
    2nd (unch.): Eucomyth  58
    3rd (unch.): Daisy  51
    4th (unch.): Lupinus  28
    4th (up): Cosmos  28
    6th (unch.): Miltonia  15
    7th (unch.): Sylvia  10
    8th (unch.): Moraea  5
    9th (unch.): Lavender  1
    
    
    And there you have it
    
    ###############################
    b) Mine Research Group (miregr)
    ###############################
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher.
    Today, I will tell you some
    of the facts and rumors that
    I have learned regarding
    mines.
    
    Up to now, it had been
    assumed that digging up the
    ground at the Mine by the
    Spring would only unearth
    Gold or Black Grass.
    Recently, however, the idea
    that other things may be
    found there has found favor
    with many. One such find is
    is the "Power Berry"about
    which the presence of I may
    claim with 100% certainty,
    based on my own
    investigations. It may be
    found 100 levels
    underground.
    
    Another is the "Mystery
    Slab." While it is true,
    however, that it is there to
    be found, we do not know
    exactly where it is located,
    perhaps due to it being
    buried very deep indeed. We
    will inform you as soon as
    we have more information
    regarding this object.
    That's all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    It is known that the
    following things are
    comparatively common finds
    when one breaks rocks at the
    Mine of the Spring:
    Junk Ore, Copper,
    Silver, Gold, MYstrile,
    Orichalch, and Adamantite.
    Two more unusual objects
    known to be found there,
    however, are the "Teleport
    Stone" and the "Goddess
    Jewel." As to where
    in the mine they can be
    found, however, well... It
    appears that our time is up
    for today, so I will talk
    more on this subject next
    time. That's all for this
    week."*Mine Research Group
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    We have learned that among
    the things to be found by
    breaking rocks at the Mine
    of the Spring are the
    Teleport Stone and the
    Goddess Jewel. We believe
    that the former is probably
    found on the lowest level of
    the mine, while the latter
    is scattered here and there,
    and thus, we do not know all
    the places where it may be
    found. We only know of two
    such places at this time,
    the 102nd and 202nd levels
    of the mine. I will inform
    you of any more information
    on this subject. That's all
    for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is Karin
    and I am a mine researcher.
    Today, I will tell you some
    of the facts and rumors that
    I have learned regarding
    mines.
    
    As with the Mine of the
    Spring, we have found that
    Power Berries can also be
    found in digging at the Mine
    of the Lake. My
    investigations show that
    they can be found on the
    19th level of the Mine.
    
    Also, there have been rumors
    in some quarters about
    "Cursed Tools." Word now
    reaches us that such tools
    have been found at the Mine
    of the Lake, specifically,
    the Cursed Hoe, which, we
    are told, was found on the
    39th level of the mine. More
    on this story as we get
    more information. That's all
    for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is Karin
    and I am a mine researcher.
    Today, I will tell you some
    of the facts and rumors that
    I have learned regarding
    mines.
    
    The following ores are known
    to be found by breaking
    rocks at the Mine of the
    Lake: Amethyst, Agate,
    Fluorite, Peridot, Topaz,
    Ruby, Sand Rose,
    Moonstone, Emerald, and
    Diamond. Of these, the last
    two are comparatively
    unusual, while the others
    can be found more easily.
    There are, however, other
    unusual things being found
    in this mine... It seems,
    however, that we have run
    out of time, so we will
    continue this discussion on
    our next show, at our
    leisure. Until then, that's
    all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is Karin
    and I am a mine researcher.
    Today, I will tell you some
    of the facts and rumors that
    I have learned regarding
    mines.
    
    Unusual ores that can be
    found by breaking rocks at
    the Mine by the Lake are
    Alexandrite and Pink
    Diamond. We have reports
    that Alexandrite has been
    found on the 50th, 100th,
    150th levels of the mine,
    though it may also be found
    on other levels as well.
    As for Pink Diamonds, we
    have reports that they have
    been found on the 30th,
    110th, and 190th levels of
    the mine, though they may
    also be found on other
    levels as well. We will
    report further on this
    subject as information
    becomes available. That's
    all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    There have been rumors in
    some quarters of Cursed
    Tools. We have received word
    that another such item has
    been discovered at the Mine
    by the Lake. The item in
    question is a Cursed
    Watering Can, and it was
    found on the 69th level of
    the mine. We also have
    further information on
    unusual things that can be
    found by breaking rocks at
    the Mine by the Lake. This
    time, it is the Kappa Jewel,
    and it appears to have been
    found on the 120th level of
    the mine. We do not have any
    more details at this time,
    though we will let you know
    just as soon as we do. And
    that's all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    Lately, the rumor has been
    circulating that if you
    charge when using your
    hoe or hammer at
    the mines, you will find
    more items. This is an
    absolute lie, however, so do
    not waste your energies in
    this futile undertaking.
    
    Next, we have a report of
    Alexandrite having been
    found on the 210th level of
    the Mine of the Lake. If
    anyone else out there has
    news in this regard, please
    let us know. And that is all
    for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    Lately, a rumor has been
    spreading about the mines
    extending as far as 255
    levels. While we are doing
    our best to find an answer
    to this claim, we have only
    been down as far as the
    255th level a very few
    times, and while we cannot
    say for certain, we have not
    found a stairway down to the
    255th level. It would not
    surprise us to learn that
    that was the lowest level
    after all.
    
    We also have additional
    information about the
    finding of the Kappa Jewel
    in the Mine by the Lake,
    this time on the 60th level.
    If you have any other such
    information, please let us
    know. And that's all for
    this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    Lately, we have heard rumors
    that it is possible to go to
    the Mine by the Lake in
    seasons other than Winter.
    The short answer is that it
    is indeed possible, and easy
    to do. All you have to do is
    ready a Teleport, and
    set the Mine by the Lake as
    your destination. While this
    may sound simple, actually
    acquiring a Teleport
    is considered quite
    difficult. I have used it
    myself to go to the Mine by
    the Lake in seasons other
    than Winter, and did not see
    any particular difference. I
    will report again on this
    subject as further
    information becomes
    available. That's all for
    this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    First of all, word comes to
    us today of the discovery of
    the Goddess Jewel,
    on the 152nd level of the
    Mine of the Spring.
    
    We have another report of
    the Goddess Jewel
    being found in that Mine,
    this time on the 190th
    level.
    
    Next, we have word of a
    Cursed Sickle being found in
    the Mine by the Lake, on the
    79th level. And that
    concludes today's report.
    Please let us know if you
    have any other information
    in this regard. And that's
    all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    Lately, we have been hearing
    rumors that sowing seeds in
    mine land after it has been
    dug up will cause even
    seasonal plants to grow.
    This is completely untrue,
    however, so do not waste
    your seeds in this fruitless
    pursuit.
    
    Next, we have news of Pink
    Diamond being found, on the
    90th level of the Mine of
    the Lake. And that concludes
    today's report. If you have
    any other information,
    please let us know. And
    that's all for this week."
    
    
    "Good day. My name is
    Karin, and I am a mine
    researcher. Today, I will
    tell you some of the facts
    and rumors that I have
    learned regarding mines.
    
    The other day, I apparently
    discovered something
    amazing. On the 222nd level
    of the Mine by the Spring, I
    found a Mythic Stone, an ore
    that I had never before
    found, when I was breaking
    rocks. As this was my first
    such discovery, I am not
    sure just how I found it. If
    any of you have any
    information about the Mythic
    Stone, or anything else, for
    that matter, please let us
    know. Thank you. And that's
    all for this week."
    
    ####################################
    c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss)
    ####################################
    
    The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be.
    
    But this book is
    only visible to those
    pure of heart.
    
    This book is in the
    possession of a
    certain girl.
    
    
    This is the story of
    how a book brought
    two people together.
    "Fairy and Me: His
    Story"
    
    See it on this
    channel every Monday.
    
    
    
    Part 1
    
    (Sound of panting)
    Why am I having to
    run from the police?
    I can't let myself
    get caught for
    something I didn't do.
    
    (Sound of siren)
    The police siren is
    getting closer.
    
    I'd better find
    somewhere to hide
    right away.
    
    There's a small house
    over there.
    
    Maybe I'll ask to hide
    there for the time
    being.
    But I'd hate for the
    owner to suspect me
    and turn me over to
    the police...I'd
    better see if
    someone's home first
    and worry about that
    later.
    
    KNOCK, KNOCK
    KNOCK, KNOCK, KNOCK
    Maybe no one's home.
    What am I going to do?
    
    As I was thinking
    what to do...
    
    (Sound of door being
    unlocked)
    ...the porch door
    opened and a girl
    appeared.
    
    "Hello, who are you?"
    
    
    
    
    
    The police are after
    me. A girl came out
    out of the house
    where I was hoping to
    hide.
    
    
    Part 2
    
    "Hello, who are you?"
    
    Oh! Someone's home.
    What should I do?
    She may not even be
    willing to hide a
    stranger like me who
    suddenly barges in
    on her<bh:81>cI guess I
    won't know unless I
    ask. If she won't
    hide me, I'll try
    explaining my
    situation from the
    beginning.
    
    "Well...um, actually,
    I'd like to hide here
    for a while. Plea...
    Uh oh!"
    There's a policeman
    on the opposite side
    of the street!
    I quickly grabbed
    the girl, took her
    into the house and
    closed the porch
    door.
    
    The girl must have
    been startled to have
    been grabbed by me
    so suddenly...
    She dropped the book
    she was holding.
    
    "Sorry. I must<bh:81>fve
    startled you. Here
    you go,"
    I said as I picked up
    her book. The girl
    looked at me even
    more surprised but
    took the book
    from me right away
    and smiled.
    
    "Please come in."
    She beckoned me to
    come into the house.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl who appeared
    from the house where
    I was hoping to hide
    wasn't alarmed by me
    and let me into the
    house...
    
    
    Part 3
    
    "Please come in."
    She shouldn't really
    be letting a stranger
    into her house, even
    if I say so myself.
    
    ...Anyway, I'm
    grateful to her for
    letting me in. I'll
    gladly take her
    up on her offer.
    
    "Thank you."
    
    The girl took me to
    her room on the second
    floor.
    
    "Please wait while I
    go and make you a cup
    of tea," the girl said
    and put the book she
    she was holding on
    on the desk and left
    the room.
    
    Hmm...
    Wonder why this girl
    is letting me hide
    here?
    Surely she's not
    thinking of trapping
    me here while she
    calls the police.
    Anyway, I'll wait it
    out for the time
    being. If something
    suspicious happens,
    I'll make a move then.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl took me to
    her room and then
    left again to make
    some tea.
    
    
    Part 4
    
    The girl put the book
    she was holding on
    the desk and left the
    room.
    
    ......................
    I feel uneasy though.
    No doubt partly
    because I'm running
    away from the police,
    but more because I'm
    in this girl's bedroom
    (a complete stranger
    at that).
    As my eyes were
    wandering around the
    room, I spotted a
    book on the desk.
    That's the book the
    the girl was carrying
    a little while ago. I
    was kind of curious
    about it, so I picked
    it up and took a look
    at it.
    Fairy and Me...?
    Seems like any other
    book, but there's
    something intriguing
    about it...But what?
    Just as I was thinking
    about it, the bedroom
    door opened.
    
    "Sorry for the wait."
    The girl walked in
    holding a tray in her
    left hand with a pot,
    two teacups, sugar
    and some cake.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl took me to
    her room and then
    left again to make
    some tea.
    
    
    Part 5
    
    I put the book I was
    holding back down in
    a panic and sat down
    again.
    
    "Oh, sorry. I
    shouldn't have been
    looking at your book,"
    I said to the girl as
    she put the tray down
    on the desk.
    
    "That's okay,"
    she said as she sat
    facing me and poured
    a cup of tea.
    
    "Um, how many sugars
    would you like?"
    "Uh, well..."
    As I was about to
    to answer when...
    
    KNOCK, KNOCK
    "Is anyone home?"
    
    "Who could it be this
    time? There sure seem
    to be a lot of
    visitors today.
    Excuse me,"
    the girl said and left
    the room. Meanwhile,
    I helped myself to
    two sugars, and
    stirred them with a
    spoon.
    
    (Sound of door
    opening)
    "Hello, who is  it?"
    
    "It's the police."
    What?!
    
    
    
    
    
    Just as I was about
    to drink the tea the
    girl brought, the
    police showed up.
    
    
    Part 6
    
    What?! The police?!
    
    (Sound of cup hitting
    saucer)
    Darn!...I was so
    startled that I almost
    almost spilt my tea.
    Don't tell me the
    police have found out
    I'm here already?!
    What am I going to do?
    
    "Actually, some
    jewelry was stolen
    from the nearby
    department store
    yesterday and we're
    searching the area
    for the criminal.
    Have you seen this
    person?"
    the man asked in a
    typical policeman's
    voice. He must be
    showing her a photo
    or sketch, which means
    that they don't know
    I'm here yet. Good.
    But if the girl tells
    them I'm here...
    
    "Umm, no I haven't."
    Huh? She's keeping
    quiet about me?
    
    "I see. If you see
    someone who looks
    like this man, please
    contact the police."
    
    "Sure. I will. Thank
    you."
    (Sound of door
    closing)
    Looks like the girl
    didn't tell the cops
    I was here. I should
    be safe for the time
    being. Phew!
    
    
    
    
    
    Looks like the girl
    didn't tell the cops
    I was here.
    
    
    Part 7
    
    Looks like I'm safe
    for the time being.
    
    (Sound of door
    opening)
    "Sorry for the
    interruption. Oh,
    aren't you drinking
    your tea? It'll get
    cold. Or don't you
    like tea?"
    The girl looked a
    little sad. Oh, I
    guess I was anxious
    about the police
    being here and forgot
    to drink my tea.
    
    "Oh no, I do like
    tea. Thanks."
    As I was about to
    take a sip, my
    stomach grumbled.
    No wonder...I haven't
    eaten since yesterday
    because of being on
    the run from the
    police.
    "Ha, ha, ha. You must
    be hungry. Um, it's a
    little early for
    dinner, but never
    mind. I'll make you
    something, so please
    wait a while."
    With that, the girl
    left the room.
    No sooner had she
    entered the room than
    she was gone again.
    That's one busy girl!
    
    
    
    
    
    I was hungry, so the
    girl left the room
    again to make me
    some dinner.
    
    
    Part 8
    
    No sooner had she
    entered the room than
    she was gone again.
    That's one busy girl.
    (Mostly because of
    me, mind you.)
    Anyhow, she's going
    to the trouble of
    making me something,
    so I should just wait.
    Maybe I'll drink some
    tea while I'm waiting.
    I took a sip...Mmm,
    it was delicious. No
    doubt partly because
    my stomach was empty,
    but there was
    something else.
    I can't describe it
    but it gave me a warm
    feeling. It wasn't so
    much because the tea
    tea itself was warm...
    Anyway, it'll take
    the girl a while to
    make something.
    Wonder if it'd be
    okay to watch TV
    while I'm drink tea?
    I switched on the TV
    and flipped to the
    news thinking maybe
    there would be
    something about
    yesterday's theft.
    ...Hmm. Doesn't look
    like it. I wonder if
    there's anything on
    the other channels?
    I checked the other
    channels but there
    were no news programs
    on.
    
    
    
    
    
    I decided to watch TV
    while the girl was
    making dinner and
    switched on the TV
    that was in the room.
    
    
    Part 9
    
    (Incidentally, I
    couldn't find the
    remote control, so I
    used the controls on
    the TV set itself.)
    Oh well. Guess I'll
    just leave it on the
    news program I was
    watching before...
    As I was about to sit
    down, I spotted the
    book on top of the
    desk. It was the
    book Fairy and Me that
    the girl put there a
    while ago.
    I'd been intrigued by
    it from the beginning.
    Maybe I'll just have
    a peek at it. I
    flipped open the
    cover.
    
    The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be.
    
    Whatever you wish for?
    If I was granted
    whatever you wished
    for just by reading
    this book, life would
    be easy...All the
    same, if I could have
    one wish granted I'd
    want my false charge
    to be dropped...
    I flipped through the
    pages as these
    thoughts went through
    my head.
    ...I'd been reading
    Fairy and Me for a
    while when I heard
    the girl.
    
    "Excuse me. Would you
    mind opening the
    door?"
    
    
    
    
    
    I was flipping through
    <bh:81>hFairy and Me<bh:81>h when
    the girl returned.
    
    
    Part 10
    
    "Excuse me. Would you
    mind opening the
    door?"
    I heard the girl call
    from the door. I
    hurriedly closed the
    book and put it back
    where I'd found it,
    then opened the
    bedroom door. The girl
    was standing there
    holding a tray. There
    was a big pot and
    rice dish on the tray.
    There was also a
    kettle, a cup, a
    plate and a spoon.
    
    "Thank you."
    Ahh, it smelt good.
    
    "Is it curry?"
    "Yes it is,"
    she replied as she
    placed the tray by
    the desk and served
    some curry and rice
    on the plate.
    
    "Here you go. I hope
    you like it..."
    She passed the plate
    to me.
    
    "Thank you."
    I chomped down a
    big mouthful.
    
    
    
    
    
    She served the curry
    and rice that she'd
    made for me.
    
    
    Part 11
    
    "Thank you."
    I chomped down on a
    big mouthful.
    
    "Delicious!"
    Mmm, it really was
    delicious. I could
    probably polish all
    of it off (partly
    because I'm so
    hungry).
    
    "Really? I'm glad.
    There's lots left, so
    please don't be shy,"
    she replied smiling
    as she served herself
    some food too.
    Well then, I won't
    hesitate to have some
    more I thought while
    wolfing down the rest
    of the food on my
    plate.
    When I finished eating
    all of the food on my
    plate, the girl asked
    smiling,
    
    "Would you like
    seconds?"
    It's so tasty I really
    feel like having a
    bit more, but maybe
    that'd be rude.
    ...But, she did offer
    so I guess it's okay.
    I'll take her up on
    her offer and have
    one more plateful.
    
    "Uh, yes please.
    Thanks a lot."
    
    
    
    
    
    The curry and rice
    the girl made was so
    delicious that I
    think I'll have
    seconds.
    
    
    Part 12
    
    "Uh, yes please.
    Thanks a lot," I said
    holding out my empty
    plate. The girl took
    it, put some more
    curry and rice on it
    and passed it back
    to me.
    
    "Here you go."
    "Thanks."
    I took the food from
    the girl and started
    eating right away.
    Munch, munch, munch.
    It was just as tasty
    as the first plateful.
    
    ...
    
    "Phew, I'm stuffed.
    That was great."
    I'm full. I can't eat
    any more, no matter
    how delicious it is.
    I probably shouldn't
    have eaten so much.
    
    "You certainly ate a
    lot. You must have
    been starving!"
    The girl looked at the
    empty pot and rice
    dish. It was obvious
    from her face and
    tone of voice that
    she was amazed by how
    much I'd eaten.
    
    
    
    
    
    I was totally full
    after eating the
    curry and rice that
    the girl made.
    
    
    Part 13
    
    The girl looked at the
    empty pot and rice
    dish. It was obvious
    from her face that
    she was amazed by how
    much I'd eaten.
    "I know I was hungry,
    but your cooking was
    so tasty that I
    couldn't help
    myself...Sorry. Looks
    like I ate your
    portion too..."
    "That's okay. I made
    the food for you in
    the first place, so
    don't worry.
    One plateful was
    enough for me," she
    said laughing.
    
    "It really was
    delicious though.
    You're a great cook."
    As I said that, the
    girl suddenly looked
    a little melancholy.
    Huh? Did I say
    something wrong?
    
    "...That's because I'm
    always alone. There's
    no one else to cook,
    so I<bh:81>fve naturally
    become good at
    cooking and other
    chores."
    
    
    
    
    
    I was totally full
    after eating the
    curry and rice that
    the girl made.
    
    
    Part 14
    
    Huh? Always alone?
    She lives in this
    house alone? What on
    earth happened to her
    parents?
    
    "My mother and I used
    to live here together,
    but she died in a car
    accident three years
    ago."
    "Oh, really? I'm
    sorry to hear that."
    I see. Her mother's
    dead. That's awful.
    But what about her
    father?
    
    "That's alright. It
    happened a long time
    ago. And my father
    works abroad. He's
    not interested in
    anything but work...
    When my mother died,
    he didn't even come
    back here. He's hasn't
    written or phoned
    once. But he sends me
    just enough money to
    live on every month
    so I guess he's still
    alive."
    Wow. She really does
    live alone in this
    house...But, then...
    
    
    
    
    
    Looks like this girl
    lives alone in this
    house. Wonder if she's
    okay with me being
    here?
    
    
    Part 15
    
    This girl really does
    live alone in this
    house.
    
    "When your mother
    died, didn't you
    think about living
    with your father? Or
    if not your father,
    then at least with
    your relatives?"
    "Even if I went to
    live with my father,
    it'd be the same as
    now...I think I
    already told you that
    my father's only
    interested in work,
    so he always returns
    home very late.
    Even on his days off,
    he just stays home
    and sleeps. So even
    if I went to live with
    him, it wouldn't be
    any different than
    now. I'd be lying if I
    said I didn't feel
    lonely.
    My relatives are the
    kind of people that
    try to get close to
    me and pretend to be
    nice so they can get
    their hands on my
    father's fortune. I
    certainly don't want
    to be with them. I'd
    much rather live here
    alone than be with
    those kind of
    people."
    Get their hands on
    his fortune? Her
    father must be very
    wealthy...A girl like
    that shouldn't be on
    her own.
    
    
    
    
    
    Looks like this girl
    lives alone in this
    house. Wonder if she's
    okay with me being
    here?
    
    
    Part 16
    
    What if some weirdo
    came to the house?
    (Well, in fact, an
    outsider might think
    that a suspicious
    character had gotten
    into her room.)
    
    "But you know what?
    I don't feel lonely
    right now,"
    the girl said looking
    at me.
    
    "Huh?"
    Does she mean because
    I'm here? Would she
    rather be with a
    stranger than with
    her relatives? Why?
    After hearing a story
    like that (about her
    father being rich),
    someone like me could
    kidnap her and demand
    a ransom.
    
    "But we just met for
    the first time today.
    How do you know I
    didn't come here to
    get my hands on your
    money just like
    your relatives?"
    As I said that, news
    of the jewelry theft
    appeared on the TV,
    which had been on the
    whole time.
    
    
    
    
    
    Looks like the girl
    lives here alone. But
    she says she's not
    lonely because I'm
    here.
    
    
    Part 17
    
    News of the jewelry
    theft appeared on the
    TV, which had been on
    the whole time.
    "Some jewelry was
    stolen at Gracies
    department store
    yesterday.
    Fortunately, it seems
    that the criminal was
    seen before leaving
    the store and no
    damage was done to
    the store. The
    criminal escaped and
    not yet been caught.
    People living near
    Gracies department
    store are asked to be
    careful. The criminal
    is approximately..."
    The girl was glued to
    the TV. She'll know
    that I'm the criminal
    right away by the
    description on the
    news.
    How will she react?
    
    "I see...Is that why
    you went to the
    trouble of coming to
    this house to ask to
    hide here?"
    What?! There's no
    denying I asked her
    to let me hide here
    but I spotted this
    house by chance. I
    wasn't targeting it.
    Why would she think
    that I came here on
    purpose?
    
    
    
    
    
    The incident that I
    was caught up in
    appeared on a news
    program. What will
    the girl think?
    
    
    Part 18
    
    Why would she think
    that I was targeting
    this house? Well,
    anyway, before dealing
    with that, I'd better
    let her know that I
    didn't steal anything.
    (I don't know if
    she'll believe me. I
    mean, most people
    wouldn't.)
    
    "You probably won't
    believe me, but I
    didn't steal
    anything."
    "Uh-huh, I don't
    think you did it. I
    believe you."
    ...What?! She seems
    to have believed me
    very easily. A little
    too easily, if I say
    so myself. Most people
    would be suspicious.
    Wonder why she
    believe me right
    away?
    
    "Uh...do you really
    believe me?"
    "Yes. After all..."
    she began to say while
    holding out the book
    Fairy and Me.
    What's the book got
    to do with it?
    
    
    
    
    
    When I told the girl
    I hadn't done the
    robbery, she believed
    me without hesitation.
    
    
    Part 19
    
    What's the book got
    to do with it?
    
    "I mean, after all,
    you're able to see
    this book, so..."
    Huh? What does that...
    I looked at her with
    astonishment. She
    smiled and flipped
    open the cover of the
    book she was holding.
    The following words
    appeared.
    
    ______________________
    The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be.
    
    But, this book is
    only visible to those
    pure of heart.
    ______________________
    
    The girl pointed to
    the last three lines.
    "When you came to
    this house, I was
    startled and dropped
    this book. You picked
    it up for me, which
    means that you are
    pure-hearted because
    you can see it.
    A pure-hearted person
    wouldn't steal
    anything."
    
    
    
    
    
    The reason the girl
    believed what I said
    was because of what
    was written in Fairy
    and Me.
    
    
    Part 20
    
    "A pure-hearted person
    wouldn't steal
    anything."
    ...I get it. She
    trusts the book
    completely."
    
    "Do you think it's
    wise to believe
    someone so easily, or
    believe what's
    written in a book for
    that matter? I mean,
    admittedly you
    helped me thanks to
    that, but..."
    "Of course I didn't
    believe you only
    because of that. I
    think I'm a good judge
    of character too."
    At least she didn't
    decide based only on
    the book.
    Anyway, from my point
    of view, as long as
    she believes me it
    doesn't matter to me.
    But I'd like to know
    why on earth she
    thinks I came to this
    house on purpose.
    
    
    "You know, a little
    while ago you said
    I came here on
    purpose, like you
    didn't think it was a
    coincidence. Would
    you mind telling me
    what on earth you
    meant by that?"
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl didn't
    believe what I said
    only because of the
    words written in
    Fairy and Me.
    
    
    Part 21
    
    "What? You mean you
    didn't come here
    because you knew
    who I was?
    ...Hmm, I see.
    Well then, I'll tell
    you the story from
    the beginning.
    As I told you just
    before, my father's a
    a workaholic. And
    he's pretty
    successful in
    business. In fact, he
    owns the department
    store where the
    incident you're
    involved in happened."
    Ahh, I see. This
    girl isn't just rich,
    her family owns that
    department store.
    It makes sense that
    she'd think I came
    here on purpose. If I
    can get her on my
    side, then I may be
    able to find out what
    happened at the
    department store
    yesterday...
    
    "So I thought maybe
    you found out where I
    lived and came here.
    But I was wrong...
    What a huge
    coincidence!"
    A huge coincidence
    indeed. And an
    opportunity. It'd be
    a waste to squander
    such a good
    opportunity. But
    where do I start?
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl is the
    daughter of the
    owner of the
    department store.
    
    
    Part 22
    
    It'd be a waste to
    squander such a good
    opportunity.
    
    "Anyway, I'd like to
    do whatever I can to
    help. The stolen
    jewelry was in your
    bag right? Then let's
    find out how it got
    there."
    I'd be grateful for
    that, but how on
    earth would we find
    out something like
    that? I guess we'll
    have to ask around to
    the shop assistants...
    
    "How are we going to
    find out?"
    "I'll ask the store
    manager to show me
    the security camera
    tapes from yesterday.
    We'll see if there's
    anything suspicious
    on the tapes."
    I see. Good thinking!
    
    "Well, I'll call the
    store manager right
    away and ask for
    them to be delivered.
    Please wait a while,"
    the girl said and
    left the room.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl left to ask
    if she could borrow
    the security camera
    tape from the
    department store.
    
    
    Part 23
    
    The girl left the
    room.
    
    ...Maybe this will
    prove my innocence
    and I won't have to
    keep running away.
    As I was thinking
    about this, the girl
    returned.
    
    "I called the store
    manager. It looks
    like  he's going to
    have them sent over
    so we'll have to wait
    a while. Um, it'll
    probably be tough to
    just wait around. Why
    don't you read this
    book or something?"
    She passed me
    Fairy and Me which
    was lying on  the
    desk. I wonder why? I
    mean, I'm definitely
    interested in the
    book, but there are
    plenty of other ways
    to kill time, like
    watching TV or
    something...
    
    "Why this book?"
    "You're interested in
    this book right? When
    you're talking to me
    I notice you glancing
    at the book now and
    then..."
    What? Do I really?
    Oh well, I guess I
    might as well kill the
    time by reading the
    book.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl called the
    store manager and he
    said he'd get the
    tapes to her.
    
    
    Part 24
    
    Oh well, I guess I
    might as well kill the
    time by reading the
    book.
    
    I nodded and took the
    book. As I began
    reading, the girl
    kept staring at me.
    
    "Um, why are you
    staring at me like
    that?"
    "Please just ignore
    me and keep reading."
    Ignore me, she says,
    but I can't ignore
    her the way she's
    staring at me and
    smiling! That doesn't
    seem to bother her
    though. Oh well, I'll
    just keep reading.
    Her gaze made me feel
    uneasy at first, but
    before long I was
    completely absorbed
    in the book.
    
    ...How long have I
    been reading? Before
    I knew it, it was
    dark and the stars
    were out.
    
    "Can I interrupt you
    for a second?"
    Huh! She startled me.
    She was sitting in
    the same place as
    before. Has she been
    watching me read the
    whole time? Jeez,
    that's kind of
    embarrassing!
    
    
    
    
    
    I decided to read
    Fairy and Me
    until the store
    manager came by with
    the tapes.
    
    
    Part 25
    
    "Sure. What's up?"
    "Would you like to see
    the security camera
    tapes that the store
    manager dropped off a
    just before?"
    What? Has he already
    been by?
    I wish she'd told me
    sooner...
    But I was wrapped up
    in Fairy and Me so
    maybe she didn't want
    to interrupt me.
    Never mind. I'd like
    to see the tapes
    as soon as possible.
    
    "I imagine there must
    be a lot of video
    shot by the security
    cameras in a day at
    that department store.
    But for the time
    being, there's not a
    lot of point in
    looking at video
    shot outside the area
    I was in, right?
    I went in to the
    department store at
    about two o<bh:81>fclock
    yesterday, and went
    straight to the
    jewelry shop on the
    4th floor. I looked
    around and bought a
    broach. As I was about
    to leave the shop,
    there was a strange
    noise - a security
    alarm maybe - and a
    shop assistant told
    me to stop."
    "I see. Let's take a
    look at the video
    shot around that
    time."
    
    
    
    
    
    While I was wrapped
    in reading
    Fairy and Me, the
    tapes arrived.
    
    
    Part 26
    
    "I see. Let's take a
    look at the video
    shot around that
    time," the girl said
    standing up.
    What? Ah, I get it.
    We can't watch the
    tapes here so we're
    going somewhere else.
    It didn't look like
    there was anything to
    play the tapes on
    here, so I got up too
    and followed her.
    
    We went downstairs to
    the porch, where
    there was a cardboard
    box.  ret>"This box contains
    all the security
    camera video shot at
    the department store
    yesterday. Let's find
    the tapes shot around
    the time you
    mentioned just before.
    It'd be too tiring to
    carry the whole
    thing," she said and
    opened the box.
    
    This looks like the
    tape shot between 2
    and 3 PM in the
    jewelry shop.
    "Please bring it to
    this room over here."
    The girl went into a
    nearby room, so I
    followed her.
    "Here?"
    "Yes, this is the only
    room where we can
    watch it. Let's not
    waste any time."
    
    
    
    
    
    We started watching
    the security camera
    video right away.
    
    
    Part 27
    
    "Well, let's look at
    the tape right away."
    We looked at the
    section of tape from
    when I entered the
    jewelry shop to when
    I left, but there was
    nothing suspicious
    from when the security
    alarm sounded to when
    I was told to stop by
    the shop assistant.
    (Of course, I wouldn't
    expect anything
    suspicious because I
    didn't do anything.
    But there were no
    signs of anyone
    approaching me or
    anything, so when on
    earth the jewelry was
    put in my bag I have
    no idea.)
    When I looked at the
    girl, she seemed to
    bet thinking something
    and was tapping her
    face with her finger
    while staring at the
    screen.
    
    "What's up? Is
    something bothering
    you?"
    "...Yes. From what
    I<bh:81>fve seen so far,
    there's no evidence
    of anyone putting the
    the stolen jewelry
    in your bag. And of
    course, there's no
    sign of you stealing
    it either. But
    it's odd that the
    security alarm would
    go off. We're missing
    something..."
    The girl rewound the
    tape and was looking
    at the spot where the
    shop assistant
    told me to stop. Her
    words trailed off as
    she seemed to notice
    something.
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl seemed to
    notice something
    while looking at the
    security camera video.
    
    
    Part 28
    
    "What's going on? Do
    you see something?"
    "Please hang on a
    second!"
    The girl rewound the
    tape again and looked
    at the same spot.
    
    "So that it explains
    it. Please have a
    look at this," she
    said rewinding the
    tape slightly and
    pointing at a shop
    assistant standing by
    by the exit.
    Ah! The shop assistant
    standing next to me
    stuck his hand out of
    the shop just as I
    was about to leave
    the store. It looked
    like he had something
    in his hand.
    ...So did the security
    alarm go off because
    of him instead of me?
    
    "That's right. This
    shop assistant had the
    jewelry in his hand
    from the start, and
    set the alarm off as
    you passed by. Then,
    he told you to stop
    and while he was
    pretending to search
    your bag, he slipped
    the jewelry into it.
    Look , right here!"
    No doubt about it!
    The assistant
    slipped whatever was
    in his hand into my
    bag.
    
    
    
    
    
    Whatever happened in
    store seemed to be
    because of the shop
    assistant.
    
    
    Part 29
    
    No doubt about it!
    The assistant
    slipped whatever was
    in his hand into my
    bag.
    
    "You're right. But
    why?"
    "I have no idea...
    But it's too late to
    do anything today, so
    we'll find out
    tomorrow."
    It was already past
    midnight. Of course,
    the department store
    is already closed,
    so it'd be impossible
    to talk to the shop
    assistant now. And if
    I leave now I might
    get caught by the
    police before I even
    have a chance to
    speak to him.
    There's nothing to
    do but wait.
    
    "Let's leave it at
    that for the day.
    Please wait while I
    fill the tub for you
    so you can take a
    bath before going to
    bed."
    Before I could reply,
    the girl left the
    room. I hadn't
    taken a bath since
    being on the run
    yesterday, so I'd
    like to take one,
    but...Never mind.
    There's no point in
    thinking too much. I
    might as well do as
    I'm told. While I'm
    waiting I think I'll
    read Fairy and Me
    which I sneaked
    downstairs with me
    earlier.
    
    
    
    
    
    It was already past
    midnight when I
    noticed the time.
    We can continue
    tomorrow.
    
    
    Part 30
    
    "The bath is ready.
    You can go first."
    "Oh, okay...But
    where's the bathroom?"
    She seemed to be
    calling from the
    bathroom, but I don't
    know the layout of
    the house, so I have
    no idea where it is.
    
    "I'll show you. Hang
    on a second," she
    said and returned to
    the room a few
    moments later.
    
    "Sorry. Please follow
    me."
    She beckoned me to
    follow her, so I put
    down the book I was
    reading and followed
    her.
    
    "This is the bathroom.
    I'll wash your
    clothes, so please put
    them in this basket.
    Oh, I forgot to get
    you a change of
    clothes. I'll be right
    back. In the meantime,
    please get in the
    bath. And if you need
    anything else, just
    ask."
    "Okay. Thanks."
    
    
    
    
    
    The girl prepared a
    bath for me, so I
    gratefully accepted.
    
    
    Part 31
    
    "If you need
    anything else, just
    ask."
    I made sure that the
    girl was gone, then
    took off my clothes
    and got in the bath.
    
    SPLASH
    
    Ahh...This is great.
    As I was relaxing,
    the events of  the
    past two days floated
    through my head...
    Being suspected of
    stealing jewelry,
    being chased by the
    police and ending up
    here by chance...And
    the huge coincidence
    of the girl living
    here being the
    daughter of the
    department store's
    owner...Thanks to her
    it looks like we'll
    be able to clear up
    any suspicion that I
    stole the jewelry.
    As these thoughts
    went through my mind
    I heard the girl
    calling from outside
    the bathroom.
    
    "Excuse me. I'll leave
    the change of clothes
    for you here. They're
    my father's, so,
    they may be a
    little...well, quite
    big."
    "That's okay. Thanks."
    
    
    
    
    
    As I washed myself
    and soaked in the tub,
    I recalled the events
    of the past two days.
    
    
    Part 32
    
    "...Wow, these are
    huge!"
    When I got out of the
    bath and looked at
    the change of clothes
    that the girl had
    prepared, they were
    huge. Oh well. There's
    no point in making a
    fuss. My clothes are
    being washed right
    now anyway (I can
    hear the washing
    machine churning
    away) so there's
    nothing else to wear.
    Well, I guess I
    should let the girl
    know I'm finished.
    Wonder where she is?
    I'll see if she's in
    the parlor where
    we were before. Just
    as I was thinking
    that the girl came
    out of the parlor and
    spoke to me.
    
    "Oh, are you finished
    already?
    ...I guess the
    pajamas are too big
    eh? But that's all
    there is, so please
    make do with them for
    tonight.
    I prepared a futon
    for you in this room,
    so please sleep here
    tonight."
    "Wow, you even
    prepared a bed for me?
    Thanks."
    
    
    
    
    
    The pajamas the girl
    prepared for me were
    huge.
    
    
    Part 33
    
    "Oh, you even
    prepared a bed for
    me. Thanks."
    "I wouldn't expect
    you to sleep on the
    floor...
    Well, I guess it's my
    turn to take a bath."
    The girl headed to
    the bathroom. I was
    thinking about
    reading Fairy and Me
    when the girl
    suddenly came back.
    
    "Huh? What's wrong?"
    "Please don't peep at
    me okay?"
    "..................."
    I thought she trusted
    me! Does she really
    think I'd peep at her?
    
    "I'm just kidding. A
    nice guy like you
    wouldn't do that,
    right? Well, I'm really
    going this time."
    "...I won't. Don't
    worry."
    "Okay."
    Was she really
    kidding? Or was she
    making sure I wouldn't
    peep at her?
    Oh well. Whatever. I
    think I'll get back to
    reading Fairy and Me
    again...
    
    
    
    
    
    Before taking a bath
    the girl came back to
    warn me not to peep
    at her.
    
    
    Part 34
    
    Well, I think I'll
    get back to reading
    Fairy and Me again.
    
    ...
    
    (Sound of book
    closing)
    Phew. Finished!
    I finally finished
    the book...
    
    "Um, have you
    finished the book?"
    Huh! The girl
    startled me. I didn't
    even notice that she
    had finished taking
    a bath. But I guess
    it must<bh:81>fve taken me a
    while to finish
    reading Fairy and Me,
    so there's no reason
    to be surprised.
    
    "Sorry. I didn't mean
    to startle you...Did
    you finish reading
    the book?"
    I nodded.
    
    "How was it? Was it
    interesting?"
    I nodded again.
    
    "So...What's your
    wish?"
    "Of course, I'd like
    everyone to know that
    I didn't steal
    anything."
    
    
    
    
    
    I finished reading
    Fairy and Me while
    the girl was taking
    a bath.
    
    
    Part 35
    
    "Of course, I'd like
    everyone to know that
    I didn't steal
    anything."
    "That's good. I'm
    sure your wish will
    come true tomorrow."
    I nodded again.
    The girl looked kind
    of lonely...Wonder
    why?  Maybe I should
    try talking about
    something else.
    
    "By the way, did you
    read the book to the
    end too? Do you have
    a wish?"
    "Yes. Before I tell
    you...uh...can I ask
    you something?"
    she asked with a
    very serious face.
    If I can answer her
    she can ask as many
    questions as she
    wants.
    
    "Go ahead."
    "The broach you
    bought at the jewelry
    shop yesterday was a
    present for a girl
    wasn't it? Who was
    it for?"
    Come to think of it,
    I told the girl about
    being suspected for
    stealing, but I
    didn't say explain
    why I went to the
    store in the first
    place...
    
    
    "Of course, my wish
    is for everyone to
    know that I didn't
    steal anything."
    
    
    Part 36
    
    Come to think of it,
    I didn't explain to
    the girl why I went
    to store in the first
    place...
    
    "Oh, for my sister.
    Her birthday's coming
    up soon. She gets
    upset if I don't buy
    her something every
    year and if I don't
    get something she
    likes, she gets in a
    bad mood...So this
    this year we went to
    the store together
    beforehand so she
    could choose something
    she liked. That way I
    know there won't be
    a problem."
    Then this happened.
    
    "Then, it's not a
    present for your
    girlfriend?"
    "Unfortunately, I
    don't have a
    girlfriend,"
    I said and the girl
    look relieved.
    
    "My wish is...
    to have a boyfriend...
    A boyfriend with a
    pure heart.
    ...Um, you mean you'd
    like me to become
    your boyfriend, right?
    Of course, my answer
    is...
    
    
               The End
    
    Fairy and Me: Epilog
    
    The shop assistant
    owned up completely
    to what he did.
    
    Actually, that guy
    came to the store
    with his sister a
    while ago (he was
    letting her choose
    an accessory for
    herself). Seems that
    that the shop
    assistant was
    mesmerized by her
    and thought the guy
    was her boyfriend.
    To be honest, he was
    totally jealous...
    So when the assistant
    saw the guy come to
    the store again, he
    put the jewelry in
    his bag in spite of
    himself.
    When the shop
    assistant heard that
    the girl he was
    obsessed with was the
    guy's sister, he was
    totally surprised.
    In the end, the shop
    assistant apologized
    to the guy. I'm not
    sure whether the guy
    forgave him or not
    but it doesn't really
    matter because the
    girl told the shop
    assistant that she
    already had a
    boyfriend...
    
    Anyway, I wonder why
    she didn't ask her
    boyfriend to buy her
    a present instead of
    her  brother...
    
    
              Finished
    
    ####################################
    d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers)
    ####################################
    
    Fairy and Me:
    
    The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be.
    
    But, this book is
    only visible to those
    pure of heart.
    
    This book is now in
    the possession of a
    certain girl.
    
    
    This is the story of
    how a book brought
    two people together.
    "Fairy and Me: Her
    Story"
    
    See it on this
    channel every Tuesday.
    
    
    
    Part 1
    
    (Sound of book
    closing)
    Phew. I finally
    finished it.
    
    "The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be."
    Hmm...If I could be
    granted one wish, I'd
    want a boyfriend.
    A boyfriend with a
    pure heart Someone
    who can see this
    book Fairy and Me.
    No way! Life
    would be easy if all
    I had to do was read
    this book.
    
    (Sound of police
    siren)
    Huh? Sounds like a
    police car. I wonder
    what happened?
    Never mind. I think
    I'll have a cup of
    tea.
    I left my room and
    was about to go
    downstairs when...
    
    KNOCK, KNOCK
    Wonder who that is?
    Sounds urgent. Maybe
    I should go right
    away.
    I ran downstairs and
    opened the porch
    door.
    
    (Sound of  door
    opening)
    "Hello, who are you?"
    
    
    
    
    
    I finally finished
    reading Fairy and Me.
    I think I'll have a
    cup of tea.
    
    
    Part 2
    
    "Hello, who are you?"
    Hmm...I haven't seen
    him around before. He
    isn't carrying
    anything, so I don't
    think he's a
    salesman...
    What's he doing here?
    
    "Well...um...actually,
    I'd like to hide here
    for a while. Plea...
    Uh oh!"
    Oh my god! He must
    have seen something
    because he suddenly
    grabbed me and forced
    me into the house,
    then shut the door. I
    was so startled that
    I dropped the book I
    was holding.
    
    "Sorry. I must<bh:81>fve
    startled you. Here
    you go."
    The guy picked up the
    book I dropped and
    handed it to me. He
    can see the book!
    That must mean he
    has a pure heart...
    No, that's silly.
    Anybody can see it.
    There's no such thing
    as a book that can
    only be seen by
    pure-hearted people.
    heart. Well anyway,
    he doesn't look like
    a bad person, so it
    should be alright to
    let him hide here.
    I have no idea who's
    after him though<bh:81>c
    
    "Please come in."
    I beckoned him to
    come into the house.
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy who barged in
    on me could see Fairy
    and Me...
    
    
    Part 3
    
    "Please come in."
    I'm usually too shy
    to talk to guys,
    especially for the
    first time, but the
    words came easily with
    this guy. Maybe it's
    the power of Fairy
    and Me. Just kidding.
    It's because I can't
    ignore someone in
    trouble.
    But why did he come
    here? Maybe he's
    desperate for money.
    If he knows about my
    family, then maybe he
    thinks there's some
    money here.
    Actually, there have
    been a lot of
    break-ins here and
    people who have tried
    to kidnap me...If
    he's that kind of
    person, I'll kick him
    out right away at the
    first sign of trouble.
    He hesitated for a
    moment, then said
    
    "Thank you."
    I didn't want him to
    do any damage to the
    main floor of the
    house, so I took him
    upstairs to my room.
    
    "Please wait while I
    go and make you a cup
    of tea."
    I decided to leave
    the guy alone in my
    room to see if he
    does anything
    suspicious.
    
    
    
    
    
    I took the guy to my
    room and then left
    again to make some
    tea...
    
    
    Part 4
    
    That reminds me. I
    was going to have
    some tea myself
    before this guy came.
    
    I went to the kitchen.
    I think there's
    plenty of tea.
    ...Yeah, there is.
    I'll boil some water.
    Umm...do I even have
    an extra cup? I
    hardly ever have
    visitors, so I don't
    have many dishes...
    Ah, here's one. Good.
    And here's a spoon.
    Now, all I need is
    some sugar and maybe
    some sort of cake.
    Oh, this'll do. While
    I was getting
    everything ready, the
    kettle began
    whistling away. I
    turned the stove off,
    poured some water in
    a pot and put the lid
    on. Is that
    everything? Okay,
    I'll take it all
    upstairs.
    
    I went upstairs
    carrying a tray with
    the tea and whatnot
    in one hand, and
    opened the bedroom
    door with the other.
    
    "Sorry to keep you
    waiting."
    Oh. Looks like he
    guy was about to pick
    up Fairy and Me. Hmm,
    wonder if he's touched
    anything else.
    Doesn't look like it.
    Maybe he didn't come
    here to steal money.
    Or maybe he thinks
    there's nothing in my
    room. It's impossible
    to tell at the moment.
    
    
    
    
    
    I came back from the
    kitchen after making
    some tea.
    
    
    Part 5
    
    The guy hurriedly put
    the book he was
    holding back down on
    the desk and sat down
    again.
    
    "Oh, sorry. I
    shouldn't have been
    looking at your book,"
    he apologized. If I
    didn't want him to
    see it, I wouldn't
    have left it lying on
    the desk, so it's no
    big deal. Or maybe
    he's trying to put me
    off my guard.
    
    "That's okay,"
    I said as I put the
    tray down on the desk
    and sat in front of
    the guy and poured
    some tea.
    
    "Um, how many sugars
    would you like?"
    "Uh, well..."
    The guy was about
    to answer when...
    
    KNOCK, KNOCK
    "Is anyone home?"
    "Who could it be this
    time? There sure seem
    to be a lot of
    visitors today.
    Excuse me."
    Who could it be?
    Maybe the guy's
    thinking this is his
    chance to make a move.
    Or maybe it's his
    friend. Anyway, I'd
    better get back to
    the room right away.
    
    "Hello, who is  it?"
    "It's the police."
    When I opened the
    porch, a policeman
    was standing there.
    
    
    
    
    
    Just as I was about
    to take a sip of tea,
    the police showed up.
    
    
    Part 6
    
    "It's the police."
    I guess it's not the
    guy's friend after
    all. But given the
    timing, I wonder if
    it's got something to
    do with him?
    
    "Actually, some
    jewelry was stolen
    from the nearby
    department store
    yesterday and we're
    searching the area
    for the criminal.
    Have you seen this
    person?"
    It was a sketch of
    the guy. I see.
    That's why the guy
    said he wanted to hide
    here. Maybe he wants
    to prove he's
    innocent. Hmm, maybe
    I should keep quiet
    about him being here.
    
    "Umm, no I haven't."
    "I see. If you see
    someone who looks
    like this man, please
    contact the police."
    "Sure. I will. Thank
    you."
    (Sound of door
    closing)
    The policeman seemed
    to believe me and
    left. The police
    wouldn't normally
    expect me to be
    hiding someone here.
    I'd better go talk to
    the guy at once and
    find out what's going
    on.
    
    
    
    
    
    The policeman
    believed what I said
    and left.
    
    
    Part 7
    
    I'd better go talk to
    the guy at once and
    find out what's going
    on. He probably heard
    what the policeman
    said, so I hope he
    doesn't do anything
    anything foolish...
    
    (Sound of door
    opening)
    "Sorry for the
    interruption. Oh,
    aren't you drinking
    your tea? It'll get
    cold. Or don't you
    like tea?"
    He was probably
    anxious about my chat
    with the policeman
    and couldn't drink
    his tea.
    
    "Oh no, I do like
    tea. Thanks."
    As he was about to
    take a sip, his
    stomach grumbled.
    Maybe he hasn't eaten
    anything  since
    being on the run from
    the police. Alright
    then, I'll make him
    something nice to eat.
    
    "Ha, ha, ha. You must
    be hungry. Um, it's a
    little early for
    dinner, but never
    mind. I'll make you
    something, so please
    wait a while."
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy was hungry,
    so I decided to cook
    something for him.
    
    
    Part 8
    
    "Please wait a while.
    I left  him alone in
    the bedroom and went
    downstairs to the
    kitchen again...I
    have no idea what to
    make him. Oh well,
    I'll just look in the
    fridge and think about
    what to make. (Sound
    of fridge opening.)
    Is there anything in
    here I can use...?
    I'm pretty sure there
    was some curry stock
    in here somewhere.
    Hmm, maybe curry and
    rice would be good.
    What else do I have?
    Salad, apples, honey,
    pineapple, cheese,
    potatoes, carrots...
    Umm, looks like
    there's enough here to
    make a tasty curry.
    Alright then. Curry
    it is! First I need to
    cut the ingredients
    into good-sized
    pieces and put them
    in a pot and boil
    them.
    
    That's good! I'll just
    leave them for a while
    until they're ready.
    Oh, that's right.
    Wonder if I have
    enough dishes? (Sound
    of looking for
    something). Oh good.
    There's enough for
    the two of us.
    
    
    
    
    
    I'm cooking curry and
    rice for the guy
    because he's hungry.
    
    
    Part 9
    
    Well, it'll be a while
    before the curry's
    ready. What should I
    do in the meantime? I
    wonder what the guy's
    doing? Anyway, he
    doesn't seem like the
    kind of person who'd
    wreck my room, so I
    don't need to worry
    about him in that
    regard. He seemed
    pretty interested in
    Fairy and Me, so he can
    always kill time by
    reading it. When I
    first brought the tea
    to him, he was taking a
    peek at the contents,
    but as soon as I
    entered the room, he
    apologized for reading
    the book without
    asking...While these
    thoughts ran through
    my head, the curry
    began bubbling away.
    Wonder if it's ready?
    I'll give it a little
    try. (Sip) Mmm...
    Delicious. Um,
    looks like the rice
    is ready too. Well,
    I'll take this up to
    my room right away
    then...Looks like I
    made too much. The
    tray is super heavy.
    Looks like I'll have
    to use both hands.
    Oh, I can't open the
    bedroom door.
    
    "Excuse me. Would you
    mind opening the
    door?"
    
    
    
    
    
    I made so much curry
    and rice that I had
    to carry it with
    both hands.
    
    
    Part 10
    
    "Excuse me. Would you
    mind opening the
    door?"
    When I called the guy
    from the other side
    of the door, he opened
    it right away. The
    position of Fairy and
    I had changed slightly
    and the TV was on.
    Other than that,
    everything else
    looked the same. Maybe
    he decided to read
    Fairy and Me because
    there was nothing on
    TV. (Or maybe the
    other way around.)
    Anyhow, it doesn't
    look like he did
    anything bad while he
    was waiting. Oh yeah.
    I forgot to thank him
    for opening the door
    for me.
    
    "Thank you."
    He didn't seem to
    hear me, and was
    smelling the aroma
    drifting from the pot.
    
    "Is it curry?"
    "Yes it is,"
    I replied as I placed
    the tray by the desk
    and served some curry
    and rice on the plate.
    
    "Here you go. I hope
    you like it..."
    I passed the pate to
    the guy.
    
    "Thank you."
    He took the plate and
    had a big mouthful.
    
    
    
    
    
    It looked like the
    guy had been reading
    Fairy and Me while I
    was cooking.
    
    Part 11
    
    "Thank you ."
    He took the plate and
    had a big mouthful.
    
    "Delicious!"
    It really looks like
    he's enjoying it. (At
    this rate, it looks
    like he'll finish it
    all (mostly because
    he's famished I
    guess).
    
    "Really? I'm glad.
    There's lots left, so
    please don't be shy."
    I'm a little hungry
    too, so I  think I'll
    have some myself...
    Wow! He's already
    finished a plateful!
    He must have been
    really hungry. I made
    tons so I  was hoping
    he'd eat a lot.
    
    "Would you like
    seconds?" I asked.
    He seemed a little
    hesitant. Is he just
    being polite or
    doesn't he like it
    very much?
    
    "Uh, yes please.
    Thanks a lot."
    He held out his empty
    plate with an
    embarrassed look.
    Ah, he was just being
    polite after all.
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy finished off
    a plateful of food in
    no time, so I offered
    him seconds.
    
    
    Part 12
    
    He held out his empty
    plate with an
    embarrassed look.
    So, he was just being
    polite after all.
    
    I took his plate and
    served some curry and
    rice and passed it
    back to him.
    
    "Here you go."
    "Thanks."
    The guy took the
    food from me and
    started munching on
    it right away. He
    really does seem to
    like it.
    
    ...
    
    "Phew, I'm stuffed.
    That was great," he
    said while patting
    his stomach.
    
    "You certainly ate a
    lot. You must have
    been starving!"
    I looked at the
    empty pot and rice
    dish. I couldn't hide
    my amazement. Anyway,
    it was worth making
    it because he ate
    such a lot. It's much
    better than having
    leftovers.
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy was full
    after eating a couple
    of platefuls of the
    curry I cooked him.
    
    
    Part 13
    
    It was worth making
    it because he ate
    such a lot. It's much
    better than having
    leftovers.
    
    "I know I was hungry,
    but your cooking was
    so tasty that I
    couldn't help
    myself...Sorry. Looks
    like I ate your
    portion too..." he
    said apologetically.
    "That's okay. I made
    the food for you in
    the first place, so
    don't worry.
    One plateful was
    enough for me," I
    reassured him. I
    wasn't that hungry
    and even if I was, one
    plateful was enough
    anyway.
    
    "It really was
    delicious though.
    You're a great cook."
    "...That's because I'm
    always alone. There's
    no one else to cook,
    so I<bh:81>fve naturally
    become good at
    cooking and other
    chores."
    After I said that, the
    guy looked like he
    regretted what he
    said, but it was no
    big deal.
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy was full
    after eating a couple
    of platefuls of the
    curry I cooked him.
    
    
    Part 14
    
    I guess I looked
    unhappy to hear what
    he said...I guess
    my loneliness shows.
    after all.
    The guy looks like
    he's going to ask why
    I'm alone, so I might
    as well tell him.
    
    "My mother and I used
    to live here together,
    but she died in a car
    accident three years
    ago."
    "Oh, really? I'm
    sorry to hear that."
    His expression
    changed from regret
    to confusion. He's
    probably going to ask
    what happened to
    my father...
    
    "That's alright. It
    happened a long time
    ago. And my father
    works abroad. He's
    not interested in
    anything but work...
    When my mother died,
    he didn't even come
    back here. He's hasn't
    written or phoned
    once. But he sends me
    just enough money to
    live on every month
    so I guess he's still
    alive."
    Whenever I talk about
    my father, I can't
    help saying harsh
    things about him.
    
    
    
    
    
    I told him about
    living alone in this
    house.
    
    
    Part 15
    
    Whenever I talk about
    my father, I can't
    help saying harsh
    things about him.
    
    "When your mother
    died, didn't you
    think about living
    with your father? Or
    with your father? Or
    if not your father,
    then at least with
    your relatives?"
    Huh? If he came here
    because he knows a
    bit about my family,
    I would<bh:81>fve expected
    him to know at least
    that...Oh well. Never
    mind.
    
    "Even if I went to
    live with my father,
    it'd be the same as
    now...I think I
    already told you that
    my father's only
    interested in work,
    so he always returns
    home very late.
    Even on his days off,
    he just stays home
    and sleeps. So even
    if I went to live with
    him, it wouldn't be
    any different than
    now. I'd be lying if I
    said I didn't feel
    lonely.
    My relatives are the
    kind of people that
    try to get close to
    me and pretend to be
    nice so they can get
    their hands on my
    father's fortune. I
    certainly don't want
    to be with them. I'd
    much rather live here
    alone than be with
    those kind of
    people."
    
    
    
    
    
    I told him about
    living alone in this
    house.
    
    
    Part 16
    
    "But you know what?
    I don't feel lonely
    right now," I said
    looking at him. He
    hasn't been specially
    kind to me, nor has
    he harmed me....
    He may have stolen
    the jewelry for all I
    know, but I feel more
    at ease with this
    stranger than with my
    own relatives. It
    sounds absurd even
    to me. But that's
    honestly how I feel.
    
    "Huh?"
    The guy looked at me
    with surprise. I'm
    surprised myself, so
    I can only imagine
    how weird that must
    sound to him.
    
    "But we just met for
    the first time today.
    How do you know I
    didn't come here to
    get my hands on your
    money just like
    your relatives?"
    The way he said that
    convinced me that he
    was not a bad person.
    
    At that moment, news
    of the jewelry theft
    came on TV, which had
    been on the whole
    time.
    
    
    
    
    
    I don't feel lonely
    at the moment because
    this guy's here.
    
    
    Part 17
    
    News of the jewelry
    theft appeared on the
    TV, which had been on
    the whole time.
    "Some jewelry was
    stolen at Gracies
    department store
    yesterday.
    Fortunately, it seems
    that the criminal was
    seen before leaving
    the store and no
    damage was done to
    the store. The
    criminal escaped and
    not yet been caught.
    People living near
    Gracies department
    store are asked to be
    careful. The criminal
    is approximately..."
    Hmm, this news story
    seems to be talking
    about this guy. From
    what I<bh:81>fve seen on TV
    so far, he hasn't
    told me the real
    reason he's here.
    
    
    "I see...Is that why
    you went to the
    trouble of coming to
    this house to ask to
    hide here?"
    If you didn't do
    anything wrong, then
    I'll help you prove
    it. Why don't you try
    telling me the reason
    you came here...
    ...But the guy just
    had a blank look on
    his face. What's
    wrong? What a strange
    reaction.
    
    
    
    
    
    The incident that the
    guy was caught up in
    appeared on a news
    program.
    
    
    Part 18
    
    The guy looks like
    he's about to say
    something. Come on,
    say it. I'm listening.
    
    "You probably won't
    believe me, but I
    didn't steal
    anything."
    "Uh-huh, I don't
    think you did it. I
    believe you."
    He looked amazed that
    I believed him so
    easily. I guess
    that's to be expected.
    But I do believe him.
    
    "Uh...do you really
    believe me?"
    "Yes. After all..."
    I began to say while
    holding out the book
    Fairy and Me.
    He doesn't seem to
    have a clue what I
    mean. Looks like I'll
    have to explain to
    him about how he must
    be pure-hearted
    because he was able
    to see Fairy and Me
    when we first met.
    Just kidding.
    Actually, I can tell
    he's not a bad person
    because of the time
    we<bh:81>fve spent together.
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy seems
    surprised that I
    believe he didn't steal
    anything.
    
    
    Part 19
    
    He's looked at me
    and the book as if to
    say, "What has the
    book got to do with
    it?"
    
    "I mean, after all,
    you're able to see
    this book, so..."
    Hmm, he still doesn't
    get it judging by the
    look of astonishment.
    Oh well. (Giggles)
    I'll have to explain
    it to him properly. I
    flipped open the cover
    and pointed to the
    first page. The
    following words
    appeared.
    
    ______________________
    The person who reads
    this book to the
    end shall be granted
    one wish, whatever
    it may be.
    
    But, this book is
    only visible to those
    pure of heart.
    ______________________
    
    "When you came to
    this house, I was
    startled and dropped
    this book. You picked
    it up for me, which
    means that you are
    pure-hearted because
    you can see it.
    A pure-hearted person
    wouldn't steal
    anything."
    
    
    
    
    
    I believed what the
    guy said because of
    what was written in
    Fairy and Me...Just
    kidding.
    
    
    Part 20
    
    "A pure-hearted person
    wouldn't steal
    anything," I said
    pointing at the last
    three lines of the
    first page. Of course
    I don't believe what's
    written in the book.
    I just don't know how
    to explain it, so
    it's easier to explain
    it this way...
    
    "Do you think it's
    wise to believe
    someone so easily, or
    believe what's
    written in a book for
    that matter? I mean,
    admittedly you
    helped me thanks to
    that, but..."
    "Of course I didn't
    believe you only
    because of that. I
    think I'm a good judge
    of character too."
    I can't explain it
    any better than this,
    so give up. Ask me
    something else if you
    want.
    
    "You know, a little
    while ago you said
    I came here on
    purpose, like you
    didn't think it was a
    coincidence. Would
    you mind telling me
    what on earth you
    meant by that?"
    ...Did this guy really
    come here without
    knowing anything
    about me?
    
    
    
    
    
    I didn't believe what
    the guy said only
    because of what was
    written in Fairy and
    I.
    
    
    Part 21
    
    ...Did this guy really
    come here without
    knowing anything
    about me?
    Well then, I guess
    I'll have to explain
    things properly.
    
    "What? You mean you
    didn't come here
    because you knew
    who I was?
    ...Hmm, I see.
    Well then, I'll tell
    you the story from
    the beginning.
    As I told you just
    before, my father's a
    a workaholic. And
    he's pretty
    successful in
    business. In fact, he
    owns the department
    store where the
    incident you're
    involved in happened."
    The guy nodded as if
    he believed me.
    
    "So I thought maybe
    you found out where I
    lived and came here.
    But I was wrong...
    What a huge
    coincidence!"
    He nodded again in
    agreement. But if he
    really did come here
    by chance without
    knowing, maybe the
    power of  Fairy and Me
    is really working...
    No, that<bh:81>f silly! But
    I can't dismiss it
    entirely as a mere
    coincidence...
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy really didn't
    know anything. Is it
    really a coincidence
    that he came here
    though? Or...
    
    
    Part 22
    
    "Anyway, I'd like to
    do whatever I can to
    help. The stolen
    jewelry was in your
    bag right? Then let's
    find out how it got
    there."
    Chances are that
    something was caught
    on tape by the
    security cameras in
    the jewelry shop when
    the guy was there
    yesterday, so if we
    can take a look at
    them maybe we
    can clear everything
    up.
    
    "How are we going to
    find out?"
    "I'll ask the store
    manager to show me
    the security camera
    tapes from yesterday.
    We'll see if there's
    anything suspicious
    on the tapes."
    I hope the video from
    yesterday is still
    around.
    
    "Well, I'll call the
    store manager right
    away and ask for
    them to be delivered.
    Please wait a while."
    I left the room right
    away and called the
    jewelry shop.
    
    "Hello, it's me. I
    was wondering if I
    could have a look at
    the security camera
    tapes from yesterday?"
    
    
    
    
    
    I decided to ask if I
    could see the store's
    security camera tapes.
    
    
    Part 23
    
    "Hello, it's me. I
    was wondering if I
    could have a look at
    the security camera
    tapes from yesterday?"
    ...Yes, all of them.
    As soon as possible...
    Yes, please. Thanks."
    Click
    ...Good. All we have
    to do now is wait for
    the tapes to arrive.
    I'll let the guy know
    right away.
    When I returned to my
    bedroom, the guy was
    waiting in the same
    place as when I left.
    He seems really
    anxious.
    
    "I called the store
    manager. It looks
    like  he's going to
    have them sent over
    so we'll have to wait
    a while. Um, it'll
    probably be tough to
    just wait around. Why
    don't you read this
    book or something?"
    I passed him Fairy
    and Me which was lying
    on  the desk.
    
    "Why this book?"
    "You're interested in
    this book right? When
    you're talking to me
    I notice you glancing
    at the book now and
    then..."
    I'm just kidding. I
    thought that if he
    watched TV, he might
    feel uncomfortable if
    news of the theft
    came on...
    
    
    
    
    
    I called the store
    manager and he said
    he said he'd have
    the tapes sent over.
    
    
    Part 24
    
    The guy nodded and
    took the book Fairy
    and Me. I stared at
    him closely as he
    began reading.
    
    "Um, why are you
    staring at me like
    that?"
    "Please just ignore
    me and keep reading,"
    I teased him. I guess
    I'm distracting him.
    He'll be fine once he
    gets into the book.
    Then he'll lose track
    of time till the
    tapes arrive.
    In no time at all,
    he seemed completely
    completely wrapped
    up in Fairy and Me.
    
    ...I wonder how much
    time has passed? The
    sun just went down.
    PING, PONG
    Ah. The tapes are
    finally here. I went
    to the porch and
    opened the door.
    
    "Hello. Oh, you
    brought them
    personally? Thank you
    very much. Okay, good
    night.
    The store manager
    left right away, and
    I went to tell the
    guy the tapes had
    arrived.
    
    I returned to my room
    and said to him,
    "Can I interrupt you
    for a second?"
    
    
    
    
    
    The store manager
    dropped off the tapes
    personally. I'd better
    let the guy know
    right away.
    
    
    Part 25
    
    "Can I interrupt you
    for a second?"
    He seemed startled by
    my sudden appearance.
    
    "Sure. What's up?"
    "Would you like to see
    the security camera
    tapes that the store
    manager dropped off a
    just before?"
    As soon as I said
    that, he seemed eager
    to see them.
    
    "I imagine there must
    be a lot of video
    shot by the security
    cameras in a day at
    that department store.
    But for the time
    being, there's not a
    lot of point in
    looking at video
    shot outside the area
    I was in, right?
    I went in to the
    department store at
    about two o<bh:81>fclock
    yesterday, and went
    straight to the
    jewelry shop on the
    4th floor. I looked
    around and bought a
    broach. As I was about
    to leave the shop,
    there was a strange
    noise - a security
    alarm maybe - and a
    shop assistant told
    me to stop."
    "I see. Let's take a
    look at the video
    shot around that
    time."
    I nodded in agreement.
    and stood up.
    
    
    
    
    
    When I told the guy
    that the tapes had
    arrived, he seemed
    eager to see them
    right away.
    
    
    Part 26
    
    I nodded in agreement
    with what he said and
    stood up.
    
    He didn't seem to
    know why I had stood
    up at first. But he
    looked around the
    room and seemed to
    figure out that we
    couldn't watch the
    tapes here, so he
    stood up and followed
    me.
    We left the room and
    went to the cardboard
    box in the porch.
    "This box contains
    all the security
    camera video shot at
    the department store
    yesterday. Let's find
    the tapes shot around
    the time you
    mentioned just before.
    It'd be too tiring to
    carry the whole
    thing," I said and
    opened the box. The
    guy pulled out a tape
    with the time he'd
    he'd mentioned
    written on it.
    
    "Please bring it to
    this room over here."
    I showed him to a
    room where we could
    watch the tape.
    
    "Here?"
    "Yes, this is the only
    room where we can
    watch it. Let's not
    waste any time."
    
    
    
    
    
    We started watching
    the security camera
    video right away.
    
    
    Part 27
    
    "Well, let's look at
    the tape right away."
    We looked at the
    section of tape from
    when the guy entered
    the jewelry shop to
    when he left, but
    no one came near him
    from when the
    security alarm went
    off to when he was
    told to stop by the
    shop assistant. How
    could that be? The
    security alarm
    shouldn't have gone
    off unless somebody
    put the stolen item
    in his bag at some
    point. There must be
    something here, but
    what? Anyway, I'll
    rewind the tape and
    have another look at
    the spot where the
    guy was told to stop
    by the shop assistant.
    
    "What's up? Is
    something bothering
    you?"
    "...Yes. From what
    I<bh:81>fve seen so far,
    there's no evidence
    of anyone putting the
    the stolen jewelry
    in your bag. And of
    course, there's no
    sign of you stealing
    it either. But
    it's odd that the
    security alarm would
    go off. We're missing
    something..."
    What's this? It looks
    like the shop
    assistant is up to
    something. Hmm, but
    he's a little ways
    away from the guy...
    The shop assistant
    made a slight movement
    at the exit but I'm
    not sure if it's of
    any significance. Hmm,
    but no one else is
    doing anything except
    that shop assistant...
    Oh, I wonder if...
    
    
    
    
    
    I noticed something
    while watching the
    security camera video.
    
    
    Part 28
    
    "What's going on? Do
    you see something?"
    "Please hang on a
    second!"
    I rewound the tape
    again and looked at
    the same spot. No
    doubt about it. The
    shop assistant poked
    his hand out of the
    store just as the guy
    was leaving. Looks
    like the assistant
    has something in his
    hand...
    
    "So that it explains
    it. Please have a
    look at this," I said
    pointing at the shop
    assistant standing at
    the exit and rewound
    the tape a little.
    The guy seemed to see
    the same thing.
    
    "That's right. This
    shop assistant had the
    jewelry in his hand
    from the start, and
    set the alarm off as
    you passed by. Then,
    he told you to stop
    and while he was
    pretending to search
    your bag, he slipped
    the jewelry into it.
    Look , right here!"
    There's no doubt that
    the security alarm
    was set off by the
    shop assistant.
    The shop assistant
    slipped whatever he
    was holding in the
    guy's bag while
    pretending to search
    it...
    
    
    
    
    
    Whatever happened in
    store seemed to be
    because of the shop
    assistant.
    
    
    Part 29
    
    The shop assistant
    slipped whatever was
    in his hand into the
    guy's bag.
    
    <bh:81>gYou're right. But
    why?<bh:81>h
    <bh:81>gI have no idea...
    But it's too late to
    do anything today, so
    we'll find out
    tomorrow.<bh:81>h
    It was already past
    midnight. Of course,
    the department store
    is already closed,
    so there's no way
    we'll be able to talk
    to the shop assistant.
    Anyway, we know that
    it was the shop
    assistant who did
    something and not the
    guy, so there's no
    need to rush. We might
    as well wind down for
    the night.
    
    <bh:81>gLet's leave it at
    that for the day.
    Please wait while I
    fill the tub for you
    so you can take a
    bath before going to
    bed.<bh:81>h
    Before the guy could
    reply, I left the room
    and went to the
    bathroom and started
    filling the tub.
    If I send the guy
    home right now, the
    police might find him,
    so it's better if he
    stays here tonight.
    But I wonder if he'll
    agree?
    
    
    
    
    
    It was already past
    midnight when I
    noticed the time.
    We can continue
    tomorrow.
    
    
    Part 30
    
    "The bath is ready.
    You can go first."
    "Oh, okay...But
    where's the bathroom?"
    Oh, that's right. I
    guess I never told
    him where the
    bathroom was in the
    first place.
    
    "I'll show you. Hang
    on a second."
    I walked back to the
    room where the guy
    was.
    
    "Sorry. Please follow
    me."
    Oh, he was reading
    Fairy and Me. Looks
    like he'll finish
    reading it today
    (mind you, it's
    already past
    midnight).
    Well, I'll show him
    to the bathroom.
    
    "This is the bathroom.
    I'll wash your
    clothes, so please put
    them in this basket.
    Oh, I forgot to get
    you a change of
    clothes. I'll be right
    back. In the meantime,
    please get in the
    bath. And if you need
    anything else, just
    ask."
    "Okay. Thanks."
    
    
    
    
    
    I showed the guy to
    the bathroom, and he's
    going to take a bath.
    
    
    Part 31
    
    "If you need
    anything else, just
    ask."
    The guy took his
    clothes off when I
    left the bathroom.
    I'd better prepare
    him a change of
    clothes. But mine are
    too small (besides,
    he might not be too
    happy wearing girl's
    clothes). I guess
    he'll have to wear
    father's. But those
    will be way too
    big...Oh well. I
    guess that's better
    than too small.
    
    ...I hunted through
    my father's drawers
    and found some
    pajamas. Hmm, they
    really are huge...I'll
    leave them outside
    the bathroom anyway.
    
    "Excuse me. I'll leave
    the change of clothes
    for you here. They're
    my father's, so,
    they may be a
    little...well, quite
    big."
    "That's okay. Thanks."
    Really? They're huge.
    Never mind. I'll put
    his clothes in the
    washing machine and
    add detergent and
    water. Five minutes
    should do it.
    (Sound of washing
    machine churning away)
    Good! Now. I guess
    I'll get a futon
    ready for him.
    
    
    
    
    
    The change of clothes
    look pretty big on
    the guy, but he
    doesn't seem to mind.
    
    
    Part 32
    
    I wonder if he'd mind
    using father's futon?
    Maybe I should carry
    his futon to the
    parlor and lay it out
    there. (If he's going
    to use father's futon
    he probably wouldn't
    mind sleeping in
    father's room but...)
    Anyway, I'll put the
    futon here. That
    should do it.
    SPLASH
    Oh, sounds like the
    guy's finished his
    bath. I'll tell him
    to come here in a
    minute.
    
    ...Wonder if he's
    finished changing?
    The guy was coming
    out of the bathroom
    just as I came out of
    the parlor.
    
    "Oh, are you finished
    already?
    ...I guess the
    pajamas are too big
    eh? But that's all
    there is, so please
    make do with them for
    tonight.
    I prepared a futon
    for you in this room,
    so please sleep here
    tonight."
    "Wow, you even
    prepared a bed for me?
    Thanks."
    
    
    
    
    
    The pajamas I
    prepared for the guy
    were huge.
    
    
    Part 33
    
    "Oh, you even
    prepared a bed for
    me. Thanks."
    "I wouldn't expect
    you to sleep on the
    floor...
    Well, I guess it's my
    turn to take a bath,"
    I said and went to
    the bathroom.
    ...Oh yeah. I better
    warn the guy not to
    peep at me.
    Just kidding. I'll
    just tease him a bit.
    When I returned to
    the parlor, the guy
    was about to read
    Fairy and Me.
    
    "Huh? What's wrong?"
    "Please don't peep at
    me okay?"
    "..................."
    He seems to be at a
    loss for words. Maybe
    I shouldn't give him
    such a hard time.
    
    "I'm just kidding. A
    nice guy like you
    wouldn't do that,
    right? Well, I'm really
    going this time."
    "...I won't. Don't
    worry."
    "Okay," I said and
    really went to take
    a bath this time.
    
    
    
    
    
    Before taking a bath
    I warned the guy not
    to peep at me and he
    seemed at a loss for
    words.
    
    
    Part 34
    
    SPLASH
    Ahh, that was nice.
    I dried myself and
    got changed.
    Finished. Now then, I
    might as well see how
    the guy's getting on.
    Wonder how far he's
    got reading Fairy and
    I?
    ...I went back to the
    parlor, but  he was
    so wrapped up in the
    book that he didn't
    notice me standing
    behind him at all.
    
    (Sound of book
    closing)
    He closed the book,
    so I guess he's
    finished it.
    
    "Um, have you
    finished the book?"
    The guy turned around
    with a startled look.
    
    "Sorry. I didn't mean
    to startle you...Did
    you finish reading
    the book?"
    He nodded.
    Okay. Next question.
    
    "How was it? Was it
    interesting?"
    He nodded again.
    Okay. Next question.
    I know what the
    answer'll be though.
    
    "So...What's your
    wish?"
    "Of course, I'd like
    everyone to know that
    I didn't steal
    anything."
    
    
    
    
    
    The guy finished
    reading Fairy and Me
    while I was taking a
    bath.
    
    
    Part 35
    
    "Of course, I'd like
    everyone to know that
    I didn't steal
    anything."
    "That's good. I'm
    sure your wish will
    come true tomorrow."
    I thought he'd say
    that. He deserves
    that but that means
    we won't be together
    after today. (Mind
    you, we only spent
    today together). I'll
    go back to being alone
    tomorrow. Too bad.
    Hmm...Maybe the guy
    will stay with me
    forever. Oh, but...
    
    "By the way, did you
    read the book to the
    end too? Do you have
    a wish?"
    "Yes. Before I tell
    you...uh...can I ask
    you something?"
    If he went to the
    jewelry store to buy
    a present for his
    girlfriend then
    there's no point in
    telling him my wish.
    I'll ask him if he
    has a girlfriend.
    
    "Go ahead."
    "The broach you
    bought at the jewelry
    shop yesterday was a
    present for a girl
    wasn't it? Who was
    it for?"
    
    
    
    
    
    "They guy's wish is
    for everyone to know
    know that he didn't
    steal anything. My
    wish..."
    ...
    
    
    Part 36
    
    "Oh, for my sister.
    Her birthday's coming
    up soon. She gets
    upset if I don't buy
    her something every
    year and if I don't
    get something she
    likes, she gets in a
    bad mood...So this
    this year we went to
    the store together
    beforehand so she
    could choose something
    she liked. That way I
    know there won't be
    a problem."
    His sister? Feels
    like a new character
    suddenly appearing on
    the scene.
    
    "Then, it's not a
    present for your
    girlfriend?"
    "Unfortunately, I
    don't have a
    girlfriend."
    What? Then that means
    I have a chance.
    Good! I'll tell him
    my wish.
    
    "My wish is...
    to have a boyfriend...
    A boyfriend with a
    pure heart.
    ...Somehow it didn't
    come out straight
    but I think he
    understood.
    
    He thought about it
    for a second and
    nodded.
    Great! I'm no longer
    alone!
    
    
               The End
    Epilog
    
    The shop assistant
    owned up completely
    to what he did.
    
    Actually, that guy
    came to the store
    with his sister a
    while ago (he was
    letting her choose
    an accessory for
    herself). Seems that
    that the shop
    assistant was
    mesmerized by her
    and thought the guy
    was her boyfriend.
    To be honest, he was
    totally jealous...
    So when the assistant
    saw the guy come to
    the store again, he
    put the jewelry in
    his bag in spite of
    himself.
    When the shop
    assistant heard that
    the girl he was
    obsessed with was the
    guy's sister, he was
    totally surprised.
    In the end, the shop
    assistant apologized
    to the guy. I'm not
    sure whether the guy
    forgave him or not
    but it doesn't really
    matter because the
    girl told the shop
    assistant that she
    already had a
    boyfriend...
    
    Anyway, I wonder why
    she didn't ask her
    boyfriend to buy her
    a present instead of
    her  brother...
    
    
              Finished
    
    ###################################
    e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri)
    ###################################
    
    Today we'll introduce
    someone new.
    *His name is Rick.
    
    His birthday is the 27th of
    Summer.
    
    He lives at the Poultry
    Farm.
    
    His family is:
    *his sister Popuri,
    *his mother Lillia,
    *and his dad Rod.
    *He loves his sister very
    much, and is quite
    protective of her.
    He also has a fierce temper.
    
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Popuri. *Mineral Town Friends!
    
    
    Today we'll introduce
    someone new.
    *This is Popuri.
    
    Her birthday is the 10th of
    Summer.
    
    She lives at the Poultry
    Farm.
    
    Her family is:
    *Her name is Popuri.
    
    Her birthday is the 3rd of
    Summer.
    
    She lives at the Poultry
    Farm.
    
    Her family is:
    *her brother Rick,
    *her mother Lillia,
    *and her dad Rod.
    *She is still childish, and
    can be moody too.
    Her dream is to go live in
    a big city, and she hates
    it when Rick babies her.
    
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Lillia. *Her name is Lillia.
    
    Her birthday is the 27th of
    Fall.
    
    She runs the Poultry Farm.
    
    Her family is:
    *her daughter Popuri,
    *her son Rick,
    *and her husband Rod.
    *When Lillia took sick long
    ago, Rod went off to find
    medicine to heal her.
    She's cheerful and
    easygoing.
    
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Cliff. *His name is Cliff.
    
    His birthday is the
    6th of Summer.
    
    He likes to hang out at the
    Church so much you'd think
    he lives there.
    
    He left his family before
    arriving in Mineral Town.
    
    *At first he spent all his
    time in confessional, but
    now he's beginning to make
    more friends.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Zack.
    *His name is Zack.
    
    His birthday is the 29th
    of Summer.
    
    He owns a house in Mineral
    Beach.
    
    There's someone else
    staying there too...
    *The wandering salesman
    Won stays there as well.
    
    *He comes and picks up
    things from your Shipment
    box everyday (except
    holidays). He also delivers
    what you buy on the TV
    Shopping Network.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    the Doctor. *This is the Doctor.
    
    His birthday is the 17th
    of Fall.
    
    He runs the Mineral Clinic.
    
    At the Clinic,
    *Elli works as a
    nurse-in-training.
    
    *He seems cool and aloof,
    but is passionate about his
    patients. He's tempted to
    go study medicine in the
    city, but doesn't want to
    leave them behind.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Staid.
    *His name is Staid.
    
    His birthday is the 15th
    of Spring.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *Nappy
    *Bold
    *Chef
    *Aqua
    *Hoggy
    *Timid
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Staid likes work the most
    out of all of them.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Nappy. *His name is Nappy.
    
    His birthday is the 22nd
    of Winter.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *Staid
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Nappy is the most happy and
    cheerful of the bunch.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Bold. *His name is Bold.
    
    His birthday is the 4th
    of Spring.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *Staid
    *Nappy
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Bold is the most self-
    confident of them all.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Chef. *His name is Chef.
    
    His birthday is the 14th
    of Fall.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Chef is the most
    conscientious of them all.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Aqua.
    *His name is Aqua.
    
    His birthday is the 26th
    of Spring.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *Nappy
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Of all of them, Aqua is the
    most stylish and fashion-
    conscious.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Hoggy. *His name is Hoggy.
    
    His birthday is the 10th
    of Fall.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Hoggy enjoys eating more
    than any of his brothers.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Timid. *His name is Timid.
    
    His birthday is the 16th
    of Summer.
    
    He's a Harvest Sprite who
    lives behind the Church.
    
    With him live:
    *The 7 brothers (?) live here
    together.
    
    Timid is the most, well,
    timid out of all of them.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    the Harvest Goddess.
    *This is the Harvest
    Goddess.
    
    Her birthday is the 9th of
    Spring.
    
    She lives (?) in the spring
    on Mother's Hill.
    
    She'll appear if you throw
    an offering into her spring.
    
    *This is the Harvest
    Goddess.
    
    Her birthday is the 8th of
    Spring.
    
    She lives (?) in the spring
    on Mother's Hill.
    
    She'll appear if you throw
    an offering into her spring.
    
    *She's in charge of
    communications, and hates
    having to appear whenever
    someone throws an offering
    into her spring.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    the Gourmet. *This is the Gourmet.
    
    His birthday is...unknown.
    
    He's the judge of the
    Cooking Festival.
    *More than anything
    else, he loves to eat. He
    knows everything about food.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Ellen. *This is Ellen.
    
    Her birthday is the 13th of
    Winter.
    
    She lives in a house on the
    north side of Mineral Town.
    
    Her family is:
    *her granddaughter Elli
    *and her grandson Stu.
    *She can't walk very well
    because of sickness.
    She used to be a midwife.
    She worries about Elli.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Elli. *This is Elli.
    
    Her birthday is the 20th of
    Spring.
    
    She wants to become a Nurse,
    and works at the Clinic.
    
    Her family is:
    *This is Elli.
    
    Her birthday is the 16th of
    Spring.
    
    She wants to become a Nurse,
    and works at the Clinic.
    
    Her family is:
    *her grandmother Ellen and
    *her younger brother Stu.
    *Elli believes in hard work,
    maybe because she's had to
    raise her brother after her
    parents died. She can be
    very strict.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Stu. *This is Stu.
    
    His birthday is the 5th of
    Fall.
    
    He lives in a house on the
    north side of Mineral Town.
    
    His family is:
    *his sister Elli and
    *his grandmother Ellen.
    *Stu loves to play jokes
    on people, but he's also a
    cry-baby. Still, the
    townspeople all like him.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Jeff. *This is Jeff.
    
    His birthday is the 29th
    of Winter.
    
    He runs the Supermarket.
    
    His family is:
    *his wife Sasha and
    *his daughter Karen.
    *He can never stand up to
    people, so he always lets
    everyone buy on credit.
    So, he suffers from ulcers.
    He's been picked on by Duke
    from childhood.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Karen. *This is Karen.
    
    Her birthday is the 23rd
    of Fall.
    
    Her father runs the
    Supermarket.
    
    Her family is:
    *This is Karen.
    
    Her birthday is the 15th
    of Fall.
    
    Her father runs the
    Supermarket.
    
    Her family is:
    *her father Jeff and
    *her mother Sasha.
    *She takes after her mother,
    so she likes to help folks.
    She likes to drink and
    dance, but can't cook
    at all.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Sasha. *This is Sasha.
    
    Her birthday is the 30th
    of Spring.
    
    She runs the Supermarket.
    
    Her family is:
    *her husband Jeff and
    *her daughter Karen.
    *Unlike her husband, she
    is confident and assertive.
    She loves her husband, but
    has to look after him.
    
    
    *This is Doug.
    
    His birthday is the 11th
    of Winter.
    
    He runs a bar, restaurant
    and inn called "Doug's
    Inn."
    His family is:
    *He always worries about
    Ann, whom he raised alone.
    He still can't forget Ann's
    mom, who died.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Ann. *This is Ann.
    
    Her birthday is the 22nd of
    Summer.
    
    She always helps out her
    dad at Doug's Inn.
    
    Her family is:
    *This is Ann.
    
    Her birthday is the 17th of
    Summer.
    
    She always helps out her
    dad at Doug's Inn.
    
    Her family is:
    *her dad Doug.
    *She has no confidence
    in herself at all when it
    comes to love.
    Maybe because she's a
    tom-boy.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    the Kappa. *This is the Kappa.
    
    His (?) birthday is...
    unknown.
    
    He lives in the lake on
    Mother's Hill.
    
    He likes Cucumbers a lot.
    He also gets upset when he
    gets caught up in the hooks
    when people fish in the
    lake.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Basil. *This is Basil.
    
    His birthday is the 11th
    of Summer.
    
    He's a scientist, and books
    written by him are at
    Mary's Library.
    
    His family is:
    *his wife Anna and
    *his daughter Mary.
    *He came to Mineral Town
    with his family to study
    the flora there.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Mary. *This is Mary.
    
    Her birthday is the 25th of
    Winter.
    
    She works at the Library.
    
    Her birthday is:
    *This is Mary.
    
    Her birthday is the 20th of
    Winter.
    
    She works at the Library.
    
    Her birthday is:
    *her dad Basil and
    *her mother Anna.
    *She loves books, and even
    writes novels herself.
    She's not very interested
    in romance at all.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Anna. *This is Anna.
    
    Her birthday is the 23rd of
    Fall.
    
    She lives next to the
    Library.
    
    Her family is:
    *her husband Basil and
    *her daughter Mary.
    *She is enjoying the country
    living but a little bored
    because Basil is always
    busy studying.
    Good at baking.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Won. *This is Won.
    
    His birthday is the 19th
    of Winter.
    
    He's a wandering salesman
    who just appeared in
    Mineral Town. For some
    reason, he
    *lives at Zack's house,
    where he also runs his
    shop.
    
    *He comes to the farm once
    in a while to sell his
    wares.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Thomas. *This is Thomas.
    
    His birthday is the 25th
    of Summer.
    
    He is a Mayor, and lives in
    a house on the north side.
    
    His family is:
    *his son Harris.
    *A photographer named
    Kano used to live with him,
    but no more.
    
    
    He believes in serving the
    townspeople as well as he
    can. He takes Ellen Apple
    Pie every Sunday. He wants
    everybody in his town to
    be friendly to each other.
    
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Harris. *This is Harris.
    
    His birthday is the 4th of
    Summer.
    
    He is a policeman, and
    lives on the north side.
    
    His family is:
    *his father Thomas.
    *He's in charge of keeping
    the peace in town.
    He's in love with Aja, who
    lives in the city.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Duke. *This is Duke
    
    His birthday is the 15th
    of Winter.
    
    He runs Aja Winery.
    
    His family is:
    *his wife Manna and
    *his daughter Aja.
    *He liked drinking to begin
    with, but ever since Aja
    left he's been drinking
    too much. He's a bully to
    everyone (except Manna,
    of course).
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Manna. *This is Manna.
    
    Her birthday is the 11th of
    Fall.
    
    She runs Aja Winery.
    
    Her family is:
    *her husband Duke
    *and her daughter Aja.
    *She loves to talk and
    gossip about others.
    She always hopes that Aja
    will come back home.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Carter. *This is Carter.
    
    His birthday is the 20th of
    Fall.
    
    He is a priest who lives
    at the Church.
    *He came to Mineral Town to
    spread the gospel, but seems
    not to preach very much
    lately. He can lift curses
    from Tools, but wants to
    help people in other ways,
    too.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Kai. *This is Kai.
    
    His birthday is the 22nd of
    Summer.
    
    He runs Kai's Beach House
    during the Summer.
    *He comes from the city to
    spend Summers in Mineral
    Beach. He's popular with
    women and children, but men
    don't like his attitude
    much.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Gray. *This is Gray.
    
    His birthday is the 6th
    of Winter.
    
    He is a blacksmith's apprentice.
    
    His family is:
    *his uncle Saibara.
    *He came to Mineral Town to
    apprentice with his uncle.
    He hated it at first, but
    then began to like it.
    He's very prideful, but
    with a good heart.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Saibara. *This is Saibara.
    
    His birthday is the 11th of
    Spring.
    
    He's a blacksmith.
    
    His family is:
    *his grandson Gray.
    *He's a stubborn old man,
    but he takes great pride in
    his work. He's training his
    nephew Gray.
    
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Gotz. *This is Gotz.
    
    His birthday is the 2nd of
    Fall.
    
    He's a woodcutter who lives
    alone in the woods.
    
    *Both his daughter and
    wife died on the mountain
    years ago.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    May. *This is May.
    
    Her birthday is the 26th
    of Winter.
    
    She lives in Yodel Farm.
    
    Her family is:
    *her grandfather Barley
    *and her mother Joanna.
    
    *May is a very sweet little
    girl, whom everybody loves.
    She hopes everyday for her
    mom to come back.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Barley. *This is Barley.
    
    His birthday is the 17th
    of Spring.
    
    He runs Yodel Farm.
    
    His family is:
    *his granddaughter May and
    *his daughter Joanna.
    *His daughter Joanna left to
    the city, then returned
    with her daughter, May.
    However, she then left May
    with Barley before leaving
    again. Barley loves May
    very much, so he worries
    about her.
    
    
    *Next time we'll introduce
    someone who never appears. *Today we'll introduce
    someone new.
    
    
    This is Kano.
    His birthday is the 2nd of
    Winter.
    
    He takes photographs of
    Mineral Town to show people
    living in harmony with
    Nature.
    
    
    This is Louis.
    His birthday is the 2nd of
    Spring.
    
    He studies insects, and
    came to Mineral Town to
    write about Bees.
    
    
    This is Greg.
    His birthday is the 29th
    of Spring.
    He loves fishing, and
    Fishing Rods in particular.
    *Next time we'll introduce
    Rick
    
    ##################################
    f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch)
    ##################################
    
    Part 1
    
    
    "Hey, Chisato, have you
    heard? Or rather, have you
    seen?"
    
    Oh, good morning, Mariya!
    What are you talking about?
    
    "Remember the rumor last
    month that said Ranch Tales
    trading cards were being
    released? Well, it's
    happened."
    
    Huh? Really?
    
    "Yeah, there's a big poster
    for it hanging in the store.
    And I really want that
    poster so bad."
    
    Then why don't we go down to
    the shop together when they
    go on sale?
    
    "Sure, OK. Or should I say,
    that's what I had in mind
    all along.
    
    Ranch Tales trading cards...
    I'll get me a complete set
    if it's the last thing I do!
    
    
    This is a fictional story.
    Any resemblance to any
    actual persons or
    organizations is completely
    coincidental.
    
    
    Part 2
    
    
    Came the day that the
    Ranch Tales trading cards
    went on sale...
    
    OK, let's go.
    
    "Right, or should I say,
    that goes without saying."
    
    Arriving at the store...
    
    Oh yeah, they've got 'em,
    all right.
    
    A pack of 10 for 400 yen. So
    that's 6000 yen for a box,
    at 15 packs per box.
    start with two boxes.
    
    How many are you buying,
    Mariya...? Huh? All you've
    got are bags. You don't buy
    boxes?
    
    "Right, or should I say,
    I've never bought whole
    boxes before."
    
    Oh, is that so... Come to
    think of it, we've never
    actually gone shopping
    together before, have we...
    Well, whatever.
    
    After the shopping was
    done...
    
    Now how should we do this?
    Do you want to come over to
    my place, and then compare
    the cards we bought?
    
    "Hmm, well, no, I think
    I'll pass, and let it be a
    surprise for tomorrow. That
    is to say, tomorrow is when
    we report on what cards we
    got.
    
    OK, I hear you. Until
    tomorrow, then. 'Bye.
    
    "'Bye. Or should I say,
    could you see me home? It's
    dark already."
    
    So it was that I didn' t get
    home until after I saw
    Mariya home...
    
    Now then, let's get these
    puppies opened up.
    RIP (opening the boxes)
    SHRED (taking out the bags)
    TEAR (opening the bags)
    
    Now to see what the fi<bh:09>rst
    card will be.
    "Fodder... An Equipment
    Card..." How dull. But I
    guess that's par for the
    course with the first draw.
    
    So I opened all the bags...
    
    I've got 186 card types in
    all of the bags. I've got a
    long way to go if I'm going
    to get all 256 of them.
    
    He needs 70 cards to get a
    complete Ranch Tales trading
    card set.
    
    
    Part 3
    
    
    "Hey, hey, Chisato? How did
    it go? Or should I say, show
    me what you've got."
    
    OK, here it is. The two
    boxes I bought yesterday had
    a total of 156 different
    card types in them, so it
    looks like I need
    70 more card types to
    complete my set.
    
    "Wow. Nice going. I've only
    got 130 card types right
    now? What did you get? Let
    me start by showing you what
    I got."
    
    Right, and here's what I
    got.
    
    "Oh, lucky you. I still
    haven't got any Fodder cards
    yet. Actually, I haven't got
    any item cards yet."
    
    Oh, really?" OK, let's have
    a look at yours now.
    FLIP (the sound of pages
    full of cards being turned
    in a binder)
    
    Hey, you've got some really
    shiny ones in here. Those
    must be rare cards. Oh, and
    here's another one.
    
    "I'm thinking we could swap
    our duplicates. That is to
    say, these are my duplicate
    cards."
    
    RUSTLE RUSTLE (the sound of
    rummaging through a
    briefcase) These are the
    only duplicate cards I've
    got.
    
    "Let me see... All right!
    You've already got a double
    of the Fodder card. Not only
    that, but also the Sheep's
    Milk card as well."
    
    And you've got several cards
    that I don't have, either.
    
    These seven cards are ones
    that I don't have. How many
    cards are you missing among
    my duplicates, Chisato?
    
    Seven. Hey, the same as you.
    So we could just swap
    straight across, I guess.
    
    "Yeah, that works. Or should
    I say, thanks."
    
    Thank you too. Being able to
    swap my duplicate cards has
    given me some more types I
    didn't have before.
    
    Only 63 cards to go to
    complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 4
    
    
    Today I went to the store by
    myself. You see, Mariya
    wasn't at school today, and
    didn't invite me to go
    along. So I figured I'd just
    get three bags this time.
    Another reason is that my
    allowance won't let me keep
    buying boxes all the time,
    either.
    
    Now which ones should I
    buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
    moe!
    
    And with that, my shopping
    was done.
    
    I headed straight home.
    
    And once I got there...
    
    Now, let's open these
    babies up. SHRED (the sound
    of bags being torn open)
    
    GLEAM! Oh wow, this shining
    card--it's the Super Sickle
    equipment card! All right!
    Score a rare card for me!
    
    Once I had all the bags
    opened, however...
    
    Unfortunately, I've already
    got all these other cards.
    But hey, tomorrow I can at
    least report that I got a
    Super Sickle card. But then
    again, Mariya was absent
    from school today. What
    about tomorrow?
    
    Only 62 cards to go to
    complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 5
    
    
    The next day...
    "Morning, long time no
    see."
    Oh, Mariya, you're looking
    all better now.
    
    "Yeah, I'm fine, or should
    I say, I'm sorry if I made
    you worry."
    
    Well, you did stay home from
    school all of a sudden. Now
    what do you say we get back
    in the swing of things (even
    if after only a day's lapse)
    and go buy some more Ranch
    Tales trading cards
    together?
    
    "Yeah, or should I say,
    let's go, definitely!
    
    So we went to the store,
    where I once again bought
    three bags of cards...
    
    Now which ones should I
    buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
    moe!
    
    "Thanks and come again!"
    
    Later...
    Now, then, let's open these
    babies up. SHRED (the sound
    of bags being torn open)
    
    The only one I don't already
    have in this batch is this
    Tomato Seeds card.
    
    Only 61 cards to go to
    complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 6
    
    
    No school today! I'm going
    to go buy trading cards.
    
    I'll just buy three bags
    as usual today...
    
    Now which ones should I
    buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
    moe!
    
    Now to head home... Wait,
    that's Mariya over there.
    And he's got Ranch Tales
    trading cards too, if I'm
    not mistaken. Maybe I can
    get him to swap me for some
    cards that I don't have.
    
    Yo!
    
    "Oh, good morning, Chisato,
    or should I say, you've got
    Ranch Tales trading cards
    there. So how many have you
    got?
    
    This many.
    
    "Hmm, not bad, or should I
    say, I don't have this one,
    or this one either... Hey,
    you've got the Super Sickle!
    Lucky. Or should I say,
    here, have a look at what
    I've got."
    
    You're doing pretty good for
    yourself. Say, I don't have
    this one.
    
    And so it went, as we looked
    at one another's cards...
    
    So what do you think? I'm
    missing this one and this
    one here...
    
    "Well, I've got doubles of
    that and that, so I could
    swap them to you, which is
    to say, I don't have this
    one... or this one...
    
    I've only got the one Super
    Sickle, but I have doubles
    of the other ones you want.
    You want to swap?
    
    "Yeah, or should I say, all
    right!"
    
    Later...
    I really lucked out today. I
    was able to swap my
    doubles... But wait. What
    happens if it turns out that
    the cards I swapped for are
    duplicated by the ones I
    bought today...? Well, I'll
    live with it. Let's open
    these babies up. SHRED (the
    sound of bags being torn
    open)
    
    Hey, I got another rare
    card. This time it's a
    character card, the 'Goddess
    of the Wellspring.' I wonder
    what else is in here...
    
    Oh, good, there weren't all
    that many doubles, and I
    also got a bunch of cards
    that I didn't already have!
    Life is good.
    
    Now he only needs 25 cards
    to complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 7
    
    
    It's my day to clean the
    classroom, so I told Mariya
    to go on to the store
    without me.
    
    I'm finished cleaning the
    classroom. Now it's off to
    the store, where I'll buy
    another three bags of cards.
    
    Now which ones should I
    buy... Eenie, meenie, minie,
    moe!
    
    "Thank you and come
    again!"
    Now, let's see, where could
    Mariya be? Hey, wait,
    there's a Ranch Tales
    trading card lying on the
    floor here! And it's a rare
    card too, the 'Goat's Milk'
    food card! Oh, wow! What a
    find!
    
    (Glancing around furtively)
    There's no one around.
    
    The Angel on Chisato's
    Shoulder: "The person who
    dropped it will be missing
    it right about now. You
    should turn it in, as lost
    and found, perhaps to the
    police...
    The Devil on Chisato's
    Shoulder: "Whoever dropped
    this card isn't likely to
    know where it was dropped.
    Besides, there's no one
    around, so no one will know
    that you picked it up."
    
    As I was thinking this thing
    through...
    
    "Oh, Chisato, good timing!
    Or should I say, did you see
    a card lying around here? It
    was a 'Goat's Milk' food
    card, and...
    
    Oh I see, then this must
    belong to you, Mariya. Here
    you go.
    
    "Oh good, or should I say,
    I knew it was here. I'm glad
    it was you who found it, or
    should I say, I need to pay
    you back somehow."
    
    Oh, forget it.
    
    "No way, or should I say, I
    can't leave it at that.
    Here, have this one, by way
    of saying thanks." And with
    that, he gave me a Tomato
    food card.
    
    Are you sure about this?
    
    "The last time we did a
    swap, you said you didn't
    have this card. Or should I
    say, I got a double when I
    when shopping today."
    
    Thanks.
    
    Later...
    Well, now, I really lucked
    out today. I got a card I
    didn't already have. But
    even so, I still envy him
    for having that Goat's Milk
    food card, though... But,
    well, whatever. Let's open
    these babies up, and see
    what I bought today. SHRED
    (the sound of bags being
    torn open)
    
    No sooner do I do that, then
    I find I've actually bought
    the Goat's Milk food card...
    Only now, I've also got a
    double of the card that
    Mariya gave me today as
    well...
    
    Now he only needs 12 cards
    to complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.\<et>
    
    Part 8
    
    
    Today I went to the store by
    myself. Mariya couldn't come
    with me because he was asked
    to run some errand or other.
    
    Now I'm at the store, where
    I pick out my usual three
    bags, and...
    
    "Thank you."
    
    Now I'm back home, so let's
    open these babies up and see
    what I bought today. SHRED
    (the sound of bags being
    torn open)
    
    Oh no! I've already got all
    of these cards. I didn't get
    any new card types today!
    
    He still needs 12 cards to
    complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 9
    
    
    Today, Mariya and I went to
    the store together,
    whereupon I bought my usual
    three bags of cards...
    
    "Thank you."
    
    "See you tomorrow. Let me
    know if you get anything."
    
    Sure. 'Bye.
    
    Now let's open these babies
    up, and see what I bought
    today. SHRED (the sound of
    bags being torn open)
    
    Oh no! Not again! This is
    two days in a row that I
    haven't gotten any new
    cards!
    
    He still needs 12 cards to
    complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 10
    
    
    "Morning, Chisato, or should
    I say, what did you get in
    the cards you bought
    yesterday?"
    
    No cards I didn't already
    have, unfortunately. And it
    was the same thing the day
    before yesterday, too...
    
    "Well, you've already got a
    lot of cards in the set. Or
    should I say, you're just
    naturally going to get some
    doubles at this point."
    
    How about you, Mariya?
    
    "I added a fair number of
    cards myself. To put it
    another way, I only have
    five cards to go."
    
    Huh? When did that happen?
    
    "Well, I got a bunch of
    cards I didn't already have
    in the ones I bought
    yesterday. Or to put it
    another way, I got hardly
    any doubles at all.
    
    Hmm, lucky you. Now I'm
    jealous...
    
    "But there were a few
    doubles after all, so let's
    swap. Or should I say, these
    are the doubles that I got."
    
    Sure. And here's the doubles
    that I've got. (FLUMPH!)
    
    "Wow! You've got a lot of
    doubles. Or to put it
    another way, I'm missing
    this one, this one, and this
    one."
    
    And you've got a bunch of
    the ones that I don't have,
    either! I need this one and
    this one and this one and
    this one and this one and...
    Hey! You've got the Golden
    Chicken, one of the Rare
    Animal cards! And you
    managed to get a double of
    this one?
    
    "Yeah, or should I say, are
    these eight card types the
    ones I have that you need?"
    
    Yeah...
    
    "In that case, you can have
    them all for these three
    that you have and I don't.
    Or to put it another way,
    I'll trade you these for
    those.
    
    Huh? Are you sure?
    
    "Yeah, or should I say,
    having more than one of a
    given card doesn't do either
    of us any good at this
    point."
    
    All right! Thanks. I don't
    think I'll go to the store
    today after all.
    
    
    Now he only needs four cards
    to complete his Ranch Tales
    trading card set.
    
    
    Part 11
    
    
    "Good morning, Chisato, or
    should I say, didn't you buy
    any cards yesterday?"
    
    No. I was too upset from
    not getting any new cards
    for three days in a row, and
    I figured that getting eight
    new cards yesterday was
    enough, so I just went home.
    
    "OK. I see your point. So
    what do you want to do
    today? Or to put it another
    way, I'm going to the store
    today. What about you?"
    
    OK then, I'll join you.
    
    And with that, we were off
    to the store, where I once
    again bought my usual three
    bags of cards.
    
    "I'm going to take this one
    and this one. Or to put it
    another way, which ones are
    you are going to get,
    Chisato?"
    
    Hmm, well, I don't rightly
    know which ones to get.
    
    "To put it another way, how
    about these over here?"
    
    Hmm... Yes, you're right.
    I'll take those.
    
    "Thank you."
    
    "Well, so long. Or should I
    say, let me know tomorrow if
    you got anything new
    today."
    Sure. 'Bye.
    
    Later...
    OK, let's open these babies
    up and see what we bought
    today. SHRED (the sound of
    bags being torn open)
    
    Oh wow! I got three cards
    that I didn't already have!
    
    
    Now he's only one card away
    from completing his Ranch
    Tales trading card set.
    
    
    Part 12
    
    
    "Good morning, Chisato, or
    should I say, how did your
    purchases yesterday turn
    out?"
    
    Oh, Mariya, thanks a lot.
    The bags you picked out for
    me yesterday turned out to
    have some of the cards I was
    missing, and now I only need
    one card to complete my set.
    
    "That wouldn't, by any
    chance, be this one, would
    it? Or to put it another
    way, it could only be this
    one, am I right?"
    
    Huh? Oh, the Wedding Event
    Card! Yes, that's the one!
    But how did you know that
    was the one I needed? Oh,
    wait, you don't mean...
    
    "That's right, or to put it
    another way, I've got two of
    this one, so you can have
    it."
    
    You mean it?
    
    All right! Now I've got a
    complete set!
    
    Congratulations on
    completing your Ranch Tales
    trading card set!
    
    ##################################################
    g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze)
    ##################################################
    
    Episode 1: Christmas Day
    
    Today is December 25,
    Christmas Day.   But it's
    also special for another
    reason.  Red, Blue, Yellow
    and Green all have their
    birthdays today as well.
    They always spend the day
    the same way.  Their
    families all get together
    for a big combined
    Christmas and joint
    birthday party.
    They're right in the middle
    of party preparations.
    "Hey, you guys...",
    says Yellow to the other
    three.
    "Mmmm? What?", they reply.
    (Incidentally, Red, Blue
    and green are working on
    the party decorations,
    while Yellow is in charge
    of the food.  They're taking
    a few minutes' break, which
    why Yellow is has started
    this conversation.)
    "Er, well..."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    A year ago this very day,
    a white Christmas marked
    the beginning of the
    the whole adventure.
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 2: White Christmas
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 2: White Christmas
    
     "Er, well...
    I was just thinking, it's
    exactly a year now since we
    got the Mechabots..."
    "Uh-huh?  Yeah, that's
    so." As he answers, Red
    happens to glance out of the
    window.The forecast had said
    it would be sunny all
    morning, but all of a sudden
    it's snowing heavily.  Just
    like last Christmas...
    
    "That's right, we got the
    Ultrors a year ago today.
    It was a white Christmas,
    just like today...."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Thanks to their special
    powers, the foursome
    are not like ordinary kids.
    Will they accept that
    Destiny has special plans
    for them?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 3: Last Christmas
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 3: Last Christmas
    
    "A year ago today.
    And it happened while our
    families were together,
    getting ready for the
    combined Christmas_and_
    joint_birthday_party,
    just like we're doing
    right now."
    [Cue flashback]
    
    "You know what?  This
    really gets to me every
    year."
    "Huh? What does?"
    "Well, the four of us
    were all born on Christmas
    day.  So our birthday party
    is combined with the
    Christmas party.  And
    the presents we get: are
    they Christmas presents
    or birthday presents?
    All I know is, we don't get
    as many gifts as people who
    have their birthdays on
    other days."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    History repeats itself.
    That's something nobody
    can prevent.  Still,
    something has to start
    the ball rolling...
    
    
    Next time:
    Mechabot Genesis
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 4: Presents
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 4: Presents
    
    It would be nice to get
    given two presents today
    of all days.  I'm not
    complaining, though..."
    "I know.  I wouldn't say
    we should get two gifts,
    but I wish my present
    could be something major,
    you know?  Something out
    of the ordinary."
    "Exactly."
    "I guess we all feel the
    same way."
    The four friends have this
    conversation every December
    25th, while everyone's
    getting ready for the party.
    But this year, things are
    a little different.
    Unbeknownst to the foursome
    they're all going to get a
    really big Christmas
    present.
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Their wish is granted sooner
    than they expected.  But as
    the old saying goes, you
    should be careful what you
    wish for...
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 5: Unearthly Light
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 5: Unearthly Light
    
    "OK. We're ready.."
    "That was quick.  We do
    this every year, so maybe
    we're getting it nailed."
    "So what do we do now?
    We still have some time
    before the grown-ups get
    back."
    The clock is pointing to
    just after three.  There
    are at least three hours
    left before the parents
    get back.
    "True.  How about we go and
    do something outside?"
    "It looks like it's still
    snowing kind of heavily,
    though."
    "True."
    As the four look out of the
    window, a mysterious burst
    of bright light appears
    outside!
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The four friends stand at
    the threshold of a dazzling
    future.  But what lies
    behind the door?  Will it
    be hope or despair?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 6: Hurry!
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 6: Hurry!
    
    As the four look out of the
    window, they see a strange
    burst of bright light.
    "What WAS that?  What just
    happened?"
    "Whatever it was, it wasn't
    the sun..."
    "So what on earth WAS it?"
    "Shall we go outside and
    take a look?"
    "OK!" chorus the others.
    As they rush out of the
    house, they see a strange
    glow coming from the
    direction of the
    school.
    "The school...is it on
    fire?"
    "No, it's further away...
    It looks like its somewhere
    in the mountains."
    "Right, let's head over
    there and check it out!"
    With that, the four friends
    run off towards the
    mountains.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The foursome are still on
    their way.  Little do they
    know that a formidable foe
    is waiting for them...
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 7: Arrival
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 7: Arrival
    
    The four friends make for
    the mountains where the
    strange light seems to be
    coming from.
    "You know, I don't think
    that light is a building
    on fire..."
    "I think you're right.
    But what on earth can it
    be?"
    "Well, let's up the pace!"
    "OK!" comes the unanimous
    reply.
    The four jog on, panting,
    through the thickening
    snow.
    After a while, they arrive
    at the school gate.
    "Hmm, the light's coming
    from somewhere further back.
    We don't know what might
    jump out at us, so let's
    be real careful from here
    on in."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Curiosity leads the foursome
    towards a new encounter.
    Will they find the source
    of the unearthly light?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 8: Discovery
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 8: Discovery
    
    The four friends make
    their way cautiously along
    the road behind the school.
    Agog with curiosity and
    suspense, they tramp up the
    mountain, the strange
    brilliance growing stronger
    and stronger.
    It looks as if the source
    of the light is somewhere
    fairly close by.
    Just then...
    "Ah! Is that it?"
    Yellow, leading the way,
    seems to have found the
    light source.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Curiosity gets the better
    of our four friends, and
    caution is forgotten.
    From this point on, they
    can only follow where
    instinct leads...
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 9: The Visitor
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 9: The Visitor
    
    Yellow, who has gone on
    ahead, finds the source of
    the light.  When the others
    catch up, they are baffled
    by what they see.
    "What IS that?"
    "Is it...a person?"
    Sure enough, the light
    source appears to be
    humanoid.
    Could it be...some sort of
    extra-terrestrial?"
    "If it is, has it come to
    invade Earth?"
    "If it has, whoever gets
    rid of it would be doing
    humanity a favor, I guess."
    "So shall we get rid of
    it, then?"
    For the sake of peace on
    Earth, the four friends
    decide to get rid of the
    glowing alien.
    But their decision has
    unexpected consequences..."
    "WAIT!", comes a shout.
    The four are stunned into
    silence...
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The four friends leap to
    the defense of planet Earth.
    But events take an
    unexpected turn..
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 10: The Voice
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 10: The Voice
    
    As soon as the foursome
    decide to get rid of the
    light-emitting alien, a
    voice is heard.
    "WAIT!  CHILDREN BORN ON
    THIS PLANET!"
    "Huh? Who said that...?
    I guess it was the alien?
    "I guess so...."
    "But it told us to wait,
    right?"
    "It must have something
    it wants to tell us."
    "Let's hear it out,
    shall we?"
    "Sure, we'll give it a
    chance to speak its last
    words."
    "....................TH...
    THANK YOU"
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The truth is still shrouded
    in darkness.  However,
    moment by moment, the hour
    of reckoning is
    approaching...
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 11: Revelations
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 11: Revelations
    
    The shining being speaks
    to the four friends.
    "IN TRUTH, THIS PLANET IS
    IN GREAT DANGER."
    "It is?"
    "THE MYSTERIOUS SPACE
    CREATURE PHLOGISTON IS
    APPROACHING THIS PLANET.
    IF IT COMES HERE, ALL
    WILL BE BURNED AWAY TO
    NOTHING IN LESS THAN ONE
    MONTH.
    "Oh, man...is this true?"
    "UNFORTUNATELY, YES.
    "Can anything be done to
    stop it?"
    "YES. I CAME HERE TO GIVE
    YOU SOMETHING YOU WILL
    NEED IN ORDER TO RESIST
    PHLOGISTON."
    "To give US something?"
    "YES. BEHOLD!"
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    If they did but know it,
    the four friends are about
    to embark on a never-ending
    struggle against the forces
    of evil.  However, help is
    at hand.
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 12: Power
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 12: Power
    
    "What are you going to give
    us?"
    "BEHOLD, THE FOUR MECHABOT
    ULTRORS!Four enormous robots
    appear before the friends.
    One is red, one yellow,
    one blue and the other
    green.
    "Wow! Look at the size
    of those things!  We'll
    make short work of that
    mysterious space
    creature, right?"
    "I DO NOT KNOW."
    "What do you mean?"
    "PHLOGISTON IS GROWING
    STRONGER AND STRONGER.
    IN ITS FORMER STATE,
    YOU WOULD CERTAINLY HAVE
    BEEN ABLE TO DEFEAT IT,
    BUT NOW..."
    The four are silent,
    unable to conceal their
    misgivings at the alien's
    words.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The foursome have been
    given new powers.  But will
    this mean the end of a
    beautiful friendship?
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 13: Extra Strength
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 13: Extra Strength
    
    The four are silent,
    unable to conceal their
    misgivings at the alien's
    words.
    BUT IT IS LIKELY THAT YOU
    WILL PREVAIL. PHLOGISTON'S
    STRENGTH CONTINUES TO GROW,
    BUT I HAVE INCREASED THE
    POWER OF THE MECHABOTS TO
    HELP YOU RESIST IT. THAT
    IS WHY I ADDED A 4TH
    MECHABOT...
    "You mean, there were only
    3 of them to start with?
    "YES. ORIGiNALLY THE 3
    MECHABOTS COULD MERGE TO
    FORM MECHABOT ULTROR,
    BUT NOW THIS NEW 4TH ROBOT
    CAN MERGE WITH MECHABOT
    ULTROR TO FORM INVINCIBLE
    MECHABOT ULTROR. THIS
    VERSION HAS GREATER
    ATTACKING AND DEFENSIVE
    POWER, AND IS CAPABLE OF
    USING NEW WEAPONS...
    BUT SINCE YOU NEVER KNEW
    THE ORIGINAL MECHABOT
    ULTROR, THE COMPARISON
    WILL MEAN LITTLE TO YOU."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Right from the outset, the
    four friends have felt a
    sense of unease. As soon as
    they put it into words,
    their former peaceful life
    is shattered forever.
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 14: The Question
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 14: The Question
    
    "ANYWAY, I BELIEVE THAT BY
    USING INVINCIBLE MECHABOT
    ULTROR, YOU WILL BE ABLE TO
    DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. I CAME
    TO EARTH EXPRESSLY TO GIVE
    YOU THIS GIFT."
    As the alien comes to a
    pause in its story, Blue
    decides to jump in and ask
    the question that has been
    on the tip of his tongue
    for several minutes.
    "But why us? There are lots
    of people on this planet
    --er, I mean in this town--
    who are much stonger than
    us, and people who know a
    lot more about machines and
    stuff.  So why did you
    choose us four?"
    "LET ME EXPLAIN...
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The unearthly light has
    succeeded in attracting four
    brave and honest humans.
    Will the light also prevail
    against the encroaching
    darkness that threatens the
    Earth?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 15: The Secret
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 15: The Secret
    
    "Why are you giving us
    these mechabots?", Blue
    asks the alien.
    "LET ME EXPLAIN..." it
    replies.  "IF STRENGTH AND
    TECHNICAL EXPERTISE WERE
    THE ONLY QUALITIES I WAS
    SEARCHING FOR, THERE WOULD
    HAVE BEEN OTHERS MORE
    APPROPRIATE, AS YOU SAY."
    "So, why DID you choose
    us?"
    "I NEEDED FOUR BEINGS WHO
    ARE CLOSE FRIENDS.  IF THE
    MECHABOTS ARE TO FUNCTION AT
    THEIR FULL CAPABILITY,
    THEIR OPERATORS MUST WORK
    IN HARMONY AND COMBINE
    THEIR POWER. I ALSO NEEDED
    BEINGS WHO WOULD NOT USE
    THIS POWER FOR EVIL
    PURPOSES".
    "But how do you know if
    we're good beings or not?"
    "THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT
    REVEAL."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The future of planet Earth
    lies in the hands of the
    four friends. Will they
    bow to fate and accept the
    challenge? Or will they
    refuse?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 16: Courage
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 16: Courage
    
    "THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT
    REVEAL", replies the alien.
    The four friends can think
    of no rejoinder.
    "I ALSO HAD ANOTHER
    REQUIREMENT", it continues.
    I NEEDED BEINGS WITH THE
    COURAGE TO OPPOSE EVIL.
    YOU DID NOT KNOW WHAT I
    WAS, YET YOU APPROACHED
    ME WITHOUT FEAR. PERHAPS
    YOU WILL THINK ME RECKLESS,
    BUT I AM WILLING TO TAKE A
    CHANCE AND TRUST YOU. WHAT
    IS YOUR DECISION? WILL YOU
    USE THIS INVINCIBLE
    MECHABOT ULTROR TO SAVE
    THE PLANET YOU LIVE ON?"
    "So basically you're
    giving us a weapon, but
    we have to do all the
    fighting ourselves?"
    "... WELL, YES, THAT IS
    CORRECT."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The four must give their
    answer, and it has to be
    unanimous.  It's decision
    time!
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 17: Yes
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 17: Yes
    
    "... WELL, YES, THAT IS
    CORRECT.  SO, WHAT IS
    YOUR DECISION?"
    The four exchange glances,
    then huddle together to
    confer.
    "What shall we do? I think
    we should go for it."
    "I'm OK with that."
    "Me too..."
    "Count me in as well,
    naturally!"
    All four are ready and
    willing to take up the
    challenge, so Red acts as
    spokesman, addressing the
    alien.
    "Yes. We'll do it."
    "VERY WELL.  IN THAT CASE,
    THE MECHABOTS WILL BE YOURS.
    AND THESE, TOO..."
    So saying, the alien hands
    each child what appears to
    be a wristwatch.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    The alien's strange words
    have left the four friends
    reeling.  Does everyone
    understand the deal that
    has just been done?"
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 18: Transformation
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 18: Transformation
    
    The mysterious shining alien
    hands each of the four what
    appears to be a wristwatch.
    "What's this?"
    "YOU ATTACH IT TO YOUR
    WRIST AND ASSUME THE
    CORRECT POSE, THEN SHOUT
    SHOUT 'ULTROR TRANSFORM!'.
    YOUR ULTROR SUIT WILL THEN
    APPEAR, COVERING YOUR WHOLE
    BODY. YOU NEED THE SUIT TO
    SHIELD YOU AGAINST THE
    FREQUENT IMPACTS OCURRING
    WHILE YOU OPERATE YOUR
    MECHABOT. NEVER MOUNT YOUR
    MECHABOT WITHOUT PUTTING
    YOUR SUIT ON FIRST. DO
    YOU UNDERSTAND?"
    "Well, yes, we understood
    those instructions, but that
    stuff about assuming the
    correct pose was kind of
    weird. Why do we have to
    a pose?"
    assume "...ER, WELL, IT IS
    MOST IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE
    CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.."
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    Are the four friends
    really ready to face the
    menace described by the
    alien?
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 19: The Brink of
    Doom?
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 19: The Brink of
    Doom?
    
    "...ER, WELL, IT IS MOST
    IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE
    CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.."
    The four friends are at a
    loss for words.
    "WHAT IS WRONG? YOU FIND IT
    DIFFICULT TO DEVISE A
    SUITABLE POSE?
    MAYBE THIS?  OR WHAT OF
    THIS? OR THIS?"No, no it's fine.
    We'll come up with something by
    ourselves...."
    "VERY WELL. THEN I WILL
    GIVE YOU THE MECHABOT
    ULTRORS AND THE SUITS.
    AFTER THAT, YOU MUST
    COMBINE YOUR POWERS TO
    DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. THAT
    SEEMS TO BE ALL..
    "What exactly is this
    space creature Phlogiston,
    again?"
    "AS I TOLD YOU BEFORE,
    PHLOGISTON IS A GOD OF
    DESTRUCTION BY FIRE.
    EVERYTHING IT TOUCHES IS
    BURNED AWAY."
    "I've never heard of a
    god of destruction by
    fire."
    THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN
    IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL
    SOON ARRIVE ON THIS
    PLANET."
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trailer:
    What will happen when
    Phlogiston arrives?
    Will planet Earth survive?
    
    
    Next time:
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Episode 20: They're Back
    
    The legend begins here...
    MECHABOT GENESIS
    MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 20: They're Back
    
    THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN
    IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL
    SOON ARRIVE ON THIS PLANET.
    WELL, I MUST LEAVE YOU..."
    [The flashback ends, and
    the scene returns to the
    present.]
    "When we first got the
    Ultrors, we thought
    Phlogiston would show up at
    any second, right?"
    "That's right, we did."
    "But there was no sign of
    it at all."
    "It didn't actually get
    here until four whole months
    later, on the first day of
    school."
    "Right.  You'd think the
    alien would have mentioned
    the time lag, huh?"
    The doorbell chimes.
    "Oh, that'll be Mom and the
    others.  I guess our break
    kind of overran.  We'd
    better get on with those
    finishing touches..."
    "OK" chorus the other 3.
    
    The End
    
    ##################################
    h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch)
    ##################################
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME REPRISE
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 1: A Summer's Day
    
    
    Thanks to the work of
    Mechabot Ultror, the
    mysterious space creature
    Phlogiston has been
    defeated, and peace has
    returned to planet Earth.
    
    However, this peace proves
    somewhat short-lived..."
    
    
    Things start one day when
    the four members of the
    Mechabot Ultror team --
    Red, Blue, Yellow and
    Green -- have come to the
    pool to hang out and swim.
    "Aaagh!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Yellow lets out a sudden
    scream.  Red rushes to her
    aid, only to see... a sight
    that will be revealed next
    week!
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 2: A New Menace
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 2: A New Menace
    
    
    "Aaagh!"
    Yellow lets out a sudden
    scream.  The others turn
    round and see her
    floundering and thrashing
    about in the water.
    
    What's the matter?" yells
    Red as he rushes over to see
    what is happening.
    
    As he stares into the water,
    he makes out what looks like
    a sort of white mist around
    Yellow's ankles.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Trying to help Yellow, Red
    touches the white mist,
    and gets an unpleasant
    surprise...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 3: White Terror
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 3: White Terror
    
    
    "What IS this?" screeches
    Yellow, feeling her her
    feet apparently being
    pulled by the white
    mist-like substance.
    
    Despite himself, Red
    freezes for a moment, but
    then, seeing Yellow's
    struggles, he hurries to her
    side. But as soon as he
    touches the white mist, he
    finds himself springing
    toward the side of the pool
    with a yelp of alarm.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Red's body is enveloped in
    a strange light, and his
    true strength is released!
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 4: Transformation
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 4: Transformation
    
    
    As soon as he touches the
    white mist, Red finds
    himself flung back to the
    side of the pool.
    He examines his right
    hand -- the one he used
    to touch the white mist --
    and lets out a gasp. It's
    covered with cuts and
    scratches.
    "OK", he yells, "if we
    can't fight this with our
    bare hands, it's time to
    put on the Ultror suits.
    Ultror Transform!!!
    A burst of sparkling light
    envelops Red's whole body.
    When he emerges, he's
    encased in a full suit of
    brilliant red armor.
    
    "Red Ultror ready to go!"
    he yells.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Now that Red has transformed
    into Red Ultror, will he be
    able to rescue Yellow?"
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 5: Beyond
    Capability
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 5: Beyond
    Capability
    
    
    "Red Ultror ready to go!"
    yells the just-transformed
    Red, hurling himself at
    the white mist once again.
    Fizzzzzzzzzzz..........
    "Ooof!"
    The mist is mildly painful
    to the touch, but this time
    it doesn't look as if it's
    going to fling him to the
    side of the pool like last
    time.
    "OK, let's get this off.."
    With a few grunts of
    exertion, Ultror Red tugs
    the white mist this way and
    that, trying to free
    Yellow's ankles.  Slowly but
    surely, the mist starts to
    peel away and Yellow is
    almost free...
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    After a long struggle,
    Red has manages to rescue
    Yellow, but their troubles
    aren't over yet...
    <bh:81>c
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 6: Rescue
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 6: Rescue
    
    
    Little by little, slowly but
    surely, the white mist
    starts to come away from
    Yellow's legs.  Ultror Red
    tugs even harder, grunting
    with the strain.
    At last, the mist comes
    loose, and Yellow is free!
    Ultror Red carries her to
    the side of the pool.
    "Yellow! Are you OK?"
    Blue and Green also crowd
    round and gaze at her with
    concern...
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Now that Yellow has been
    rescued, the Ultror Team
    breathe a sigh of relief.
    However...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 7: Rescued
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 7: Rescued
    
    
    "Yellow! Are you OK?"
    "I swallowed some water",
    she splutters.
    She looks shaken, but
    since she can talk, she must
    be more or less all right.
    "Hey, Red", asks Blue.
    "Why did you need to put
    your Ultror "suit on just
    to save Yellow from
    drowning?"
    "I was wondering the same
    thing", adds Green.
    "Well...I saw that white
    mist stuff around Yellow's
    feet.. and then as soon as I
    touched it, my hand was all
    cut up..."
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Why did the white mist
    attack Yellow? Find out in
    the next episode.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 8: Second Strike
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 8: Second Strike
    
    
    "As soon as I touched it,
    my hand was all cut up..."
     But there aren't any cuts
    on Yellow's legs... "
    "That's true.  What on
    earth is going on here...?
    Why did Yellow get attacked?
    And what is that white
    misty thing?"
    "Aaagh!"
    "Eeek!"
    Some girls swimming in the
    pool begin to shriek.
    "Oh no!  Is it the mist
    again?"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    "Blue, Yellow, Green,
    you'd better transform as
    well, so we can save those
    girls!"
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 9: A Little Help
    From My Friends
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 9: A Little Help
    From My Friends
    
    
    The girls' shrieks become
    increasingly desperate.
    "OK, guys, we're going to
    rescue those girls!"
    commands Red.  The others
    all nod.
    "Yellow, you stay here and
    rest!"
    "No way! I'm fine, and I'm
    a member of the Ultror
    Team too!"
    "...OK then.  Everybody,
    here we go, transform!
    "Go, go go! Ultror
    Transform!" they yell in
    unison.  There is a sudden
    flash, and all three are
    enveloped in bright light.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Now that they've donned
    their Ultror suits, will the
    four be able to save the
    drowning girls?"
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 10: Light Warriors
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 10: Light Warriors
    
    
    A sudden flash, and the four
    are enveloped in bright
    light.  Out of the light
    emerge Blue, Yellow and
    Green, each in battle
    dress of the appropriate
    color.
    "OK, let's do it!", yells
    Red, and the four
    Ultror-suited friends jump
    into the pool and rush to
    the aid of the drowning
    girls.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    In the pool, there is
    plenty of white mist waiting
    for them....
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 11: Another White
    Shock
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 11: More White
    Terror
    
    
    When the four leap into the
    pool and rush towards the
    struggling girls, they
    see the dreaded white mist
    around the girls' feet.
    "Gnnh!  Ooooooof!"
    Panting, they tug at the
    mist until it comes away
    from the victims' feet.
    Then they carry each girl
    to the side of the pool.
    The rescue has only taken
    a few seconds.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Thanks to the four Ultrors,
    the girls have been
    saved from drowning.
    However...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 12: Disaster
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 12: Disaster
    
    
    "There...did we save them
    all?"
    "Yes, that's everyone.
    They're all unconscious,
    though."
    "But... what IS that white
    mist thing?"
    "Well, what does it matter
    what it is?  We saved
    everyone who was drowning,
    and whatever it is, I
    think we got rid it."
    But even as Yellow is
    speaking<bh:81>Ca strange
    gurgling noise fills the
    air.  The water in the pool
    starts spinning like a
    whirlpool, and then, in
    defiance of the law of
    gravity, rises skywards...
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Having tornadoed up into
    the sky, the pool water
    changes into white mist...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 13: The Sky
    Overshadowed
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 13: The Sky
    Overshadowed
    
    
    Gurgling and hissing, the
    water from the pool
    apparently evaporates to
    form a white mist.
    "You think the white mist
    took over all the water
    from the pool?"
    "Or maybe the white mist
    had turned itself into
    pool water in the first
    place?"
    "Well, whichever it was,
    hadn't we better defeat
    it somehow?"
    "Absolutely!"
    During this conversation,
    the white mist has
    expanded steadily, until
    it hangs over the entire
    pool.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Confronting a powerful
    enemy, the four friends
    decide to call up the
    Ultror Robots.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 14: "Ultror Robots!
    Come To Our Aid!""
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 14:"Ultror Robots!
    Come To Our Aid!""
    
    
    Gurgling weirdly, the white
    mist now extends over the
    whole of the pool.
    "If we're going to take on
    something that size, we'd
    better call up the Ultror
    Robots."
    "Agreed.  OK, everybody,
    let's summon them!"
    "Ultror Robots! Come to our
    Aid", yell the four in
    unison.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    When the four are installed
    in their robots, the real
    battle begins...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 15: Ultror Robots
    In Action
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 15: Ultror Robots
    In Action
    
    
    "Ultror Robots! Come To Our
    Aid!
    (The Ultror Robot Launch
    theme tune plays)
    
    Whoosh!
    The Red, Blue, Yellow and
    Green robots swoop down from
    the sky.
    Flamp!
    They land on the ground.
    In a trice, each of the
    four friends mounts their
    own robot.
    "Let's go!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    The battle begins.
    However, the Ultror Robot
    attack does not prove at all
    effective...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 16: The Start Of A
    Fight To The Death
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 16: The Start Of A
    Fight To The Death
    
    
    "Let's go!"
    PowPowPowPow! Bopp!
    "Aargh!"
    Ultror Robot 1 (Red's
    robot), which had leapt
    on the white mist, is
    simply batted away.
    "Ugh, so that's how it
    is.." Even when it was
    small, this thing covered my
    hand with cuts and scratches
    as soon as I touched it...so
    now that it's got this big,
    not even an Ultror Robot
    can make an impression, I
    guess."
    "Well, then, there's only
    one thing for it..."
    "OK, let's merge!"
    "Here we go!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    The Ultrors are about to
    merge to form Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror.  Will
    this enable them to defeat
    the white mist (new larger
    (size)?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge!
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge!
    
    
    "OK, everybody, merge!"
    "Here we go!"
    (The Megamerge theme
    tune plays)
    Robots 1, 2 and 3
    disassemble and morph.
    Robot 1 morphs into the
    head and torso!
    Robot 2 morphs into the
    arms and hands!
    Robot 3 morphs into the
    legs and feet!
    With a clunk, and a yell of
    Mechamerge! Mechabot Ultror!
    Robot 4 also disassembles
    and morphs.
    (The Invincible Mechabot
    Ultror theme tune plays)
    The morphing Robot 4 now
    merges with the rest to
    make Mechabot Ultror's
    head and limbs even
    more powerful.
    Clank! Whirr!
    "Mega-Mechamerge complete!
    Invincible Mechabot
    Ultror!"
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    The white mist (new larger
    size) becomes a target for
    the Invincible Ultror Slash!
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 18: Sword of Light
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 18: Sword of Light
    
    
    "Mega-Mechamerge Complete!
    Invincible Mechabot
    Ultror!"
    
    With that, the invincible
    one raises its left hand
    aloft, and a another yell
    is heard:
    Invincible Ultror Blade!"
    As if in instant response,
    Mechabot Ultror's raised
    left hand is enveloped in
    bright light, and morphs
    into a sword.
    "Take that! Here comes the
    Invincible Ultror Slash!"
    Thwick! Thwack!
    .....Doynnngg!
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    If this enemy can withstand
    the Invincible Ultror Slash,
    how on earth can the Ultror
    team defeat it?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 19: The Brink of
    Despair
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 19: The Brink Of
    Despair
    
    
    "Take that! Here comes the
    Invincible Ultror Slash!"
    Thwick! Thwack!
    .....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing!
    "What?"
    Alas, even the Invincible
    Ultror Blade has been
    deflected!
    "Oh no, not even that
    works...what on earth are
    we going to do?"
    Sure enough, the team's
    ultimate weapon proves
    useless.  How can they
    defeat the white mist
    (new, large-size)?
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Red, infuriated, tries to
    slam the white mist, and
    then....
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 20: A Way To Win?
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 20: A Way to Win?
    
    
    "Let's try that again!
    "Take that! Here comes the
    Invincible Ultror Slash!"
    Thwick! Thwack!
    .....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing!
    "Oh, no, it's done it
    again! Well, let's do it as
    many times as it takes!
    Take that! Here comes-"
    "Red, wait!"
    "Blue? What is it?"
    "Well, it's just an idea,
    but there IS something
    that might just work."
    "There is?"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Blue has devised a cunning
    plan to fight against the
    white mist.  What can it
    be?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 21: Weak Point
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 21: Weak Point
    
    
    "There IS something
    that might just work."
    "There is?"
    "Yes. Remember when Yellow
    got attacked, right in the
    beginning. When you just
    touched it, Red, your hand
    got all scratched up. But
    it didn't leave a single
    mark on Yellow's ankles."
    "So you're saying that if
    we touch it from the
    inside, we'll be OK?"
    "Exactly. But there's a
    problem.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    What is the problem Blue
    is talking about?  And
    how will they overcome it
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 22: The Problem
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 22: The Problem
    
    
    "But there's a problem..
    first, we have to think
    of a way to get inside."
    "Mmmm..., yes, that's a
    problem.."
    "And then even if we
    manage to get inside,
    and do enough damage to
    put it out of action,
    how do we get out again?
    That's another problem."
    "Ohh..Kayy.. so we have
    no shortage of problems."
    "But right now, our focus
    is on finding a way to get
    inside that thing!
    "You're right. OK,
    everybody, let's think of
    a way to get inside the
    new, large-sized white
    mist."
    "Got it!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Yellow seems to have
    thought of something. What
    is her bright idea...?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 23: The Common
    Denominator
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 23: The Commmon
    Denominator
    
    
    The four friends are
    racking their brains to
    find a way to get inside
    the white mist.
    "I have a suggestion."
    "OK, Yellow, what is it?
    "After me, all the others
    who got attacked were
    girls, right?
    "..True! It looks like the
    white mist is only
    interested in girls. I was
    in the pool, and there were
    other guys in there too, but
    it picked on girls every
    time.  But that doesn't help
    us get inside...
    Ah! Of course!"
    
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    With Yellow acting as bait,
    the four friends attempt
    to get inside the family-
    size white mist!
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 24: The Decision
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 24: The Decision
    
    
    "Of course! Yellow acts
    as bait, and we all get
    inside that way.. right?
    Yellow swallows hard,
    then nods agreement.
    "We shouldn't put Yellow
    in such a dangerous
    situation!"
    "But what other way is
    there?"
    "But...
    Ah, what's the use saying
    anything.  And whatever
    Yellow says, you won't even
    listen to her. OK, let's
    hear your alternative plan,
    then."
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    It's a very risky plan.
    But Yellow is raring to
    get going....
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 25: Battle
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 25: The Battle
    
    "OK, first we de-merge and
    separate, and I (Robot 3)
    wait around near the white
    mist, and just when it
    pounces on me, Robots 1,
    2 and 4 slip from the
    side.
    Robot 2 is the slowest, so
    maybe Robot 3 could pull
    him in, and then we can
    re-merge inside the mist.
    Then we use Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror from the
    inside to get that thing
    sliced and diced.
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Red is in full agreement
    with Yellow's plan, but
    Blue disagrees.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 26: Showdown
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 26: Showdown
    
    
    "..OK, Great.
    Let's do it!"
    "Just a minute, Red! Are
    we really going to let
    Yellow put herself in that
    much danger!"
    "I don't like it any more
    than you do! But if we're
    going to defeat the white
    mist, what else can we do?"
    "Well, Red, I have to admit
    that it was me who said
    we might be able to
    defeat the mist if we got
    inside. But even if we do
    get inside, there's no
    guarantee that we WILL
    defeat it!"
    "But we will...for sure!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Now begins the battle to
    get inside the economy-
    size white mist.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 27: Battle Begins
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 27: Battle Begins
    
    
    "We WILL defeat it, for
    sure!"
    "Well, OK, we're agreed,
    then. Shall we de-merge?"
    "OK. But take care, Yellow,
    and don't be any braver than
    you need to be."
    "Right. Thanks."
    With a few clanks and
    whirrs, Invincible Mechabot
    Ultror disassembles, and
    Robot 3 edges gradually
    closer to the white mist.
    Just then, the white mist
    starts to pounce on the
    Yellow Robot.
    "Everybody! Now!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Will Robots 2 and 3
    manage to get inside the
    value-size white mist before
    its mouth (or whatever)
    closes?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 28: Hurry!
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 28: Hurry!
    
    
    "Everybody! Now!"
    Robots 1, 2 and 4 appear
    behind the Yellow Robot,
    and hurl themselves into
    (what they assume to be)
    the mouth of the white
    mist creature.
    "Yellow, get inside as
    well!"
    Robot 2 grabs Robot 3.
    Just then, the white
    mist's mouth begins to
    close.  Robots 1 and 4 are
    already inside.
    "You two! Hurry!"
    "Get in before it closes!"
    Even as he speaks, the
    mist creature's mouth shuts.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Inside the closed mouth of
    the white mist, Red checks
    that everyone is OK...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 29: Completely In
    The Dark
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 29: Completely In
    The Dark
    
    
    "You two! Hurry!"
    "Get in before it closes!"
    Even as he speaks, the
    mist creature's mouth shuts.
    Inside the creature's mouth,
    which is now firmly closed,
    it's dark, and the team
    can't see one another.
    "Is everyone OK?"asks Red.
    "Yeah, I'm OK.", replies
    Green.
    "And me", says Blue.
    "I..er...I think it ate
    my foot..." says Yellow,
    uncertainly.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Part of Robot 3's foot has
    been devoured!
    The Ultror team are
    literally risking life and
    limb..."
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge!
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge!
    
    
    "I ...er...I think it ate
    my foot", says Yellow.
    "Wh.. Well, you don't sound
    like you're in agony...
    "Yeah, it's just the right
    foot part of my robot. The
    bits that were airborne
    seem perfectly OK, though."
    Well then, let's merge
    right away and defeat this
    thing, so we can get out of
    this darn darkness."
    "Here we go!"
    (The short version of the
    Invincible Mechabot Ultror
    theme tune plays.)
    "Mega-Mechamerge!
    Invincible 11Mechabot
    Ultror!
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Will an attack from inside
    the white mist creature
    prove any more effective?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 31: Striking Home
    
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 31: Striking
    Home
    
    
    The giant robot's left
    arm is raised aloft with
    a yell of "Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror Blade!".
    The hand is enveloped in
    bright light.
    "Here we go!"
    Invincible Mechabot Ultror
    swings the blade down
    towards the inside of the
    white mist creature.
    Shhhhhhhhhhhh...thwock!!
    Then an indescribable noise
    fills the air, as the white
    mist creature lets out a
    howl of distress.
    "Great! That struck home!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    But will it be equally
    straighforward to find a
    way out of the white mist
    creature?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 32: In Reach Of
    Victory?
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 32: In Reach Of
    Victory
    
    
    "Great! That struck home!
    It's gonna work, Blue!
    I told you!"
    "Right, now all we need to
    do is to use the Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror Slash to
    cut this thing clean in two
    from the inside."
    "Hang on, never mind this
    stuff about cutting it
    clean in two. What I need
    to know is, are we going to
    be able to get out again?"
    "Yeah, I think we'll be
    fine. We seem to be
    inflicting serious damage
    on this thing. If we use
    the Blade, we should be
    able to cut our way out.
    But there's one thing
    worrying me...
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    What exactly is it that's
    worrying Blue?
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 33: "It's All My
    Fault"
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 33: "It's All My
    Fault"
    
    
    "And what is it that's
    worrying you?"
    "The foot issue."
    "The foot issue?  Oh, yeah.
    "The creature ate Yellow's
    robot foot. When we merged,
    there wasn't quite enough
    for the foot."
    "Because of the damaged
    foot, the Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror Slash won't
    be at full power. That
    might make it difficult for
    us to get out of here."
    "Oh! I'm sorry! It's all
    my fault! sobs Yellow,
    dissolving into tears.
    "Because of me, we're all
    stuck in here forever..!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Red, Blue and Green all
    try to reassure the sobbing
    Yellow.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 34: You've Got To
    Have Faith!
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 34: You've Got To
    Have Faith!
    
    
    Yellow continues to sob.
    "Don't cry, Yellow. I only
    said it worried me. But
    with Invincible Mechabot
    Ultror's speed and power
    we're bound to be OK."
    "That's right, Yellow!
    It would take more than a
    missing foot to put
    Invincible Mechabot Ultror
    off its stroke!"
    "Come on, Yellow! you've
    got to have faith in
    Invincible Mechabot Ultror.
     Does the word 'Invincible'
    mean nothing to you?"
    After a brief pause,
    Yellow stops crying and
    brightens up.
    "You guys are right. We've
    all got to have faith in
    each other!"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    The four friends pull
    together to mount a second
    attack on the white mist
    creature.
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 35: One More Time
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 35: One More Time
    
    
    "I believe in us all!",
    smiles Yellow.
    "OK everyone, get ready!"
    urges Red.
    "Take that! Here comes the
    Invincible Ultror Slash!"
    Thwick! Thwack!
    A terrible roar rends the
    air as the white mist
    creature releases a cry
    of agony.  However, the
    wound is not big enough
    to let the four friends
    out into the light again.
    "One more time!" grunts
    Red.
    "Invincible Ultror Slash!"
    The blade zips through the
    air, and rips through the
    body of the white mist
    creature.  It roars again.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    Invincible Mechabot Ultror
    finally slashes its way
    out...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 36: Once And For All
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 36: Once And For All
    
    
    The white cloud creature
    gives a deafening roar,
    and suddenly, a chink of
    light appears.
    "We've done it! I can see
    daylight! Mist creature,
    take that! and that!"
    With the Invincible Ultror
    Blade in hand, the giant
    robot sets about the white
    mist creature with renewed
    vigor.  More loud ripping,
    rending and roaring takes
    place, and then the
    creature's body is slashed
    clean in two, and Invincible
    Mechabot Ultror leaps out.
    There is a flash and a
    fizzing noise, then the
    white mist creature's body
    explodes.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    The battle over, the four
    friends set off for
    fresh fields and pastures
    new...
    
    
    Next Time:
    Episode 37: Tomorrow Is
    Another Day
    
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    MECHABOT ULTROR
    SUMMERTIME (REPRISE)
    
    
    Reminder: When you're
    watching TV, keep the room
    well lit, and don't sit too
    close to the screen.
    
    
    Episode 37: Tomorrow is
    Another Day
    
    
    The white mist creature
    has exploded, leaving no
    trace behind.
    
    "I guess that's the end
    of that."
    "But what on earth WAS that
    thing?"
    "Yeah, we fought it and
    killed it without knowing
    anything about it."
    "Whatever it was, it was
    evil! Ruining our summer
    vacation like that."
    "I guess. Well, anyway,
    we defeated the white mist
    creature, and there's still
    some summer vacation left,
    so things turned out well
    in the end, wouldn't you
    say? How about we all come
    back to the pool tomorrow?"
    "Tragically, the pool's
    out of the question..."
    "Why?"
    Looking in the direction
    indicated, the others
    notice that the pool is
    wrecked and heaped with
    rubble, having borne the
    brunt of the recent
    explosion.
    They stare at it in silence
    for a moment.
    "Well then, let's all go
    to the beach tomorrow!
    
    The next day finds the four
    friends having the time of
    their lives beside the
    ocean.
    
    
    The End
    
    
    Our program schedule
    follows:
    
    
    From the 1st of Spring
    until the 7th of Summer:
    'MECHABOT ULTROR:
    SUMMERTIME'
    
    
    From Summer 9th to Summer
    30th:
    'FAIRY AND ME'
    
    
    From the 1st of Fall until
    the 7th of Winter:
    'MECHABOT ULTROR:
    SUMMERTIME'
    
    
    Winter 9th until the 30th:
    'FAIRY AND ME'"
    
    
    'FAIRY AND ME' starts
    tomorrow. Don't miss it!
    
    
    - FAIRY AND ME -
    (Reprise)
    
    Prolog
    
    
    If you have read this book
    to the end, you will be
    granted one wish, whatever
    that wish might be
    
    However,
    Only the pure of heart can
    ever find this book.
    
    
    And the book is now sleeping
    on a shelf in the school
    library...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (Reprise)
    
    
    Chapter 1
    
    
    Right now, I'm in the school
    library...although -- even
    though I do really like
    reading books -- I haven't
    come in here to study....
    That's Ellen Garner.
    She's the librarian. I come
    in here everyday because I
    want to meet her.
    
    But that day, there was no
    sign of her in the library.
    Maybe the End-of-Day Meeting
    had overrun, or something.
    
    I hadn't anything much
    to do, so I was browsing
    the shelves in a fairly
    random manner.
    Then, as if drawn by some
    mysterious force, I found
    myself picking out a
    a particular volume.
    Its title was 'Fairy and
    Me'.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 1
    
    
    Right now, I'm in the school
    library. I'm a library
    officer, so I handle
    lending, and do various
    other duties.  Of course, I
    like reading, and I don't
    hate studying that much
    either.
    
    But today, I've got the
    whole library to myself.
    I've got nothing much to
    do, so I'm browsing the
    shelves kind of randomly.
    (Huh? I never knew we had
    this book...?)
    I pick it up to take a
    look, and the title is
    'Fairy and Me'.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 2
    
    As if drawn by some unknown
    force, I found myself
    taking out a particular
    book.
    'Fairy and Me' was the
    title."Well, since I've
    gone to the trouble of
    taking it off the shelf',
    I thought, "I might as
    well take a look inside."
    
    I was startled by what I
    read.
    
    ('So I can have any wish
    granted...? Just by reading
    this book, I can have
    anything I wish for, just
    like that..?
    Well, if I can really have
    anything I wish for, I
    wish I was going out with
    Ellen.
    "Er, can you see that
    book?", said a voice right
    beside me.
    (I was too startled to say
    anything.)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 2
    
    
    I didn't remember seeing
    this book before.
    ('Fairy and Me', eh?
    Well, since I've
    gone to the trouble of
    taking it off the shelf',
    I might as well take a
    look" inside."
    I read....and read....
    
    (So I can have a wish
    come true?
    Just by reading this book,
    I can wish for anything I
    want, and have my wish
    granted?"
    Well, if that's the case,
    I wish I had a nice kind
    boyfriend...
    Well, I'd better read to
    the end of the book first.)
    
    I read.... and I read....
    
    And eventually I came to
    the very end.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 3
    
    Suddenly, I heard a voice
    behind me. I turned round
    with a start, and there
    was Ellen...
    "Oh, sorry...I didn't mean
    to startle you...",
    she said.
    I was too flustered to
    reply.
    "Er, can you see that
    book?"
    Again, I was unable to
    get any words out.
    She repeated the question.
    For a moment, I couldn't
    think what she could mean.
    then I remembered the
    passage at the beginning
    of the book:
    'Only the pure of heart can
    ever find this book.'
    That must be what she meant!
    "You mean that stuff about
    the pure of heart?"
    She giggled.
    (At that moment, I noticed
    for the first time that
    Ellen was smiling..)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 3
    
    
    As soon as I finished the
    last page, the chimes
    sounded.  It was weird.
    Almost as if the chimes
    had been waiting until I'd
    finished the book.
    
    BING! BONG!
    "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
    THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
    THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
    NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
    REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
    CLOSING....
    (What? Is it that time
    already? Well, I'd better
    lock up and head home...)
    
    As soon as I changed into
    my outdoor shoes and
    stepped out of the door
    I saw it had started
    snowing.
    (Oh, it's been snowing. It's
    going to be freezing cold on
    the way back.)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 4
    
    "Thank goodness you know
    what I'm talking about..
    So you've read that book
    as well?"
    She held her head slightly
    to one side.
    (I'd taken it from the shelf
    absent-mindedly, and I'd
    only read a bit... but
    having started, I thought
    I might as well go on
    reading it.)
    "Since you'd started it,
    you thought you might as
    well go ahead and finish it,
    right?"
    I looked at her in
    surprise.
    "You're wondering how I
    knew, aren't you?  I can
    see it in your face.
    Well, I've been here
    watching you ever since you
    opened the book. You never
    even noticed I was there,
    you got so engrossed in it.
    So I thought, if you had
    never read the book, you
    would probably want to
    read it now."
    (I see...)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 4
    
    
    On my way home from school
    that day, I heard a voice
    coming from the direction
    of the park. Wondering
    what was going on, I
    looked round, to see a
    white puppy in a cardboard
    box, apparently abandoned,
    and a man crouching next
    to the puppy, talking to
    it.
    "Poor thing", he was
    saying. "But they don't
    allow pets in my apartment
    block, so I can't take you
    home. Sorry. But I could
    buy you some milk! Wait a
    minute, I'll be back..."
    With that, he hurried off
    to the nearby convenience
    store.
    "What a nice guy..." I
    thought to myself, and
    before I knew it I was
    standing in front of the
    abandoned puppy.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 5
    
    
    "So, what are you going to
    do about it?
    I wondered what she meant.
    "What I mean is, you have
    two options: borrow it and
    read it at home, or come
    here everyday to read it."
    ("Hang on a minute", I
    thought to myself. "I never
    actually said anything
    about intending to read
     it.")
    "But you are going to read
    it, aren't you?
    If you're going to borrow
    the book, you just take out
    the card that's in here
    (here she showed me the
    card pocket inside the
    front cover) and write
    your name and class on it,
    and hand it to me
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 5
    
    Seeing that the puppy's
    head was collecting a
    dusting of snow, I started
    to feel sorry for it
    myself.
    ("You poor little thing.
    it's cold out here.")
    Absent-mindedly I picked
    up the puppy and held it
    close to me, brushing the
    snow off its head...
    I took off my scarf and
    and wrapped it loosely
    around the puppy. Then I
    took it home with me.
    When I got home, I
    remembered the man who
    had gone to buy it milk.
    ("Oh, dear, what's he going
    to think...?
    I'll be back in a minute,
    puppy.  You stay here.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 6
    
    
    I took the card out, wrote
    my class and my name on it
    and handed it to Ellen.
    "OK, that's fine. You can
    borrow it for up to 10
    days.  Don't forget to
    return it by then."
    
    BING! BONG!
    "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
    THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
    THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
    NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
    REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
    CLOSING....
    "Oh", she said, "Is it
    that time already? Sorry,
    I have to lock up and
    so on, so I'll have to ask
    you to leave"
    I nodded and turned towards
    the door.  She spoke again.
    "Goodbye.  I hope your wish
    comes true..."
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 6
    
    When I got back to the
    park, that guy was just
    coming out of it.
    ("Ah, it's him", I
    thought. "I wonder if he's
    on his way home.")
    Before I knew it, I found
    myself following him.
    
    Eventually he arrived at
    what was presumably his
    apartment.
    ("So this is where he
    lives, huh? Hmmm, I wish
    I had a boyfriend as nice
    as him...")
    Then, despite my interest
    in the man, I remembered
    the puppy at home, and
    set off back to my own
    place. I found the puppy
    asleep. No doubt the
    warmth had made it drowsy. I
    wondered what I should give
    it to eat when it woke up.
    
    ..Two or three days later,
    the puppy was looking very
    fit and healthy.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 7
    
    "Goodbye", she said.
    "I hope your wish comes
    true."
    I remembered how the book
    had said if I read it all
    the way through, I could
    have a wish granted.
    But...
    Still, Ellen  had
    actually talked to me,
    and she didn't seem to
    dislike me, at least.
    Regardless of whether
    my wish was going to be
    granted or not, I was
    glad just to have had
    the chance to talk to her.
    I waved goodbye to
    Ellen  and stepped
    out of the library.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 7
    
    
    When the puppy was fully
    fit and healthy...
    Something new happened.
    That guy turned up in the
    library!
    ("Oh no...but then there's
    no reason why he should
    know who I am...unless..
    unless he caught me
    following him that time.
    Aaggh! Oh no!" I thought,
    secretly, as I went about
    my work (I was replacing
    returned books to the
    appropriate places on the
    shelves.
    
    At a suitable juncture in
    my work, I glanced at the
    guy, and he seemed to be
    studying some book. It
    didn't look as if he was
    going to ask me anything,
    so I breathed a sigh of
    relief.
    
    However, from that day on,
    the guy started coming to
    the library everyday.
    So, he was kind AND
    studious....I found myself
    liking him more and more.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 8
    
    As I changed into my
    outdoor shoes at the door,
    I noticed it had been
    snowing.  I thought to
    myself that it had also
    been a snowy day when I
    first saw Ellen ...
    
    [Flashback begins]
    That day, when I was walking
    home from school, I heard a
    voice coming from the park.
    I went to look, and found
    a white puppy, apparently
    abandoned, in a carboard
    box.
    I felt sorry for the poor
    little thing, but since
    pets aren't allowed in my
    apartment block, I couldn't
    take it home. Thinking that
    I could at least give it
    something to eat, I went off
    to a nearby convenience
    store to buy it some milk.
    But when I got back, there
    was a woman standing beside
    the cardboard box. It was
    Ellen .
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 8
    
    
    It was all very well that
    I had come to like this
    guy, but a long time
    passed before I had a
    chance to talk to him...
    
    One day, a meeting
    overran and I was late
    getting back to the library.
    When I walked in, that guy
    was standing alone by one
    of the shelves, looking at
    a book.
    The book was 'Fairy and Me'.
    He seemed engrossed in it,
    so I walked a little bit
    closer. I was right beside
    him and he hadn't even
    noticed.
    ("Aha", I thought,
    "here's
    my chance to talk to him.
    I'll try a remark about
    that book..")
    And then...
    Taking my courage in both
    hands, I spoke to him.
    "Er, can you see that
    book?"
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 9
    
    
    The woman standing beside
    the cardboard box looked
    vaguely familiar (she had
    her back to me, of course),
    and I wondered if it was
    someone from my school.
    "You poor little thing",
    she said. "It's cold out
    here."
    She picked up the puppy
    held it close to her,
    brushing the snow off its
    head. Then she took off
    her scarf and wrapped the
    puppy in it.
    And then she went home,
    taking the puppy with her.
    [Flashback ends]
    
    From my hidden vantage
    point behind a tree, I
    had watched Ellen
    walk all the way home
    from the park.
    
    "Er...I think you forgot
    your umbrella.."
    (I was lost for words.)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 9
    
    He made no reply.
    (He looked startled, so
    I thought he might not
    have heard properly.
    "Come on", I told myself
    just to say it again.")
    "Er, can you see that
    book?"
    "You mean that stuff about
    the pure of heart?", he
    replied.
    ("Yesss!" I thought, "he
    understands!")
    Have you ever read the
    book?", I asked.
    He shook his head.
    (So he hadn't read it
    yet... but he had seemed to
    be very engrossed a moment
    ago, so I thought he must
    be intending to read it.)
    "Since you'd started it,
    you thought you might as
    well go ahead and finish
    it," I ventured.
    And basically I more or
    less forced him to borrow
    'Fairy and Me'.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME-
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 10
    
    
    Suddenly I heard a voice
    behind me, and when I
    turned round, there was
    Ellen.
    Oh, sorry.  I didn't mean
    to startle you."
    I couldn't muster a reply.
    "Er, I think you forgot
    your umbrella..."
    She repeated the sentence.
    When I nodded, she said,
    "Um, would you mind sharing
    it with me as we walk along
    this road?"
    (Would I mind? I'd give my
    right arm...Did she really
    just ask me that? Yes, she
    did.)
    I nodded again, and said,
    "It's just a small one, but
    you're very welcome to
    share it."
    I opened the umbrella, and
    Ellen and I walked along
    side by side in the falling
    snow.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 10
    
    
    And then, while I was
    telling him how long he
    could borrow the book for,
    the chimes went.
    BING! BONG!
    "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR
    THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN
    THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST
    NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I
    REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW
    CLOSING....
    
    "Oh no!", I thought. "Is
    it that time already? Just
    when I'd plucked up the
    courage to talk to him.."
    
    "Oh", I said, "Is it
    that time already? Sorry,
    I have to lock up and
    so on, so I'll have to ask
    you to leave"
    He nodded and headed for the
    door.
    "Goodbye", I said.
    "I hope your wish comes
    true."
    He waved goodbye in reply.
    (I congratulated myself on
    having managed to speak to
    him at last.)
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 11
    
    
    As we walked along in the
    snow, Ellen began to
    talk.
    "You know, this snowy day
    reminds me ...
    About a month ago, when it
    was snowing like today, I
    found an abandoned puppy
    in that park, and took it
    home with me. When I saw
    the poor thing shivering
    in its cardboard box, I
    just couldn't leave it
    there....
    I found myself picking it
    up and carrying it home.
    It's got quite big now,
    but for the first two or
    three days it wouldn't
    eat anything, and it
    would hardly drink any
    milk ... I was really
    worried. Oh, here we are.
    This is your place, right?
    I'll say goodbye, then.
    And I hope your wish comes
    true."
    She dashed off without even
    giving me time to say
    goodbye.
    (Uh-oh.. That's weird.
    How did she know where
    I live?)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 11
    
    
    When I went to the shoe
    cabinet after locking up
    the library, I saw that
    it had started snowing.
    Then I noticed that guy
    standing in the doorway.
    (His umbrella was still
    in the stand. Had he
    forgotten it? Good! This
    was a second chance to
    talk to him.)
    ""Er, I think you forgot
    your umbrella...", I said.
    He looked startled, but
    made no reply.
    (Oh no! I'd made him jump
    again..)
    " I think you forgot
    your umbrella...", I
    repeated.
    He nodded.
    (Good. This gave me a
    chance to walk along with
    him.)
    "Um, would you mind sharing
    it with me as we walk along
    this road?"
    He nodded again.
    (Yay! I get to walk home
    with him!)
    "Sure. It's only a small
    one, but you're very
    welcome to share it."
    He and I set off along the
    road home, walking
    companionably under his
    umbrella.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 12
    
    
    (Uh-oh.. That's weird.
    How did she know where
    I live?)
    She had rushed away so
    quickly, she was already
    out of earshot.
    
    I thought it over while I
    was in the bath...
    I thought about it while I
    was eating dinner...
    But I couldn't figure out
    how Ellen knew where
    I lived.
    (Well, I guess it doesn't
    matter. It's not like
    I need to keep it a secret
    from her. In fact, it's a
    good thing she knows where
    my apartment is...
    Well, there's no point in
    puzzling over it any more.
    I'll put it to one side
    and concentrate on
    finishing that book.)
    So I got on with reading
    'Fairy and Me'.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME-
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 12
    
    
    He didn't say anything.
    I didn't say anything.
    We walked along in silence.
    (Hmm, this isn't getting
    us anywhere. I'd better
    say something...
    I know! I'll talk about
    the puppy I took home that
    day.)
    So I said,
    "You know, this reminds
    me...
    and started telling him
    how I took the puppy home.
    
    We walked along, talking
    about that (although I
    did most of the talking),
    and then a short while
    later, I saw the apartment
    building where he lived.
    (Oh no, we got here
    already...)
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME-
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 13
    
    RRRRRRRinngggggg...
    RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRinnggg....
    Rrp!
    I switched off the alarm
    clock.
    (Oh,no....morning already.
    Another day to get
    through....
    I'd only managed to read
    about two-thirds of 'Fairy
    and Me' before going to
    bed last night. I would
    finish the rest after
    school today....)
    
    The chimes went, followed
    by the usual announcement
    that classes were over for
    the day. I decided to go
    over to the library.
    
    I was in the library, but
    there was no sign of
    Ellen.  Another late-
    running End-of-Day Meeting?
    Anyway, I had 'Fairy and
    Me' to read, so I wouldn't
    be bored.
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     -FAIRY AND ME-
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 13
    
    
    
    "Oh, here we are.
    I'll say goodbye, then.
    And I hope your wish comes
    true."
    And with that, I ran off
    home.
    
    That night, I felt so
    happy and excited...
    I couldn't sleep a wink.
    (Which meant I was sleepy
    next day in class, and
    got kept back after class
    by the teacher.)
    So, after being chewed out
    for about half an hour,
    I got away to the library.
    That guy was there, reading
    a book.
    (There he is again, today,
    lost in a book.  I'll see
    if I can get a bit nearer
    to him...)
    Just like the day before,
    I walked up until I was
    standing right beside
    him.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME-
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 14
    
    Blablabla...........
    I read further and further
    through 'Fairy and Me'....
    (Finished!)
    Absent mindedly, I had a
    good stretch.
    "Er...
    have you finished it?"
    Startled, I made no reply.
    When I turned round
    surprised to hear a voice
    just behind me, who should
    I see but Ellen..
    I still couldn't muster
    a reply.
    "Have you finished reading
    it?", she repeated.
    When I nodded, she said,
    "What did you think? Did
    you find it interesting?"
    I nodded again.
    "So...what was your wish?"
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 14
    
    
    After a while, he closed
    the book and had a stretch.
    (Aha, has he finished
    reading 'Fairy and Me'?)
    "Er, have you finished
    reading it?", I asked.
    Startled, he said nothing.
    (Oh dear, I always seem
    to make him jump...)
    "Sorry.  I didn't mean to
    make you jump. Er, have
    you finished reading it?"
    He nodded.
    "What did you think? Did
    you find it interesting?"
    He nodded again.
    (I wonder what he wished
    for. If he says he wished
    he could meet a cute girl,
    I could say "Well how
    about me?"...So I'd better
    take the plunge and ask
    him...)
    "So...what was your wish?"
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     FAIRY AND ME
    HE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 15
    
    
    "So...what was your
    wish?", she asked.
    (What do I do now? Should
    I go ahead and tell her?
    now's my chance to ask
    her for a date....but
    what if she turns me down
    ...oh no....ah, what the
    hell, I'll ask her and get
    it over with.)
    "I wished I was going out
    with you!
    "What?"
    Ellen blushed scarlet.
    "I want you to go out with
    me!"
    I was going to repeat it
    once more just in case,
    when she said,
    "OK!
    I'm glad your wish is
    going to come true!"
    (YESSSS!)
    
    
    To be continued...
    
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    SHE SAID... (REPRISE)
    
    
    Chapter 15
    
    
    "I wished I was going out
    with you!"
    "What?"
    (WHAT? WHAT did he just
    say? He wished he was going
    out with me? Oh my god Oh
    my god...)
    "I want you to go out with
    me!"
    (He just said it again
    take a deep breath...good
    now just calm down...
    Oh, we both liked each
    other all along.
    I needn't have
    worried, oh, thank
    goodness.
    Oh, right.  I have to
    answer now.)
    "OK!
    I'm glad your wish is going
    to come true!"
    (Yay!)
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME -
    THE TWO OF THEM REPRISE
    
    
    And then...
    
    And then the two who had
    read this book to the end
    each had their wish come
    true.
    
    
    
    The End
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE
    
    
    This is the book the
    characters have been
    reading all through this
    story.  So, what's it
    about?  Let's take a
    look...
    
    
    Chapter 1
    
    
    A fairy girl meets a human
    boy.
    This happens when the boy
    is walking in the park.
    Having just finished a
    can of juice, he throws
    the can towards the trash
    bin, but misses, instead
    hitting a flower blooming
    by the side of the bin.
    Then, unable to believe
    his eyes, he sees
    something underneath the
    flower.
    It appears to be a tiny
    girl, about 10 centimeters
    tall, with wings, looking
    just like a fairy.
    The can thrown by the boy
    broke the flower that had
    been the fairy's home.
    The fairy is now homeless
    and bewildered. Feeling
    responsible for her plight,
    the boy tells her she can
    stay with him until she
    finds a new home. And that
    is how the boy and the
    fairy end up living
    together.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE
    
    
    Chapter 2
    
    
    One day, when the fairy is
    playing around outdoors,
    it suddenly starts
    raining heavily. She flies
    home to the boy's house
    right away, but ends up
    soaked to the skin...
    The fairy gives a weeny
    sneeze.
    She's now running a
    temperature, and takes to
    her bed, while the boy
    does everything he can to
    nurse her back to health.
    Possibly due to his
    assiduous care, the next
    day finds the fairy's
    fever gone, and soon she's
    flying around again, in
    the best of health.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE
    
    
    Chapter 3
    
    
    The fairy is touched by the
    way the boy looked after
    her so caringly. However,
    she also reminds herself
    that she can never form
    a lasting relationship
    with a human.
    Soon after these events,
    a girl at the boy's school
    tells him that she wants
    to go out with him.
    By chance, the fairy
    happens to see this
    interaction, and resolves
    to move out of the boy's
    house.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE
    
    
    Chapter 4
    
    
    When the boy comes home
    later that day, expecting
    the fairy to rush out and
    greet him noisily as
    usual, he is disappointed
    that she is not there.
    Assuming she has gone out
    somewhere to play, he
    does nothing about it.
    But when night falls and
    there is still no sign of
    her, he starts to worry,
    and goes out to look for
    her.
    
    
    To be continued ...
    
    
     - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE
    
    
    Chapter 5
    
    
    The boy looks everywhere
    he can think of, but fails
    to find her. Racking his
    brains for possibilities,
    he wonders if she has
    found a new house, but
    then discounts the
    idea, telling himself that
    if she had found a new
    home, she would have let
    him know.
    He realises that although
    she can be a nuisance,
    she has come to occupy
    a special place in his
    heart.
    Setting off again to look
    for her, he goes to the
    park where he first met
    her. And there, beside
    the trash can, he sees
    a familiar sight...
    
    
    The End
    
    
    Tomorrow sees the start
    of a new series of
    'MECHABOT ULTROR'
    Don't miss it!
    
    
    ############
    3) File Info
    ############
    
    This file has been written by Vanhal, please don't spread it around with your
    name, or edit in anyway with
    out premission from me. Some words in the above have been changed slighly so I
    can see if anyone has
    tryed to steal it!!!
    
    All stories are copyrighted to harvest moon, cause after all they wrote it!
    BE WARNED!!
    
    And enjoy :)
    
    
    ##########
    4) Contact
    ##########
    
    If you feel the need to contact me use the following forms:
    E-mail: seeadoctor@eircom.net
    ICQ: 64579156
    WWW forums: http://www.efmods.com/~ksi
    IRC: efnet, nick Vanhal
    
    
    Thank you and good night!